Beruflich Dokumente
Kultur Dokumente
Copyright
Copyright 2003-2012 Intergraph Corporation. All Rights Reserved. Including software, file formats, and audiovisual displays; may be used pursuant to applicable software license agreement; contains confidential and proprietary information of Intergraph and/or third parties which is protected by copyright law, trade secret law, and international treaty, and may not be provided or otherwise made available without proper authorization from Intergraph Corporation.
Terms of Use
Use of this software product is subject to the End User License Agreement ("EULA") delivered with this software product unless the licensee has a valid signed license for this software product with Intergraph Corporation. If the licensee has a valid signed license for this software product with Intergraph Corporation, the valid signed license shall take precedence and govern the use of this software product. Subject to the terms contained within the applicable license agreement, Intergraph Corporation gives licensee permission to print a reasonable number of copies of the documentation as defined in the applicable license agreement and delivered with the software product for licensee's internal, non-commercial use. The documentation may not be printed for resale or redistribution.
Trademarks
Intergraph, the Intergraph logo, CADWorx, and CAESAR II are trademarks or registered trademarks of Intergraph Corporation or its subsidiaries in the United States, and other countries. Microsoft, and Windows are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. Oracle, JD Edwards, PeopleSoft, and Retek are registered trademarks of Oracle Corporation, and/or its affiliates. AutoCAD, ObjectARX, and RealDWG are trademarks of Autodesk. HOOPS is a trademark of Tech Soft 3D, L.L.C. Other brands, and product names are trademarks of their respective owners. CADWorx Design Review contains Autodesk RealDWG by Autodesk, Inc., copyright Autodesk, Inc. All rights reserved. Autodesk, Inc., 111 McInnis Parkway, San Rafael, California 94903 ("Autodesk") is a third-party beneficiary to this Agreement to the extent that the Software Product contains RealDWG, and to the extent that the provisions herein relate to Licensees use of the Software Product containing RealDWG. Such provisions are made expressly for the benefit of Autodesk, and are enforceable by Autodesk in addition to Intergraph.
Contents
Preface ........................................................................................................................................................ 15 Conventions .......................................................................................................................................... 15 Technical Support ................................................................................................................................. 16 What's New in Plant .............................................................................................................................. 18 Obsolete Commands ...................................................................................................................... 20 Online Help ........................................................................................................................................... 21 Setup ........................................................................................................................................................... 23 Startup Defaults .................................................................................................................................... 23 Support Directory .................................................................................................................................. 23 MVSetup ............................................................................................................................................... 24 Setup Size/Spec Panel .............................................................................................................................. 25 Setup ..................................................................................................................................................... 26 Configuration Settings .................................................................................................................... 28 Set Specification and Size .............................................................................................................. 43 Configuration Layers ...................................................................................................................... 44 Piping Rules ................................................................................................................................... 46 Convert Legacy Drawing ................................................................................................................ 51 Specification and Size ........................................................................................................................... 55 Optional Items ....................................................................................................................................... 55 Optional Component Dialog Box .................................................................................................... 55 Size ....................................................................................................................................................... 56 Spec ...................................................................................................................................................... 56 Size-Spec .............................................................................................................................................. 57 All .......................................................................................................................................................... 57 Editor ..................................................................................................................................................... 57 Change Size.......................................................................................................................................... 57 Change the size automatically ....................................................................................................... 58 Change the size manually .............................................................................................................. 58 Change the size of a reducer and the pipes automatically ............................................................ 59 Change the size of a reducer and the pipes manually ................................................................... 59 Change the size of a model with branch connections automatically .............................................. 60 Change Specification ............................................................................................................................ 60 Change the specification automatically .......................................................................................... 61 Change the specification manually ................................................................................................. 61 Change the specification of a model with branches automatically ................................................. 61 Local Edit .............................................................................................................................................. 62 Modify a component ....................................................................................................................... 63 ISOGEN Data Dialog Box .............................................................................................................. 64 Global Edit............................................................................................................................................. 68 Modify multiple components ........................................................................................................... 69 Mode Convert........................................................................................................................................ 70 Convert a component to a different mode ...................................................................................... 71 3D Solids ........................................................................................................................................ 71 Convert Isometric ........................................................................................................................... 71 2D Double Line ............................................................................................................................... 71
Contents
2D Single Line ................................................................................................................................ 71 Convert Existing ............................................................................................................................. 72 Convert to 3D enhanced................................................................................................................. 72 Convert from project data ............................................................................................................... 72 CWexplode ..................................................................................................................................... 72 Socket Weld .......................................................................................................................................... 73 Threaded ............................................................................................................................................... 73 Settings ................................................................................................................................................. 73 XREF Edit ............................................................................................................................................. 73 Palette Panel .............................................................................................................................................. 75 Spec View Palette ................................................................................................................................. 76 Spec View Tab (CADWorx Spec View Palette) ............................................................................. 76 Settings Tab (CADWorx Spec View Palette).................................................................................. 78 Line View Palette .................................................................................................................................. 79 Line Isolate Tab (CADWorx Line View Palette) ............................................................................. 79 Find Tab (CADWorx Line View Palette) ......................................................................................... 80 Support Modeler Palette ....................................................................................................................... 81 Insert a pipe support ....................................................................................................................... 83 Insert an elbow support .................................................................................................................. 84 Insert multiple pipe supports .......................................................................................................... 84 Support Parametric Data Files (*.SUP) .......................................................................................... 84 Insulation View Palette .......................................................................................................................... 88 Settings Tab (CADWorx Insulation View Palette) .......................................................................... 89 Apply Tab (CADWorx Insulation View Palette) .............................................................................. 90 Discontinuity View Palette ..................................................................................................................... 92 Pipe Support Report ............................................................................................................................. 93 P&ID View Palette ................................................................................................................................. 94 Matched Tab (CADWorx P&ID View Palette)................................................................................. 94 Unmatched Tab (CADWorx P&ID View Palette) ............................................................................ 96 Insert a drawing into the project ..................................................................................................... 97 Clash View Palette ................................................................................................................................ 97 Options Dialog Box ......................................................................................................................... 98 Layers Dialog Box .......................................................................................................................... 99 Assembly View Palette ......................................................................................................................... 99 Create an assembly...................................................................................................................... 100 Edit an assembly .......................................................................................................................... 100 Delete an assembly from the Assembly Manager ........................................................................ 101 Insert an assembly into the drawing ............................................................................................. 101 Edit an assembly path .................................................................................................................. 101 ISOGEN Panel .......................................................................................................................................... 103 ISOGEN Out ....................................................................................................................................... 104 Extract ISOGEN files .................................................................................................................... 105 ISOGEN Batch .................................................................................................................................... 106 Extract batch ISOGEN files .......................................................................................................... 106 ISOGEN Supplemental ....................................................................................................................... 107 Stop Sign ............................................................................................................................................. 108 ISOGEN Start Point ............................................................................................................................ 108 Offset Tap ........................................................................................................................................... 108 Place an offset tap ........................................................................................................................ 111 PCF Out .............................................................................................................................................. 112
Contents
Extract piping component files ..................................................................................................... 112 PCF In ................................................................................................................................................. 112 Tap ...................................................................................................................................................... 112 Place a tap .................................................................................................................................... 113 ISOGEN Project Manager / I-Configure .............................................................................................. 113 ISOGEN Information ........................................................................................................................... 113 Material List Definition .................................................................................................................. 113 SKEY Information ......................................................................................................................... 114 End Type Information ................................................................................................................... 121 LNum Panel .............................................................................................................................................. 123 Setup ................................................................................................................................................... 124 Line Numbering System Dialog Box ............................................................................................. 124 Set ....................................................................................................................................................... 125 Set line numbers based on a P&ID project .................................................................................. 126 Set line numbers based on the current drawing ........................................................................... 126 Set line numbers based on a component ..................................................................................... 126 Count ................................................................................................................................................... 126 Set the line count value ................................................................................................................ 127 Increment ............................................................................................................................................ 127 Decrement........................................................................................................................................... 127 Assign ................................................................................................................................................. 127 Assign line numbers ..................................................................................................................... 128 Annotate .............................................................................................................................................. 128 Label components with line numbers ........................................................................................... 128 Line ..................................................................................................................................................... 129 Set the current line number to that of a component ..................................................................... 129 Line Isolate .......................................................................................................................................... 129 Pipe BOM / DB Panel ............................................................................................................................... 131 Bill of Material Setup ........................................................................................................................... 132 Add or remove properties from BOM ........................................................................................... 133 Change the column order ............................................................................................................. 133 Change text alignment in columns ............................................................................................... 133 Change the BOM sorting and accumulation ................................................................................ 134 BOM Sort Order / Accumulation Dialog Box ................................................................................ 134 Cut Pipe Bill of Material ....................................................................................................................... 134 Cut BOM using Automatic placement .......................................................................................... 135 Cut BOM using Manual placement ............................................................................................... 136 Total Pipe Bill of Material .................................................................................................................... 136 Total BOM using Automatic placement ........................................................................................ 137 Total BOM using Manual placement ............................................................................................ 137 Single Pipe Bill of Material .................................................................................................................. 138 Single BOM using Automatic placement ...................................................................................... 139 Single BOM using Manual placement .......................................................................................... 139 Export Pipe Bill of Material .................................................................................................................. 139 Import Pipe Bill of Material .................................................................................................................. 141 Delete Bill of Material .......................................................................................................................... 141 Tag Toggle Bill of Material .................................................................................................................. 141 Tag Location ....................................................................................................................................... 141 Insert Tag ............................................................................................................................................ 142 Setup Live Database ........................................................................................................................... 142
Contents
Export Pipe.......................................................................................................................................... 143 Select Item Dialog Box ................................................................................................................. 144 Import Pipe .......................................................................................................................................... 145 Audit Pipe Database ........................................................................................................................... 145 Synchronize Pipe Database ................................................................................................................ 146 C.G. Generator.................................................................................................................................... 147 Misc Panel ................................................................................................................................................ 149 Auto Connect ...................................................................................................................................... 150 Group On/Off....................................................................................................................................... 150 Weld Size ............................................................................................................................................ 151 Specify the weld dot size for a single line pipe ............................................................................. 151 Top Works Add ................................................................................................................................... 151 Top Works Change ............................................................................................................................. 151 System Out ......................................................................................................................................... 152 Generate a CAESAR II input file .................................................................................................. 152 User Shapes ....................................................................................................................................... 153 Create a user shape file ............................................................................................................... 157 Edit an existing user shape .......................................................................................................... 158 Create a user shape from points .................................................................................................. 162 Create a user shape from a polyline ............................................................................................ 164 Create a user shape from a block ................................................................................................ 165 Create a 3D user shape ............................................................................................................... 167 Create a 2D user shape ............................................................................................................... 168 Create a 2D single line user shape .............................................................................................. 170 Add a user shape to a specification ............................................................................................. 171 Place a symmetrical user shape in the drawing ........................................................................... 172 Place a nonsymmetrical user shape in the drawing ..................................................................... 172 Generic Attach .................................................................................................................................... 173 Place a generic attachment in the drawing .................................................................................. 173 System In ............................................................................................................................................ 174 Read a CAESAR II input file ......................................................................................................... 175 Elbow Centerline ................................................................................................................................. 175 ISO Flag .............................................................................................................................................. 175 Dim Adjustment ................................................................................................................................... 175 Adjust a dimension to match a pipe ............................................................................................. 176 Adjust a pipe length to match a dimension .................................................................................. 176 System Visibility .................................................................................................................................. 177 2D Panel.................................................................................................................................................... 179 2D Representation .............................................................................................................................. 179 Create a 2D representation .......................................................................................................... 180 2D Representation Hidden .................................................................................................................. 180 Create a 2D representation with hidden lines .............................................................................. 180 Box ...................................................................................................................................................... 180 Edit ...................................................................................................................................................... 181 Zoom Lock .......................................................................................................................................... 181 Turn on the zoom lock .................................................................................................................. 182 Turn off the zoom lock .................................................................................................................. 182 Zoom Factors ...................................................................................................................................... 182
Contents
Bolt ............................................................................................................................................................ 183 Auto Gasket ........................................................................................................................................ 183 Place a gasket automatically ........................................................................................................ 183 Place a gasket manually............................................................................................................... 184 Automatic ............................................................................................................................................ 184 Place stud bolts automatically ...................................................................................................... 184 Place stud bolts manually ............................................................................................................. 184 Auto Weld............................................................................................................................................ 185 Place weld gaps automatically ..................................................................................................... 185 Place weld gaps manually ............................................................................................................ 186 Weld Total ........................................................................................................................................... 186 Count weld gaps automatically ..................................................................................................... 186 Standard .............................................................................................................................................. 187 Place standard stud bolts ............................................................................................................. 187 Non Standard ...................................................................................................................................... 187 Place nonstandard stud bolts ....................................................................................................... 187 RT Panel ................................................................................................................................................... 189 Auto Route .......................................................................................................................................... 189 Start a new route .......................................................................................................................... 190 Continue Routing .......................................................................................................................... 191 Router ................................................................................................................................................. 191 Router commands ............................................................................................................................... 192 Buttweld LR .................................................................................................................................. 192 Buttweld SR .................................................................................................................................. 193 Threaded ...................................................................................................................................... 193 Socket Weld ................................................................................................................................. 194 Dimension Panel ...................................................................................................................................... 195 Automatic ............................................................................................................................................ 196 Place automatic dimensions ......................................................................................................... 196 Horizontal ............................................................................................................................................ 196 Place horizontal dimensions ......................................................................................................... 196 Vertical ................................................................................................................................................ 197 Place vertical dimensions ............................................................................................................. 197 Set ....................................................................................................................................................... 197 Set the Elevation .......................................................................................................................... 197 Rotated ................................................................................................................................................ 198 Place rotated dimensions ............................................................................................................. 198 Horizontal with Tail .............................................................................................................................. 198 Place horizontal tailed dimensions ............................................................................................... 198 Vertical with Tail .................................................................................................................................. 198 Place vertical tailed dimensions ................................................................................................... 199 Change ................................................................................................................................................ 199 Change the Elevation ................................................................................................................... 199 Component.......................................................................................................................................... 199 Place component annotation ........................................................................................................ 200 Elevation ............................................................................................................................................. 200 Place component elevation annotation ........................................................................................ 200 Coordinates ......................................................................................................................................... 200 Place coordinates ......................................................................................................................... 201 Tick Mark ............................................................................................................................................. 201
Contents
Place tick marks ........................................................................................................................... 202 ISO Text .............................................................................................................................................. 202 Height .................................................................................................................................................. 202 Graphics / Pipe Ends............................................................................................................................... 203 System Prompts .................................................................................................................................. 204 Section ................................................................................................................................................ 206 Place a section graphic ................................................................................................................ 206 Detail ................................................................................................................................................... 207 Place a detail graphic ................................................................................................................... 207 Plan ..................................................................................................................................................... 208 Place a plan graphic ..................................................................................................................... 208 Elevation ............................................................................................................................................. 209 Place an elevation graphic ........................................................................................................... 209 Arrow ................................................................................................................................................... 210 Place an arrow head graphic ........................................................................................................ 210 Weld .................................................................................................................................................... 211 Place a weld symbol graphic ........................................................................................................ 211 ISO ...................................................................................................................................................... 211 Place an isometric symbol graphic ............................................................................................... 213 Misc ..................................................................................................................................................... 213 Place a miscellaneous graphic ..................................................................................................... 214 Instrument ........................................................................................................................................... 214 Place an instrument graphic ......................................................................................................... 215 Dots ..................................................................................................................................................... 215 Place a weld dot graphic .............................................................................................................. 216 Layers Panel ............................................................................................................................................ 217 Change Layer...................................................................................................................................... 218 Change the layer associated with an object ................................................................................. 218 Set Layer ............................................................................................................................................. 218 Set the active layer ....................................................................................................................... 218 Delete Layer ........................................................................................................................................ 218 Delete a layer ............................................................................................................................... 219 Layer Off ............................................................................................................................................. 219 Turn off a layer ............................................................................................................................. 219 Layer On ............................................................................................................................................. 219 Redisplay a layer turned off by the Layer Off command .............................................................. 219 Match Layer ........................................................................................................................................ 219 Match an object's layer ................................................................................................................. 220 Isolate Layer........................................................................................................................................ 220 Display only the layer associated with an object .......................................................................... 220 Un-Isolate Layer .................................................................................................................................. 220 Turn on all layers .......................................................................................................................... 220 Previous .............................................................................................................................................. 220 Restraints Panel ...................................................................................................................................... 221 Reinforcing Pad................................................................................................................................... 222 Insert a reinforcement pad ........................................................................................................... 222 Reinforcing Saddle .............................................................................................................................. 222 Insert a reinforcement saddle ....................................................................................................... 223
Contents
Translational........................................................................................................................................ 223 Place a translational restraint ....................................................................................................... 223 Anchor ................................................................................................................................................. 224 Place an anchor ............................................................................................................................ 224 Spring Hanger ..................................................................................................................................... 224 Place a spring hanger................................................................................................................... 225 Rotational ............................................................................................................................................ 225 Place a rotational restraint ............................................................................................................ 225 Snubber ............................................................................................................................................... 226 Place a snubber ............................................................................................................................ 226 Guide ................................................................................................................................................... 226 Place a guide ................................................................................................................................ 226 UCS Panel................................................................................................................................................. 227 Point and Shoot UCS .......................................................................................................................... 227 Flat ...................................................................................................................................................... 229 UCS Next ............................................................................................................................................ 230 Compass ............................................................................................................................................. 230 North ................................................................................................................................................... 230 South ................................................................................................................................................... 231 West .................................................................................................................................................... 231 East ..................................................................................................................................................... 232 UCS Object ......................................................................................................................................... 232 Steel Shapes Panel .................................................................................................................................. 233 Shapes ................................................................................................................................................ 233 Wide Flange Shapes .................................................................................................................... 236 Channel Shapes ........................................................................................................................... 237 Angle Shapes ............................................................................................................................... 238 Tee Shapes .................................................................................................................................. 239 Pipe Shapes ................................................................................................................................. 240 Tube Shapes ................................................................................................................................ 241 Flat Bar Shapes ............................................................................................................................ 242 Round Bar Shapes ....................................................................................................................... 243 Channel Shape with Lip................................................................................................................ 244 Angle Shape with Lip .................................................................................................................... 245 Z Shapes ...................................................................................................................................... 246 Angle Double Shape..................................................................................................................... 247 Steel Draw Panel ...................................................................................................................................... 249 Plate .................................................................................................................................................... 250 Place plate by points .................................................................................................................... 251 Place plate by closed polyline ...................................................................................................... 251 Place plate by curves ................................................................................................................... 252 Base Plate ........................................................................................................................................... 252 Place a base plate ........................................................................................................................ 254 Place a base plate with holes ....................................................................................................... 254 Steel Bolts ........................................................................................................................................... 255 Set Size by Component ...................................................................................................................... 257 Generic Attachment ............................................................................................................................ 257 User Shape ......................................................................................................................................... 258
Contents
Loft ...................................................................................................................................................... 260 Single Line Steel ................................................................................................................................. 261 Frame Creation ................................................................................................................................... 268 Create a new frame configuration ................................................................................................ 269 Edit a frame configuration ............................................................................................................ 270 Place a frame in the drawing ........................................................................................................ 270 Frame Annotation................................................................................................................................ 270 Ladder ................................................................................................................................................. 271 Place a ladder interactively .......................................................................................................... 272 Place a ladder using key-ins ........................................................................................................ 273 Place a ladder with a cage ........................................................................................................... 273 Handrail ............................................................................................................................................... 273 Place hand rail by points .............................................................................................................. 274 Place hand rail by polyline ............................................................................................................ 275 Stair ..................................................................................................................................................... 275 Steel Edit Panel ........................................................................................................................................ 279 Cope .................................................................................................................................................... 280 Miter .................................................................................................................................................... 280 Cut ....................................................................................................................................................... 281 Cut members by line..................................................................................................................... 281 Cut members by three-point plane ............................................................................................... 281 Union ................................................................................................................................................... 282 Edit ...................................................................................................................................................... 282 Global Edit........................................................................................................................................... 286 Global Edit All...................................................................................................................................... 287 Annotate Component .......................................................................................................................... 289 Convert Solid....................................................................................................................................... 289 Layer Change...................................................................................................................................... 290 Select Control...................................................................................................................................... 290 Auto Cope ........................................................................................................................................... 290 Steel BOM / DB Panel .............................................................................................................................. 291 Steel BOM Setup ................................................................................................................................ 292 Add or remove properties from BOM ........................................................................................... 293 Change the column order ............................................................................................................. 293 Change text alignment in columns ............................................................................................... 293 Change the BOM sorting and accumulation ................................................................................ 293 Steel BOM Sort Order / Accumulation Dialog Box ....................................................................... 294 Cut Steel Bill of Material ...................................................................................................................... 294 Cut BOM using Automatic placement .......................................................................................... 295 Cut BOM using Manual placement ............................................................................................... 295 Total Steel Bill of Material ................................................................................................................... 296 Total BOM using Automatic placement ........................................................................................ 297 Total BOM using Manual placement ............................................................................................ 297 Single Steel Bill of Material ................................................................................................................. 297 Single BOM using Automatic placement ...................................................................................... 299 Single BOM using Manual placement .......................................................................................... 299 Export Steel Bill of Material ................................................................................................................. 299 Setup Live Database Steel ................................................................................................................. 300 Export Steel......................................................................................................................................... 301 Import Steel ......................................................................................................................................... 301
10
Contents
Audit Steel Database .......................................................................................................................... 302 Synchronize Steel Database ............................................................................................................... 302 Export Steel Model .............................................................................................................................. 303 Import Steel Model .............................................................................................................................. 303 CG Generator...................................................................................................................................... 304 HVAC Draw / BOM / DB Panel ................................................................................................................ 305 HVAC .................................................................................................................................................. 306 Add an HVAC shape to the drawing............................................................................................. 308 Modify an HVAC shape ................................................................................................................ 308 HVAC Shapes Catalog ....................................................................................................................... 308 Place an HVAC shape from the catalog ....................................................................................... 310 Modify an HVAC shape from the catalog ..................................................................................... 310 User Shape ......................................................................................................................................... 310 Place a user-defined HVAC shape ............................................................................................... 313 Modify a user-defined HVAC shape ............................................................................................. 313 Generic Attach .................................................................................................................................... 313 Place a generic attachment in the drawing .................................................................................. 314 Modify a generic attachment ........................................................................................................ 314 Edit ...................................................................................................................................................... 314 GC Edit ................................................................................................................................................ 315 Edit HVAC components globally .................................................................................................. 315 HVAC BOM Setup............................................................................................................................... 315 Add or remove properties from BOM ........................................................................................... 317 Change the column order ............................................................................................................. 317 Change text alignment in columns ............................................................................................... 317 Change the BOM sorting and accumulation ................................................................................ 317 Cut HVAC Bill of Material .................................................................................................................... 318 Cut BOM using Automatic placement .......................................................................................... 319 Cut BOM using Manual placement ............................................................................................... 319 Total HVAC Bill of Material ................................................................................................................. 319 Total BOM using Automatic placement ........................................................................................ 320 Total BOM using Manual placement ............................................................................................ 320 Single HVAC Bill of Material ............................................................................................................... 321 Single BOM using Automatic placement ...................................................................................... 322 Single BOM using Manual placement .......................................................................................... 322 Data Remove ...................................................................................................................................... 322 Remove CADWorx data from components .................................................................................. 322 Layer Change...................................................................................................................................... 322 Change the layers associated with HVAC components ............................................................... 323 Export HVAC ....................................................................................................................................... 323 Export CADWorx HVAC data ....................................................................................................... 323 Import HVAC ....................................................................................................................................... 324 Import CADWorx HVAC data ....................................................................................................... 324 Audit HVAC Database ........................................................................................................................ 324 Audit the HVAC database ............................................................................................................ 324 Synchronize HVAC Database ............................................................................................................. 325 Synchronize the HVAC database ................................................................................................. 325 Toolbars.................................................................................................................................................... 327 Accessing and Docking the Toolbars.................................................................................................. 327 Aliases and Command Names ........................................................................................................... 328
11
Contents
Connecting to components ................................................................................................................. 328 Compass ............................................................................................................................................. 328 Plane versus Isometrics view modes .................................................................................................. 328 3D Modeling versus 2D Modeling ....................................................................................................... 329 Buttweld .............................................................................................................................................. 329 Modeling in 3D .............................................................................................................................. 333 Modeling in 2D .............................................................................................................................. 349 Flanges ............................................................................................................................................... 361 Weld Neck Flange ........................................................................................................................ 362 Slip-on Flange .............................................................................................................................. 364 Blind Flange .................................................................................................................................. 365 Socket Type Flange...................................................................................................................... 366 Threaded Flange .......................................................................................................................... 367 Lap Joint Flange ........................................................................................................................... 369 Stub End ....................................................................................................................................... 369 Long Weld Neck ........................................................................................................................... 370 Reducing Slip-on Flange .............................................................................................................. 370 Reducing Threaded Flange .......................................................................................................... 372 Reducing Weld Neck Flange ........................................................................................................ 373 Flgd/BW Valves................................................................................................................................... 375 Modeling in 3D .............................................................................................................................. 376 Modeling in 2D .............................................................................................................................. 386 Lined ................................................................................................................................................... 389 Modeling in 3D .............................................................................................................................. 391 Modeling in 2D .............................................................................................................................. 393 Fiberglass ............................................................................................................................................ 394 Modeling in 3D .............................................................................................................................. 397 Modeling in 2D .............................................................................................................................. 405 Sanitary ............................................................................................................................................... 412 Modeling in 3D .............................................................................................................................. 419 Modeling in 2D .............................................................................................................................. 435 Victaulic ............................................................................................................................................... 447 Threaded/Socket ................................................................................................................................. 450 Modeling in 3D .............................................................................................................................. 455 Modeling in 2D .............................................................................................................................. 470 Thrd/SW Valves .................................................................................................................................. 481 Modeling in 3D .............................................................................................................................. 484 Modeling in 2D .............................................................................................................................. 493 Gaskets, Etc. ....................................................................................................................................... 495 Gasket .......................................................................................................................................... 496 Weld Gap ...................................................................................................................................... 497 Restraints ............................................................................................................................................ 497 Misc ..................................................................................................................................................... 498 Modeling in 3D .............................................................................................................................. 500 Modeling in 2D .............................................................................................................................. 503 Operators ............................................................................................................................................ 504 Line Numbers ...................................................................................................................................... 504 UCS ..................................................................................................................................................... 505 Steel .................................................................................................................................................... 505 Settings ............................................................................................................................................... 507 Palettes ............................................................................................................................................... 509
12
Contents
Specification and Data Files ................................................................................................................... 511 Editing Component Data Files ............................................................................................................ 511 AutoCAD Workflows Used With Plant ................................................................................................... 513 Modifying a User Profile ...................................................................................................................... 513 Creating a Base Profile ....................................................................................................................... 514 Running CADWorx Equipment or PV Fabricator with CADWorx Plant .............................................. 514 Special Monitored Commands Used With a Live Database ............................................................... 516 Index ......................................................................................................................................................... 517
13
Contents
14
Preface
This document provides command reference information and workflows for CADWorx Plant. We welcome comments or suggestions about this documentation. You can send us an email at: PPMdoc@intergraph.com. Documentation updates for supported software versions are available from eCustomer https://crmweb.intergraph.com. Intergraph gives you permission to print as many copies of this document as needed for non-commercial use at your company. You cannot print this document for resale or redistribution outside your company.
Conventions
Before reviewing this guide, it is important to understand the terms and conventions used in the documentation. Use the information below to identify the convention and the type of information. Convention [Product Folder] Type of Information The CADWorx installation folder on your computer, for example, C:\CADWorx. Substitute your installation folder anywhere this notation is used. The AutoCAD installation folder on your computer, for example, C:\AutoCAD 2000i. Substitute your installation folder anywhere this notation is used. The CD-ROM drive on your computer. Substitute your CD-ROM drive letter anywhere this notation is used. Items that need to be typed in or appear at the AutoCAD command line. User responses to command prompts. CADWorx and AutoCAD commands. Command line options. AutoCAD system variables or keywords. Key combinations for which you must press and hold down one key and then press another, for example, CTRL+P or ALT+F4.
[AutoCAD Folder]
[CD-DRIVE] Command Line User Responses Commands Options CAPITALS Key + Key
15
Preface
Technical Support
For the latest information on CADWorx Plant, visit Intergraph CADWorx and Analysis Solutions (http://www.coade.com/). For current on-line support information, including knowledge base, technical tips, and downloads, visit eCustomer (https://crmweb.intergraph.com/ecustomer_enu). In order to provide technical support, Intergraph CAS needs to know what version of CADWorx, AutoCAD, and Windows you are using. To determine this information, follow the steps outlined for the product you are using: CADWorx Product Plant, P&ID, fieldPipe, or Steel Steps
Run the CADWORXABOUT command. A dialog box opens and displays the version information. Close the dialog box to send the required information to the AutoCAD command line. Copy the information from the command line, and email it to Intergraph CAS. Run the EQUIPABOUT command. A dialog box opens and displays the version information. Close the dialog box to send the required information to the AutoCAD command line. Copy the information from the command line, and email it to Intergraph CAS.
Equipment or PV Fabricator
Version information is displayed at the AutoCAD command line when you start the software. Click Help > About to display a dialog box that contains the required information.
In addition to the information above, the table below lists the additional files that are usually required to assist Intergraph CAS in resolving your technical issues: CADWorx Product CADWorx Plant (Piping, Steel, HVAC) Additional Files Required by Intergraph CAS Support Email the AutoCAD model drawing (DWG) files.
If the model consists of several line numbers, indicate in the email which line numbers you are having issues with. If the model consists of many drawing files with dependent reference drawings (XREFs), use the AutoCAD ETRANSMIT command to create a ZIP file of all the drawings used in the master model.
Email information about the part's dimension from the manufacturer's catalog.
16
Preface
CADWorx ISOGEN Email the AutoCAD model drawing (DWG) files, any isometrics generated by ISOGEN, and the ISOGEN style files.
If the model consists of several line numbers, indicate in the email which line numbers you are having issues with. The ISOGEN.FLS file located in the ISOGEN style folder lists all the files used (*.OPL, *.MLS, *.FLS, *.DDF, *.POS, *.ALT, *.DWG*.DXF, *.FDF, *.ATT). Email all files listed in the ISOGEN.FLS file, including the ISOGEN.FLS file.
CADWorx Equipment CADWorx Equipment to PV Elite interface PV Fabricator CADWorx P&ID or CADWorx IP
Email the AutoCAD model drawing (DWG) files. Email the AutoCAD model drawing (DWG) file and PV Elite input file (*.PVI). Email the AutoCAD model drawing (DWG) files and PV Elite input file (*.PVI). Email the complete P&ID project, which includes Project.CFG, Database.TBL, Map.TBL, and all the DWG, and MDB files. Usually, all of these files are located in one folder.
If the project has many P&ID drawing files, indicate which P&ID drawings and components you are having issues with. If you are experiencing database errors, include the file [Product Folder]\P&ID\System\Sql_Error_Log.TXT. If you are emailing MDB files, use a compression utility such as WinZIP. Most email servers have restrictions on transmitting MDB attachments. If the model consists of many components, indicate in the model which components or location you are having issues with.
CADWorx Steel
CADWorx Datasheets
Email the datasheets MDB file and any datasheet file generated (XLS).
If emailing MDB / XLS files, use a compression utility such as WinZIP. Most email servers have restrictions on transmitting MDB / XLS attachments.
17
Preface
CADWorx Plant to CAESAR II interface Email the AutoCAD model drawing (DWG) file and CAESAR II input file (*._A, *.C2).
Run the CADWorx GETALLSPECDATAFILES command to copy all specifications and data files used in the model into sub-folders under where the model drawing file is located. Zip the contents of these folders and email the ZIP file to Intergraph CAS Support. If the model consists of several line numbers, indicate in the email which line numbers you are having issues with.
CADWorx Design Review or CADWorx Email the AutoCAD model drawing (DWG) files. Design Create If the model consists of several line numbers, indicate in the email which line numbers you are having issues with. If the model consists of many drawing files with dependent reference drawings (XREFs), use the AutoCAD ETRANSMIT command to create a ZIP file of all drawings used in the master model. CADWorx Design Viewer Email the AutoCAD model drawing (DWG) files and the *.CDR file.
If you are attaching large or multiple files to your eCustomer log, use a compression utility such as WinZIP. If you cannot attach your drawing files, then try to duplicate the issue in a new drawing with as few components as possible. If the issue can be duplicated in a new drawing, attach the duplicate drawing to Intergraph CAS. For hardware lock issues, first verify that you have an Intergraph CAS hardware lock. CADWorx Plant Professional, CADWorx P&ID, CADWorx P&ID Professional, CADWorx Plant Ductile Iron, and CADWorx Plant Sanitary use the Intergraph CAS hardware lock for licensing. CADWorx Steel, CADWorx Steel Professional Plus do not use the Intergraph CAS hardware lock for licensing. For more information about hardware locks, see CADWorx Hardware Lock Identification in the CADWorx Installation Guide.
Items added and updated with CADWorx Plant Professional 2013 R2 - November 2012: Program
You can now convert CADWorx legacy drawings using CONVERTCADWORXLEGACYDWGS. For more information, see Convert Legacy Drawing (on page 51) and CADWorx Legacy Drawing - Match Specifications Dialog Box (on page 52).
18
Preface
You can now review drawings for legacy components using REVIEWLEGACYCOMPONENTS. For more information, see Find Legacy Components Dialog Box (on page 54). You can now have CADWorx automatically add couplings between components with the Apply Auto Coupling Rule. For more information, see Apply Auto Coupling Rule (on page 49) in Piping Rules (on page 46). You can now have CADWorx automatically check the line number when inserting components in a line with the Apply Line Number Rule. For more information, see Apply Line Number Rule (on page 50) in Piping Rules (on page 46). You can now decide which items CADWorx automatically updates when using the Change Size, Change Spec, or automatic update of data options with the Apply Change Data Rule. For more information, see Apply Change Data Rule (on page 51). You can now have CADWorx audit your data on startup to check for removed XDATA using AuditDataOnStartup variable. For more information, see AuditDataOnStartup (on page 30). You can now see which components have had XDATA removed by using the CWSHOWNOXD command. For more information, see Show Removed XDATA (on page 30). You can now restore XDATA to components that have had XDATA removed by using the CWADDXD command. For more information, see Restore XDATA (on page 31).
Manual
A new topic was added detailing connection points and SKEY for ISOGEN export when dealing with user shapes. For more information, see ISOGEN Export Options (on page 159).
Items added and updated with CADWorx Plant Professional 2013 R1 - July 2012:
You can display help by typing MANUAL on the command line. For more information, see Online Help (on page 21). You can now select your drawing environment type by the Drawing Prototype variable. For more information, see Drawing Prototype (on page 30). You can now convert components into 3D Enhanced mode. For more information, see Convert to 3D enhanced (on page 72). You can now update the project data of components in your drawing by using the CONVERTFROMPRJDATA command. For more information, see Convert from project data (on page 72). You can now change CADWorx Components to AutoCAD 3D solids with xdata by using the CWEXPLODE command. For more information, see CWexplode. (on page 72). You can now edit the assembly path of an assembly using the ASSEMBLYEDITPATHS command. For more information, see Edit an assembly path (on page 101). You can now redefine connection points for a user shape by using the EDITUSERSHAPE command. For more information, see Edit by redefining connection points (on page 159). You can now use the PIPW1 (Buttweld pipe), PIPF1 (Socket Weld or Threaded pipe), and PIPFL1 (Flanged pipe) commands to draw single pipe components. For more information, see Pipe (on page 333). ElbowCenterLines are only available in 2D and Isometric modes. For more information, see ElbowCenterLine (on page 34). Detail information has been added to LayerByLineNumber. For more information, see LayerByLineNumber (on page 35). You can now reload a project file after changes have been made by clicking Reload File. For more information, see Set Specification and Size (on page 43).
19
Preface
You can now stop xdata from appearing in the bill of materials or components by using the CONVERTEXISTING command. This command was previously known as the EXIST command. For more information, see Convert Existing (on page 72). You can now refresh your project from changes made to your selected specification by clicking Reload*.prj File. For more information, see Spec View Tab (on page 76). You can now reload the global file by right clicking and selecting Reload Global File. For more information, see Assembly View Palette (on page 99).
Items added and updated with CADWorx Plant Professional 2013 - March 2012:
You can now change the size of components by using the CHANGESIZE command. For more information, see Change Size (on page 57). You can now change the specification of components by using the CHANGESPEC command. For more information, see Change Specification (on page 60). You can now create assemblies using the CADWorx Assembly Manager. For more information, see Assembly View Palette (on page 99). You can now auto route all components using the ROUTE command. For more information, see Auto Route (on page 189). You can now set Piping Rules for CADWorx. For more information, see Piping Rules (on page 46) in Setup (on page 26). Toolbars (on page 327) contain more information on how to model in 3D Modeling versus 2D Modeling (on page 329), Plane versus Isometrics view modes (on page 328), the Compass (on page 328), and on Connecting to components (on page 328) for the new features in CADWorx. You can now change the variable setting in the Configuration Settings in CADWorx Plant Setup. For more information, see Configuration Settings (on page 28). You can now set your specification and size in the CADWorx Plant Setup. For more information, see Set Specification and Size (on page 43). You can now update your configuration layers in CADWorx Plant Setup. For more information, see Configuration Layers (on page 44). CADWorx now incorporates a new Spec Editor program. For more information see Editor (on page 57) or the Spec Editor Users Guide. Updated all panels and toolbars to reflect changes throughout the software.
Obsolete Commands
These commands are no longer available in CADWorx Plant. AUTOISO C2ISO CONVERTCL ENDFLG ENDPLAIN HEAD ISOCFG LINEPIPE OFFSETCL BREAKDIST C2MULTI ELEV2PLAN ENDHIDDEN EXIST INSERTMODE ISOOUT NODEPLACE OPERPLAN CLASSICCLASH C2TEXT ENDBREAK ENDPIPE GEARELEV INSULATION LEVERELEV NORHTELEV OSYELEV
20
Preface
PIPEIN RECT SETANGLE SPECCHGTOGGLE VESSELOD PIPEOUT ROLLEDFLG SOUTHELEV TANK WESTELEV PUMP ROLLEDPLAIN SPECCHG VESSEL 3DFOLLOW
Online Help
To access the CADWorx Plant Help, type MANUAL on the command line, and then press ENTER. This help file includes the Plant book, the Spec Editor book, and the CADWorx Plant Tutorial.
21
Preface
22
SECTION 1
Setup
Before you begin using CADWorx Plant, you need to set options and some basic configuration tasks. Your project administrator needs to review and update the catalog (.cat) and project (.prj) file in the Spec Editor before modeling begins.
In This Section
Startup Defaults ............................................................................. 23 Support Directory ........................................................................... 23 MVSetup ........................................................................................ 24
Startup Defaults
When starting CADWorx Plant for the first time, you are prompted for the system of measurement to use in the drawing. This dialog box only displays the first time you start CADWorx. After that, the configuration file name and location is stored in the registry. The following options are available: Imperial Measurements - Imperial Pipe Sizes - Restores the [Product Folder]\Plant\System\Imperial.cfg file. Metric Measurements - Imperial Pipe Sizes - Restores the [Product Folder]\Plant\System\Metric.cfg file. Metric Measurements - Metric Pipe Sizes - Restores the [Product Folder]\Plant\System\Metric.cfg file.
Support Directory
Drawings in the [Product Folder]\Plant\Support folder should not be opened with CADWorx Plant. If a drawing is started in this folder, an error displays indicating that the software should not be run from this location. This stops CADWorx from initializing or preparing the support drawings. Directly open AutoCAD to modify these drawings. To create a base profile, see Creating a Base Profile (on page 514).
23
Setup
MVSetup
Plant menu: Utility > MVSetup Plant uses the MVSETUP.LSP file supplied by AutoCAD. The software also supplies a simplified version of the MVSETUP.DFS file in the [Product Folder]\Plant\Support folder. If this file is deleted, the software recreates it. The MVSETUP.DFS file can be modified to include additional title blocks. Plant uses these title blocks with the Setup (on page 26) function. The MVSetup routine has options that allow you to add and delete title blocks. Plant supplies its own title blocks for your convenience. Plant title blocks have attributes attached for ease of labeling.
24
SECTION 2
SPECOPTION
Editor - Modifies the delivered specifications and creates new SPECEDIT specifications. For more information, see Spec Editor (on page 77). Change Size - Modifies the size of the components selected. For more information, see Change Size (on page 57). Change Specification - Modifies the specification of the components selected. For more information, see Change Specification (on page 60). CHANGESIZE CHANGESPEC
Local Edit - Modifies the properties of an existing component. CEDIT For more information, see Local Edit (on page 62). Global Edit - Modifies the properties of multiple components. For more information, see Global Edit (on page 68). GCEDIT
3D Solids - Converts selected components to 3D solid mode. CONVERTSOLID For more information, see Mode Convert (on page 70) and 3D Solids (on page 71). Convert Isometric - Converts selected components to isometric mode. For more information, see Mode Convert (on page 70) and Convert Isometric (on page 71). CONVERTISO
25
CONVERTSINGLE
CURRENT XCEDIT
Spec Change Toggle - Turns the TAG value update on or off. SPECCHGTOGGLE
Setup
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > Setup Setting toolbar: Setup Plant menu: Setup Command line: SETUP Defines all CADWorx settings within the current drawing. This command displays the CADWorx Plant Setup dialog box.
26
Current Drawing - Displays the current default values for Specification / Size. Sets the Colors, Drawing Mode, and Fitting Mode. Specification / Size - Displays the current settings for the specification and size: Main Size - Displays the main size set for the drawing. Reduction Size - Displays the reduction size set for the drawing. Specification - Displays the specification set for the drawing. Colors - Sets the default colors in the drawing: Compass - Sets the compass color. The compass can also be turned off here. Dimension - Sets the dimensions color. The dimensions can also be turned off here. Highlight - Sets the highlight color. Drawing Mode - Sets the default drawing mode: 3D Solids - Draws components in 3D mode. 2D Double Line - Draws components in 2D with double lines mode.
27
You can convert the drawing to another mode. For more information, see Mode Convert (on page 70). Fitting Mode - Specifies the fitting mode for hub-based components. Select one of the following: Socket - Dimensions and engagement properties are based on the socket welded section of the specification. Threaded - Dimensions and engagement properties are based on the threaded section of the specification. Configuration Settings - Sets the values for the configuration. For more information, see Startup Variables (on page 28). Specification / Size - Sets the specification and sizes of the drawing. Specification must be set before sizes can be set. For more information, see Set Specification and Size (on page 43). Configuration Layers - Specifies drawing layers and the default names, line types, and colors of the layers. Default layers are provided. You can add and delete layers. Piping Rules - Sets the piping rules in the drawing. For more information, see Piping Rules (on page 46). Save As - Saves the current configuration. Load - Loads a saved configuration. Apply & Close - Accepts the settings and closes the dialog box. Settings are immediately applied to the current drawing. Cancel - Cancels the operation. Help - Displays the CADWorx Plant Users Guide help file.
Configuration Settings
Specifies values for the selected configuration setting. The default drawing template, Imperial.dwt (Metric.dwt for metric) is also stored in the registry. Each time the software is started, the default template is used. The drawing parameters are setup during installation for imperial or metric in the setup profile. If you want to change the configuration setting to the drawing parameters, use the SystemMeasure (on page 41) variable to change the drawing settings. Configuration Settings - Displays variables to change. Change variable values in the text box list. For more information, see Startup Variables (on page 28). If the configuration settings permission is set to read-only, only the Cancel button is available.
Startup Variables
Provides default drawing and component values. You can modify the variables in the configuration setting as needed. For more information, see Configuration Settings (on page 28). The most recent configuration settings are stored in the registry and are used the next time you start Plant.
28
29
AlphaSizeControl
Default value: 0 Allowed values: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 Controls the number of decimal places used in Alpha Size. Setting this variable to zero places no decimals in Alpha Size. Setting the variable to a value from 1 to 9 places 1 to 9 decimal places in Alpha Size. Setting this variable to 10 suppresses trailing zeros in Alpha Size. Example with a value of 0: For Imperial pipe size: 4 1/2" would be 4 1/2" or 6" would be 6" For Metric pipe size: 50 would be 50 or 60.3 would be 60 Example with a value of 3: For Imperial pipe size: 4 1/2" would be 4.500" or 6" would be 6.000" For Metric pipe size: 50 would be 50.000 or 60.3 would be 60.300 Example with a value of 10: For Imperial pipe size: 4 1/2" would be 4.5" or 6" would be 6" For Metric pipe size: 50 would be 50 or 60.3 would be 60.3 If you want decimals to display in Alpha Size in Imperial or Metric, the recommended setting is 10.
AuditDataOnStartup
Default value: 0 Allowed values: 0, 1 Controls when CADWorx checks components for removed XDATA when opening a drawing. 0 - Checking for removed XDATA is turned off. 1 - Checking for removed XDATA is turned on. Show Removed XDATA Command line: CWSHOWNOXD Highlights components where XDATA has been removed. 1. Type CWSHOWNOXD on the command line, and then press ENTER. 2. Type S on the command line or E to select the entire drawing, and then press ENTER. 3. Select the component that you want to change, and then press ENTER. Step 3 does not apply if you selected the Entire Drawing option in step 2. The components with XDATA removed highlight in the drawing.
30
AutoDimensionBox
Default value: No Allowed values: No, Yes Controls boxes around rolling offset automatic dimensions when using Automatic to Yes, a box is drawn for the rolling offset. For more information, see Automatic (on page 196). . When set
BomBoltControl
Default value: 0 Allowed values: 0, 1, 2, or 3 Specifies bolt placement in the Plant ISOGEN bill of material schedules. 0 - Places the quantity for a set in the pre-CADWorx 2002 format, such as: QUANTITY = 4, ALPHA_SIZE = 3/4", LONG_DESC = (8) Studs with nuts 1 - Places the quantity for total bolts, and strips the set number from the long description, such as: QUANTITY = 32, ALPHA_SIZE = 3/4", LONG_DESC = Studs with nuts 2 - Places the quantity for a set, the alpha size based on the flange size, and appends the bolt diameter to the long description, such as: QUANTITY = 4, ALPHA_SIZE = 12", LONG_DESC = (8) 3/4" Studs with nuts. 3 - Places the quantity for total bolts, strips the set number from the long description, places the alpha size based on the flange size, and appends the bolt diameter to the long description, such as: QUANTITY = 32, ALPHA_SIZE = 12", LONG_DESC = 3/4" Studs with nuts When this option is set to 1 or 3, the long description of the bolt must contain the number of bolts in the set enclosed by parenthesis. The software uses the value in parenthesis as the new quantity. The number is then automatically removed from the long description when displayed in the material list.
31
BomScheduleSpacing
Default value: 0.25 Allowed values: Positive real Controls the spacing on the bill of material schedule.
BomTagGridFactor
Default value: 1.0 Allowed values: Positive real Controls the bill of material tag grid density on the drawing. When BomTagOptimize (on page 32) is set to 2, set this variable to 0.5, 1.0, 2.0, or 3.0.
BomTagOptimize
Default value: 2 Allowed values: 0, 1, or 2 Specifies the tagging algorithm used for the bill of material. 0 - The tagging algorithm is off. 1 - The algorithm is on, but does not stack any tags. 2 - The algorithm is on. Flange, bolt, and gasket tags are stacked.
BomTagRadiusFactor
Default value: 1.25 Allowed values: Positive real Controls the radius of tag bubbles. Bubbles are sized using this factor multiplied by the AutoCAD setvar TEXTSIZE.
BomTagSpacingFactor
Default value: 1.25 Allowed values: Positive real Controls how far bill of materials bubbles are spaced from the model or components within the drawing.
32
CADWorxMaterial
Default value: No Allowed values: No or Yes Controls CADWorx material generation when using System In . For more information, see System In (on page 174). No - The software bases component descriptions in CADWorx on the material types in CAESAR II. The CADWorx component name is combined with the CAESAR II material type. Yes - The software bases component descriptions in CADWorx on the specifications. Material types from CAESAR II are ignored. The component name is defined in the [Product Folder]\Plant\System\Prgm.tbl file.
CAESARMaterial
Default value: 0 Allowed values: 0, 1, or 2 Controls CAESAR II material generation when using System Out . For more information, see System Out (on page 152). 0 - Provides extended material database material types in CAESAR II based on the pipe material defined in Spec Editor . This does not apply if the component was originally created in CAESAR II. 1 - Provides basic material types in CAESAR II (1-17) corresponding to the component material long description in the specification. 2 - Provides extended material database material types in CAESAR II based on the actual component material long description in the specification. When using CAESAR II version 3.23, only option 1 can be used.
CAESARMemory
Default value: 12.0 Allowed values: Positive real Specifies the amount of computer RAM used when importing a large CAESAR II input model. This variable is not required, but is helpful if the import is failing. The value is multiplied by megabytes.
CAESARTolerance
Default value: 0.001 Allowed values: Positive real Specifies the tolerance for items that are not transferring correctly to CAESAR II. For example, hangers placed on a skewed line sometimes fail and require a larger tolerance factor.
33
DataBaseCodesISOGEN
Default value: No Allowed values: No or Yes Specifies how CADWorx ISOGEN uses the DataBaseCodes system. No - The DataBaseCodes system is not used. CADWorx Plant creates generic item code combinations for each run of ISOGEN, starting at 1 for each run. Components with identical long annotation and specification file names are given the same item-code combination. Yes - ISOGEN uses the DataBaseCodes system. If this option is set to Yes and a valid DataBaseCodes system is not established, bill of material generation within ISOGEN is not correct.
DimensionsExcludedSlope
Default value: 10.0 Allowed values: Positive real Specifies the minimum percentage slope (rise/run) for automatic dimensioning of the vertical leg of sloped pipe when using Automatic . If the pipe slope is under the specified value, then the vertical leg dimension and the associated hatched graphics for the rise are not placed. The horizontal dimension is still placed. For more information, see Automatic (on page 196).
DimensionsExistingISOGEN
Default value: 0 Allowed values: 0, 1, or 2 Controls ISOGEN isometric representation of existing components. 0 - Existing components are exported with dotted lines and are dimensioned. 1 - Existing components are exported with dotted lines and are not dimensioned. 2 - Existing components are exported with solid lines and are dimensioned. Individual ISOGEN dimension settings override this setting. For more information, see ISOGEN Data Dialog Box (on page 64).
ElbowCenterLine
Default value: 0 Allowed values: 0 (off) or 1 (on) Controls square elbow centerlines on elbow-type components. When set to 1, an additional square centerline is drawn without drawing square elbow graphics. These lines appear in 2D double line and Isometric modes only. You can also control this variable by setting the Elbow Centerline in CADWorx Plant menu: Utilities > Drawing Control > Elbow Centerline.
34
HVACLibraryDirectory
Default value: [Product Folder]\Plant\HVAC Allowed values: Valid directory name Defines the location of the data files folder used for HVAC components.
ISOGENDefaultStyle
Default value: <none> Allowed values: Full path to an Isogen.fls file Specifies the ISOGEN style used by ISOGEN Out and ISOGEN Batch . For more information, see ISOGEN Out (on page 104) and ISOGEN Batch (on page 106). When this variable is defined, ISOGEN Out Style dialog box. does not display the Select ISOGEN
LanguageFile
Default value: English.dic Allowed values: A valid and properly formatted language file Specifies the language of all Plant dialog boxes and prompts. The specified file must be present in the [Product Folder]\Plant\Support folder for proper operation of Plant.
LayerByLineNumber
Default value: 0 Allowed values: 0, 1, 2, 3, and 4 Specifies the layers for component placement. 0 a. Solid: i. the layer name of the solid is based on PRJ layer entry. ii. "_" is placed in front of the layer name: For example: 150 spec is on layer _150. iii. The color of the solid is set according to the table below: Component level color PRJ Entity Color Set to By Layer Entity Color Set to component level PRJ Entity Color Set to By Layer Entity Color Set to component level PRJ Same Color Same Color Same Color Same Color Spec level color PRJ Same Color Same Color Different Color Different Color Spec layer color in model DWG file Same Color Different Color Same Color Different Color
35
36
LibraryDirectory
Default value: [Product Folder]\Plant Allowed values: Valid folder name Defines the location of the component data files folder used with a specification. Each component type has a separate sub-folder. For more information, see Specification and Data Files (on page 511). This folder can be set as read-only.
LineNumberSystem
Default value: 1 Allowed values: 0 (off), 1 (on), or 2 (static) Specifies the line number system. 0 - Line numbers are manually entered. 1 - Size, spec, and count number are used for the line number 2 - Count number is used for the line number.
37
PipeSupportDirectory
Default value: [Product Folder]\Plant\PipeSupport Allowed values: Valid directory name Defines the location of the pipe support parametric data files used with the current configuration settings.
PipeSupportSetting
Default value: 1 Allowed values: 0, 1, or 2 Specifies the layer for pipe support component placement. 0 - The pipe support is placed on a layer set from the CADWorx layer settings. 1 - The pipe support is placed on the same layer as the connecting pipe or elbow component. 2 - The pipe support is placed on a new layer. The layer name is derived by appending the component layer name and the pipe support layer name. For example, if the pipe solid is on layer _150, and the pipe support layer name is SUPT, then the pipe support is on new layer _150SUPT.
38
SingleLineWidth
Default value: 0.02 Allowed values: Positive real Specifies the default width for a single line pipe.
SpecificationDirectory
Default value: [Product Folder]\Plant\Spec Allowed values: Valid folder Provides the location of the specifications folder. This folder can be set as read-only.
SpecificationDefaultProject
Default value: [Product Folder]\Plant\Spec Allowed values: Valid folder Specifies the spec default project file name. This is the data file where all the specification information for all components is stored. This file can be opened using the Spec Editor. When modeling the information is accessed using this file to create the components. For more information, see Spec Editor (on page 77).
SpecSizeOverride
Default value: Yes Allowed values: No or Yes Controls the ability to override component specification and size. If override is turned off, you are not able to draw out of spec or out of size. Yes - Overrides the specification and size limits. No - Limits drawing to values within specification and size limits.
SteelCopeBoltDistance
Default value: 0.5 (Imperial) 15 (Metric) Allowed values: Positive real Specifies the distance used when two steel beams are coped using the bolted method of Cope . For more information, see Cope (on page 280).
39
SteelLibraryDirectory
Default value: [Product Folder]\Plant\Steel_I ([Product Folder]\Plant\Steel_M for metric) Allowed values: Valid folder name Locates the data file used for drawing Steel. The data files can be located anywhere on the computer, local network, or wide area network. This folder can be set as read-only.
SteelNeutralAxis
Default value: 0 Allowed values: 0, 1, 2, or 3 Specifies the location of centerlines for steel channels and angles. 0 - The centerline is drawn at the X--column value specified in the channel or angle data files. 1 - The centerline is drawn at the midpoint of the flange. 2 - The centerline is drawn on the inside of the flange. Use this value if channels and angles are coped with other members. 3 - The centerline is drawn on the outside of the flange. Use this value if channels and angles are mitered with other members.
SteelPartNumberFile
Default value: SamplePartNumbers.dat Allowed values: Valid and properly formatted part number file Specifies the file containing part numbers that can be automatically entered for a steel member component. When a steel member is drawn, the software searches the data file for a matching member type and member name. If found, the software then retrieves the part number and saves it with the member component.
SteelRoundControl
Default value: 0 Allowed values: 0, 1, 2, or 3 Specifies the rounding of values read from the steel data files. 0 - No rounding is performed. 1 - Rounds the value up to the nearest multiple of the value specified in SteelRoundUnit (on page 41). 2 - Rounds the value down to the nearest multiple of the value specified in SteelRoundUnit (on page 41). 3 - Rounds the value up or down to the nearest multiple of the value specified in SteelRoundUnit (on page 41).
40
SteelToolTipSetting
Default value: 4235 Allowed values: Positive integer Specifies the data displayed in a tooltip when the mouse hovers over a steel component. Click the ellipsis in the value box next to SteelToolTipSetting to open the Tool Tip Data Selection dialog box. Select the needed data to display, and click OK. The correct integer is then displayed for those settings.
SyncOnStartUp
Default value: 1 Allowed values: 0, 1, or 2 Controls the synchronize option on opening a drawing with an external database: 0 - Turns off the synchronize option when a drawing is loaded into AutoCAD. 1 - Asks if the software should synchronize the drawing with the external database. 2 - Synchronizes the drawing with the external database without prompting. When you click Synchronize without any prompts. , values 0 and 1 provide a prompt. Value 2 synchronizes
SystemMeasure
Default value: English/Inch Allowed values: English/Inch, Metric/Inch, and Metric/Metric Specifies the unit system: Metric/Metric - Uses the metric system with metric input. English/Inch - Uses the imperial system with nominal inch input. Metric/Inch - Uses the metric system with nominal inch input.
TemplateDatabaseFile
Default value: Pipe.mdb Allowed values: Valid Microsoft Access database file name Specifies the database file that is used with a bill of material.
ToolTipSetting
Default value: 8405 Allowed values: Positive integer Specifies the data displayed in a tooltip when the mouse hovers over a component. Click the ellipsis next to ToolTipSetting in Configuration Settings to open the Tool Tip Data Selection dialog box. Select the needed data to display, and click OK. The correct integer is then displayed for those settings.
41
UseObjectsFromXrefs
Default value: Yes Allowed values: No or Yes Allows objects from Xrefs (external references) to be used during the selection process. No - Objects from Xrefs are not used. Yes - Objects from Xrefs are used for the current command.
WeldDotSize
Default value: 1.0 Allowed values: Positive real Specifies the default weld dot size on single-line, butt-welded piping components.
WeldGapToDB
Default value: Yes Allowed values: No or Yes Sets automatic weld gaps to database on or off. Yes - Weld gaps are shown in the Bill of Material schedule. No - Weld gaps are not shown in the Bill of Material schedule
42
43
Configuration Layers
Specifies drawing layers and the default names, line types, and colors of the layers. Default layers are provided. You can add and delete layers. The default layers are mandatory for use with Plant and cannot be deleted. See the tables below. Layer changes made in this dialog box affect the current drawing session similar to the AutoCAD LAYER command. The commands in this dialog box are inactive if the configuration settings permission is set to read-only. Layer Name - Specifies the layer name. The layer name can be anything that is allowed by AutoCAD. Wild card characters and spaces are not allowed. Click Update to change the name. New - Adds a new layer with a default name. New layers are created when the drawing is initialized with Plant. Access this option by right-clicking in the layer name column. Delete - Removes the selected layer from the list. You cannot delete default layers. Access this option by right-clicking in the layer name column. Linetype - Specifies the line type for the selected layer. Select a value in the Select Linetype dialog box. Line types are defined in the [Product Folder]\Plant\Support\Cfm.lin and [AutoCAD Product Folder]\UserDataCache\Support\acad.lin files. Color - Displays the Select Color dialog box for selecting the color of the layer.
44
If the Cl and Cl_Steel layers are frozen or turned off, some CADWorx commands might not function because data is stored on the centerline that is on these layers.
45
Piping Rules
Sets the piping rules for the drawing. These rules govern how the drawing is affected for each piece of pipe or component drawn. The options you select affect the responses you receive from the system.
Topics
Apply Size Rule ............................................................................. 46 Apply Specification Rule ................................................................ 46 Apply End Type Rule ..................................................................... 47 Apply Pipe Length Rule ................................................................. 47 Apply Weld Insertion Rule ............................................................. 47 Apply Gasket Insertion Rule .......................................................... 47 Apply Bolt Insertion Rule ............................................................... 47 Apply Trimmed Elbow Rule ........................................................... 48 Apply Pipe Healing Rule ................................................................ 48 Apply Branch Table Rule ............................................................... 48 Apply Flange Insertion Rule........................................................... 48 Apply Bolt Hole Orientation Rule ................................................... 48 Apply Pipe End Prep Rule ............................................................. 49 Center Line .................................................................................... 49 Apply Auto Coupling Rule .............................................................. 49 Apply Line Number Rule ................................................................ 50 Apply Change Data Rule ............................................................... 51
46
47
48
Center Line
Default value: On Allowed values: On, Off Indicates whether the centerline of the components displays.
49
Show Options
1. Exact copy of parent line number. 2. Dynamic parent line number (the same parent line number except for the size and spec). 3. Current line number setup as listed in the Line Number setup.
1. Exact copy of header/parent line number. 2. Current line number as shown in the Line Number setup.
For more information about Line Number System setup, see Line Numbering System Dialog Box (on page 124).
50
Select data items that will NOT update with Change Size/Spec
Alpha size - Turns the alpha size update off. Short Description - Turns the short description update off. Tag - Turns the tag update off. Long description - Turns the long description update off. Database Codes - Turns the database codes update off.
51
52
53
Search Options
Tag - Finds the legacy components based on the tag. Click in the Tag box to display components filtered by tag in the Components filtered by: Tag box. You can type data in this box to filter for specific tags. Code - Finds the legacy components based on the code. Click in the Code box to display components filtered by code in the Components filtered by: Code box. You can type data in this box to filter for specific codes. Line number - Finds the legacy components based on the line number. Click in the Line Number box to display components filtered by line number in the Components filtered by: Line number box. You can type data in this box to filter for specific line numbers. Short annotation - Finds the legacy components based on the short annotation. Click in the Short annotation box to display components filtered by short annotation in the Components filtered by: Short annotation box. You can type data in this box to filter for specific short annotations. Long annotation - Finds the legacy components based on the long annotation. Click in the Long annotation box to display components filtered by long annotation in the Components filtered by: Long annotation box. You can type data in this box to filter for specific long annotations. Components filtered by: <Search Options type> - Displays the findings of the Search Options. When the software detects a legacy component the information based on the search option selected, displays in the box. The heading of the Components filtered by box is dynamic and changes depending on the Search Options item you have selected. The heading also displays the number of records for each item selected. Selecting a record displays a red arrow indication the component containing the selected information in the drawing.
54
Optional Items
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > Optional Items Setting toolbar: Specification Option Toggle Plant menu: Accessory > Specifications > Optional Items Command line: SPECOPTION Places a component on the drawing when the component type in the specification has an optional component (such as when a 300 lb. orifice flange is in the 150 lb. specification). Click the command to toggle between two methods: 1. The command line message is: All components will be dialoged... When a component type is selected, all components of that component type appear in the Optional component dialog box. For more information, see Optional Component Dialog Box (on page 55). 2. The command line message is: Specification dialog turned off... When a component type is selected, the default component is selected for placement on the drawing. The Optional component dialog box does not appear unless the component size is out of the specification range or the component is not allowed by the specification. You can then select a component in the range. For more information, see Optional Component Dialog Box (on page 55).
Using SpecSizeOverride
When the SpecSizeOverride (on page 39) variable is off, sizes are restricted to the specification range. If the selected size is not within the range, OK and Default are not available. If SpecSizeOverride is on, the dialog box appears if the component size is not in the range. You can then select the needed component even when it is out of range.
55
Yes No No Yes
No No No Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Off = 0
Yes
No
Yes
On = 1
No
n/a
No
Off = 0
You can use the Spec Editor to change components to optional components. For more information, see Spec Editor (on page 77).
Size
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > Size Setting toolbar: Size Plant menu: Utility > Set Component > Size Command line: COMP2SIZE Specifies the main and reduction size by selecting a component with the needed sizes. Reduction size is not set if it has not been set on the selected component. You can optionally reverse the main and reduction sizes.
Spec
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > Spec Setting toolbar: Spec Plant menu: Utility > Set Component > Spec Command line: COMP2SPEC Specifies the current specification by selecting a component using the needed specification.
56
Size-Spec
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > Size-Spec Setting toolbar: Size-Spec Plant menu: Utility > Set Component > Size-Spec Command line: COMP2SIZESPEC Specifies the main size, reduction size, and specification by selecting a component with the needed values. Reduction size is not set if it has not been set on the selected component. You can optionally reverse the main and reduction sizes.
All
Setting toolbar: All Plant menu: Utility > Set Component > All Command line: COMP2ALL Specifies the main size, reduction size, specification, and line number by selecting a component with the needed values. This option requires that you set the LineNumberSystem (on page 37) variable to 2. This is the same as having the System On (Static Size/Spec) option in the Line Numbering System dialog box selected. For more information, see Line Numbering System Dialog Box (on page 124).
Editor
Creates, views, and modifies specifications. For more information, see Spec Editor (on page 77).
Change Size
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > Change Size Command Line: CHANGESIZE Changes the size of the selected components based on available sizes. Sizes are based on the specification that you choose when initially setting up the drawing. This command has two functions Automatic or Manual. Automatic - Automatically changes the entire component to the chosen size. The Change Size command only changes the size of the line until it reaches a reducer. The software provides two options to replace a reducer to match the size change. The pipeline on the other side of the reducer maintains its size. The only way to change the size of the pipeline on both sides of a reducer is to select the reducer itself. Manual - Changes only the selected components to the chosen size. When using the manual option, the software forces you to select reducers for adjacent components that are not the same size. The manual option does not stop size changes at any point based on another component. However, unless the line on the other side of a reducer is selected it is not changed.
57
58
5. Select the reducers as needed. 6. Select a component to keep its position, or press ENTER to finish. The specific components change size and add the reducers if needed.
59
Change Specification
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > Change Spec Command Line: CHANGESPEC Changes the specification of the selected components. This command is based on two modes either Automatic or Manual. Automatic - Changes all the components on the selected line to the chosen specification automatically. The Change Specification command only changes the specification assigned to the system until it reaches a reducer. The software changes the assigned specification of the reducer, but the pipeline on the other side of the reducer keeps its original specification. The only way to change the pipe on both sides of a reducer is to select the reducer itself. Depending
60
61
Local Edit
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > Local Edit Setting toolbar: Component Edit Plant menu: Utility > Component Edit > Local Edit Command line: CEDIT Modifies the properties of an existing component on the drawing. This command displays the Component Edit dialog box.
62
Modify a component
1. Click Local Edit . 2. In the drawing, select a component. The Component Edit dialog box appears. 3. Modify properties as needed. 4. Click OK.
63
Symbol Information Identifier - Specifies the identifier used by ISOGEN for the component. For more information, see SKEY Information. Overwrite - Overwrites the default value of ISOGEN Identifier used by CADWorx and uses the value specified in Identifier. SKEY - Specifies the SKEY used by ISOGEN for the component. For more information, see SKEY Information. Overwrite - Overwrites the default value of ISOGEN SKEY used by CADWorx and uses the value specified in SKEY.
64
Triangle
Diamond
Double Circle
Ellipse
Text - Specifies the message text. Spindle / Flat / Support Direction - Specifies a valve spindle direction, an eccentric reducer flat direction, or support direction. Direction - Specifies the direction. Select North, South, East, West, Up, or Down. Text - Specifies a text message with details on the direction. ISOGEN option switch 80 (dimension to valve centers) is only available if the valve has a spindle direction set. Flow Arrow - Specifies how flow arrows are displayed for valves. As drawn - Displays the flow arrow in the direction that the pipe was drawn. Opposite - Displays the flow arrow in the opposite direction. View - Displays a preview of the flow arrow on the drawing. ISOGEN option switch 17 controls the display of flow arrows.
65
Triangle
Diamond
Double Circle
Ellipse
Bend - Exports all pipe segments in the component as a single miter bend. Bend with Length - Exports all pipe segments in the component as a single miter bend. The length of the component is also added to the Long Annotation of the component, allowing two bends with different lengths to have separate marks in the bill of material. Bend with Length Example
66
Other Spool - Specifies the spool identification. This value overrides the default spool value created by ISOGEN. Sketch - Specifies a .dwg detailed sketch to display with the isometric drawing. For more information on detailed sketches, see the Information Notes,pdf and Detailed Sketches.pdf files in the [Product Folder]\Plant\Isogen\Isogen_Utils folder. Dim Status - Specifies the dimensioning of individual components. Select Default, Dimensioned, Dotted Dimensioned, or Dotted Undimensioned. Mark - Specifies the mark number for a component. End Connections and Conditions - Specifies a set of conditions for up to four ends (End 1, End 2, End 3, and End 4). Connection Type - Specifies the type of connection on the end Connection Types Connection Types Default BS BW CL CP FA FL Ball and Socket Butt Weld Clamped Compression Flared Flanged Male Unspecified Male Female Male Unspecified Description Default Condition
67
View - Displays a red arrow at the selected end on the drawing. Male, Female, Unspecified, or None - Specifies the end condition of the selected condition type. These options are only available when the end condition of the connection type can be changed. For example, SC, SW, CP, GL, and PF allow either male or female end conditions. Unspecified is used for welded and flanged end conditions. Reference Dimensions - Specifies dimension to use as reference for the component. On - Turns on reference dimensions. Primary - Defines reference dimensions relative to the primary axes of the model. Skewed - Defines reference dimension relative to the defined reference points. Pick points - Allows you to select reference points in the drawing. View - Displays the reference points in the drawing. Message - Specifies text for the reference dimensions. SKEY - Specifies the SKEY used by ISOGEN for the reference dimensions. For more information, see SKEY Information. Start Point - Displays X, Y, and Z coordinates for the start point. Reference Point 1 - Displays X, Y, and Z coordinates for the first reference point. Reference Point 2 - Displays X, Y, and Z coordinates for the second reference point.
Global Edit
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > Global Edit Setting toolbar: Global Component Edit Plant menu: Utility > Component Edit > Global Edit Command line: GCEDIT Modifies the properties of multiple components. This command displays the Global CEdit dialog box.
68
69
Mode Convert
Mode convert commands change a piping component from one mode to another mode. The existing component is deleted and replaced with a component in the new mode. Many possibilities exist, such as: 2D double line to 3D solids 3D solids to 2D double line 2D single line to 2D double line 2D double line, flat to 2D double line, north Converting to different planes Rebuilding an existing component in the same mode or plane The specification layer name determines the layer to delete and replace. This layer name is prepended with an underscore, such as _150. Objects on other layers (without an underscore in their names) are not changed. You can convert from one plane to another by changing planes and converting the component mode.
Example
The following tee was drawn once, copied to three other locations, then converted to different planes.
70
3D Solids
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > 3D Solids Setting toolbar: Solids Plant menu: Accessory > Mode Convert > 3D Solids Command line: CONVERTSOLID Converts selected components to 3D solid mode.
Convert Isometric
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > Convert Isometric Setting toolbar: Isometric Plant menu: Accessory > Mode Convert > Isometric Command line: CONVERTISO Converts selected components to isometric mode.
2D Double Line
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > 2D Double Line Setting toolbar: Double Line Plant menu: Accessory > Mode Convert > 2D Double Line Command line: CONVERTDOUBLE Converts selected components to 2D double line mode.
2D Single Line
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > 2D Single Line Setting toolbar: Single Line Plant menu: Accessory > Mode Convert > 2D Single Line Command line: CONVERTSINGLE Converts selected components to 2D single line mode.
71
Convert Existing
Command line: CONVERTEXISTING Stops external data (xdata) from appearing in the bill of material or removes xdata from the components. After xdata is prevented or removed, the component is moved to the EXIST layer. You can also execute this command in Global Edit or Local Edit information, see Global Edit (on page 68) and Local Edit (on page 62). . For more
If you use the CONVERTEXISTING command and you select Yes, you cannot change the components back. To change components in the existing layer, back and forth, you must select No when using this command. 1. Type CONVERTEXISTING on the command line, and then press ENTER. 2. Select Yes to remove all data from the components. OR Select No to not remove all data. You can also do this in the Global Edit or Local Edit 3. To convert all objects on the drawings,select All objects. OR To convert a specific component, select Components only. 4. Press ENTER to finish. The components selected are converted. dialog boxes.
Convert to 3D enhanced
Command line: CONVERTENHANCED Converts the selected components to 3D enhanced mode. 1. Type CONVERTENHANCED on the command line, and the press ENTER. 2. Select the components you want to convert to 3D enhanced mode, and then press ENTER. The components convert to 3D enhanced.
CWexplode
Command line: CWEXPLODE Changes the CADWorx component to an AutoCAD 3D solid with xdata included. 1. Type CWEXPLODE on the command line, and then press ENTER. 2. Type S on the command line or E to select the entire drawing, and then press ENTER. 3. Select the component you want to change, and then press ENTER. Step 3 does not apply if you selected the Entire Drawing option. The components are converted to AutoCAD 3D solids with xdata included.
72
Socket Weld
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > Socket Weld Setting toolbar: Socket Weld Specifies the socket welded fitting mode for hub-based components. Dimensions and engagement properties are based on the socket welded section of the specification. You can also define the fitting mode in the CADWorx Plant Setup dialog box. For more information, see Setup (on page 26).
Threaded
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > Threaded Setting toolbar: Threaded Specifies the threaded fitting mode for hub-based components. Dimensions and engagement properties are based on the threaded section of the specification. You can also define the fitting mode in the CADWorx Plant Setup dialog box. For more information, see Setup (on page 26).
Settings
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > Settings Setting toolbar: Current Settings Plant menu: Utility > Settings Command line: CURRENT Displays the current drawing settings, such as main and reduction sizes, text and dimension sizes, line and drawing modes, and specifications. This command displays the Current Settings dialog box. Most of these settings are changed using Setup page 26). . For more information, see Setup (on
XREF Edit
Plant menu: Utility > Component Edit > Xref Edit Command line: XCEDIT Settings toolbar: Xref Edit Views sizes or information within the component Xref. This command works in a similar fashion to the CADWorx CEDIT functionality. For more information, see Local Edit (on page 62). This function uses the same dialog box as Local Edit, but it does not allow you to modify any of the values. If a modification to a component is required from within an Xref, use the AutoCAD REFEDIT command to open that part of the Xref. Then use the Local Edit command to make any modifications necessary. After the required modification is completed, close the Xref with the REFCLOSE command.
73
74
SECTION 3
Palette Panel
CADWorx Plant I tab: Palette Command Name Command Line
Spec View - Filters the available components based on the SPECVIEW size and specification settings. For more information, see Spec View Palette (on page 76). Line View - Isolates components based on their line number or their specification. For more information, see Line View Palette (on page 79). Pipe Support Modeler - Inserts pipe and elbow support components. For more information, see Support Modeler Palette (on page 81). LINEVIEW
PIPESUPPORTVIEW
Insulation View - Creates a data file in which you can add, INSULATIONVIEW modify, and remove insulation configurations that can be applied to CADWorx components. For more information, see Insulation View Palette (on page 88). Discontinuity View - Checks for different types of modeling issues. For more information, see Discontinuity View Palette (on page 92). Pipe Support Modeler Report - Generates a report of all pipe supports found in the selection or in the entire model. For more information, see Pipe Support Report (on page 93). DISCONTINUITYVIEW
PIPESUPPORTREPORT
P&ID View - Links data between the Plant and P&ID table PIDVIEW in a project database. For more information, see P&ID View Palette (on page 94). Clash View - Runs interactive clash detection on AutoCAD CLASHVIEW 3D solids in the current drawing as well as any attached XREF drawings. For more information, see Clash View Palette (on page 97). Assembly View - Creates an assembly for use in a drawing. For more information, see Assembly View Palette (on page 99). ASSEMBLYVIEW
75
Palette Panel
Spec View Tab (CADWorx Spec View Palette) (on page 76) Settings Tab (CADWorx Spec View Palette) (on page 78)
76
Palette Panel
3. Follow the prompts on the command line to place the pipe. The software draws the pipe using the specified type.
Spec Editor
CADWorx Plant I Tab: Setup and Size/Spec Panel > Editor Spec View Palette > Start Spec Editor Command Line: SPECEDIT Modifies the delivered specifications and creates new specifications. Spec Editor can also be used as standalone software and can be copied to any computer. It does not require a hardware lock (ESL) or a license manager. CADWorxSpecEdit.exe is located in the [Product Folder]\Plant\Spec folder. When opening the Spec Editor from CADWorx, the software loads the specification that you have specified in Plant. If you want to open a different specification, then select the specific spec in Project Data. The Spec Editor stores all the components delivered with CADWorx. If you want to add a size for a component, you must first add it in the Data Table and the EndType Table in the Spec Editor. You cannot use a component size that has not been added to the catalog for the specification. CADWorx uses the SpecificationDefaultProject (on page 39) to locate the project file and access the components. Optional components can be manipulated and created in the spec editor. For more information, see the CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide delivered with CADWorx.
77
Palette Panel
78
Palette Panel
Reducing Size optional component - Specifies the color associated with reducing size optional components. Level 1 category - Specifies the color associated with level 1 category components. Level 2 category - Specifies the color associated with level 2 category components.
Line Isolate Tab (CADWorx Line View Palette) (on page 79) Find Tab (CADWorx Line View Palette) (on page 80)
79
Palette Panel
Full - Displays the selected CADWorx components, and hides all non-CADWorx components such as buildings, equipment, and dimensions. Partial - Displays the selected CADWorx components and all non-CADWorx components. Layer - Displays the selected CADWorx components and hides all non-CADWorx components based on the layer setup. Filter - Enter a wildcard filter to limit the items available in the list. The filter is case sensitive. For details on this option, see Select Item Dialog Box (on page 144).
80
Palette Panel
81
Palette Panel
Copy - Duplicates an assembly within the .PSA file. Move Up - Moves an assembly up one position in the list. Move Down - Moves an assembly down one position in the list.
Data Tab
Controls parameters for creating pipe support assemblies. Directory - Displays the folder in which the current .PSA file is located. File Name - Displays the name of the current .PSA file. Support Name Specifies the name of the support. This name displays in the CADWorx Support Modeler palette. In modify mode, you can rename the support assembly. Components Available - Displays the support components that you can use to make an assembly. After you select a type, the list box shows the available parametric data files (*.SUP) for that type of support. For elbow type supports, only Custom, Pipe, Plate, Rod, and Spring Hanger are available. For more information, see Support Parametric Data Files (*.SUP) (on page 84). Open - Opens the selected parametric data file (*.SUP) in Notepad.EXE. Type Pipe - Specifies that the support is a pipe support. This option is only available when the support is first created. Elbow - Specifies that the support is an elbow support. This option is only available when the support is first created. Add - Moves the selected item from the Components Available list to the Components Selected list. Remove - Moves the selected item from the Components Selected list to the Components Available list. Components Selected - Displays the components in the assembly. The support is built using the selected components in the order shown. Move Up - Moves the selected item one position higher in the assembly sequence. Move Down - Moves the selected item one position lower in the assembly sequence.
Spec Tab
Controls parameters for setting the specification information for the support component. Size Start - Specifies the beginning size of a component. End - Specifies the ending size of a component. For example, if the range of sizes is 1/2 in. to 1-1/2, in., type 1.5. Enter values as the nominal size, not the actual size. Insulation Options Increase support size if component is insulated - Automatically selects a larger size support component based on the insulation thickness. For example, a six-inch nominal size pipe (6.625 inch actual OD) has four-inch thick insulation (14.625 inch OD). This makes the total pipe
82
Palette Panel
diameter 6.625 inch actual OD plus 8 inch insulation OD. The software determines the support by looking it up in the data file. Use next larger size if exact size is not available - Specifies that if the calculated support is not available in the data file, the next larger size support is selected. Description Tag - Specifies an optional tag description for the component. Short - Specifies the abbreviated description for the component. This description is used by Component (on page 199) in CADWorx Plant. Long - Describes the component. This description is used in the bill of materials schedule and Component (on page 199) in CADWorx Plant. BOM Sort - Locates a component item in the bill of material schedule. Type the needed value. Type 0 to place the item first in the schedule. Type 999 to place the item last. If the same sort numbers are used for different components, they are placed in alphabetical order. Type - Specifies the type of bill of material item. Select Fabrication, Erection, Offshore, or Misc. Other Index Code - Specifies the index, or pointer, for generation of database codes placed within components. Type a value, or click Edit Codes to select a value. Index code values are found in the file defined by the DataBaseCodes startup variable. CAESAR II Type - Specifies the restraint type of the support for use in CAESAR II pipe stress analysis. ISOGEN SKEY - Specifies the SKEY used by ISOGEN for an isometric drawing. For more information, see SKEY Information . Identifier - Specifies the identifier used by ISOGEN for an isometric drawing. For more information, see SKEY Information . Sketch - Specifies a .DWG AutoCAD file containing details about the support. Select the file from the Select detail sketch file dialog box. Message Type - Specifies the format of text displayed with the support. Text - Specifies text displayed with the support.
83
Palette Panel
5. 6. 7. 8.
84
Palette Panel
SHOWOPTIONAL = 1 - If multiple sizes are listed, a dialog box displays to select a size. In the example shown below, all 10" U bolts are shown in the dialog box for selection.
85
Palette Panel
SHOWOPTIONAL = 2 - Shows the entire content of the file. This setting is useful for components that are not based on the connecting pipe or elbow, such as plates, rods, and spring hangers.
86
Palette Panel
If several components in the assembly have the SHOWOPTIONAL setting of 1 or 2, a dialog box similar to the one below displays. Select the different components that make up the assembly. The rod, pipe, and spring hanger have an additional option for the length column in the data file. If the length column is set to -1, use the Enter length box to type the length of the component.
If SHOWOPTIONAL = 0 for all components in the assembly, the dialog box displays so that you can type the length of the component. The software prompts you for the length of the last variable-length component during the assembly insertion into the model.
87
Palette Panel
Model
Insulation
88
Palette Panel Settings Tab (CADWorx Insulation View Palette) (on page 89) Apply Tab (CADWorx Insulation View Palette) (on page 90)
89
Palette Panel
Add, Modify, and Remove only change the data currently displayed in the grid. The data in the insulation file is not updated until you click Save or Save As.
90
Palette Panel
Graphics Add - Adds insulation graphics to components that have had their graphics removed. The data previously stored in the components is used to generate the graphics. Remove - Removes the graphics from the selected components. The insulation data remains. These components do not show the insulation solid even if you later click Refresh. Visibility Isolate - Isolates insulation graphics by either selecting components on screen or by selecting line numbers from the list. Hide/Show - Hides or shows the insulation graphics by selecting components on screen or by selecting line numbers from the list. Show All - Shows all objects that have been previously hidden in the current drawing. Report - Creates a complete report, in HTML format, about all of the insulation components in the model. The report is itemized by the different types of insulation data and calculates the total weight, volume, and length. Filter - Filters the list of line numbers using wild cards. For example, type *25-1B* to limit the line number list to line numbers with 25-1B as part of the name. The text filter occurs regardless of where the text is in the line number name. Edit - Displays the Insulation Global Edit <number> Objects dialog box so that you can edit the insulation data for all components having the selected insulation configuration. Right-Click Menu In Line Number selection mode, a right-click menu is available with additional options. The right-click menu changes what displays in the edit box. Select All / Clear All - Selects or clears all line numbers in the list. List Insulated Line Numbers - Lists only insulated line numbers. List Un-Insulated Line Numbers - Lists only uninsulated line numbers. List Data Only Line Numbers - Lists line numbers that have insulation data but no insulation graphics. List Un-Insulated Components - Lists only uninsulated components. List All - Refreshes the list. Modify - Replaces the selected insulation data with the highlighted insulation in the Available Configuration grid. This change applies to all components in the selected line number. Remove - Removes the insulation from all components in the selected line number.
91
Palette Panel
Insulation - Specifies the insulation description. This is an optional value. Jacketing - Specifies the jacketing description. This is an optional value. User - Specifies the user description. This is an optional value.
92
Palette Panel
Gap - Displays the distance between the two components. This value is 0.0 for overlapping components. Long Description - Displays the long description of the component. Category - Displays the category of the component. Component Type - Displays the command named used to draw the component. (X,Y,Z) - Displays the global X-, Y-, Z-coordinates of the component center point. Pressing CTRL or SHIFT while left-clicking lets you select multiple items from the list. Left-click to zoom in to the location of the issue. Right-click to change the AutoCAD view to the location of the issue without zooming.
93
Palette Panel
Matched Tab (CADWorx P&ID View Palette) (on page 94) Unmatched Tab (CADWorx P&ID View Palette) (on page 96)
94
Palette Panel
Insert in model - Reads the size, spec, and component type from the P&ID database and inserts the component into the Plant model. View P&ID drawing - Displays a preview of the P&ID drawing. To zoom inside the viewer, use the two arrow buttons on the left side of the dialog box. Zooming inside the viewer can also be done by holding down the left mouse button while rotating the mouse scroll wheel. The viewer dialog box closes when you switch between drawings in the same session of AutoCAD. The dialog box must be started with every new AutoCAD session.
Left-click an item to update the P&ID drawing viewer dialog box if it is active. Double-click an item to run the Insert in model command. Refresh - Refreshes the P&ID Data and Plant Data lists. Options - Displays the Options dialog box so that you can set the colors of the items displayed in the P&ID and Plant data. Plant Data P&ID ID_Count - Displays the ID_COUNT of the P&ID component if a link between the P&ID component and the Plant component is made. The Plant database (PIPE table) saves the P&ID ID_COUNT in the RESERVE_10 column. Line Number - Displays the line number of the plant component. Tag - Displays the tag of the plant component. Size - Displays the size of the plant component. Spec - Displays the spec associated with the plant component. Drawing - Displays the drawing associated with the plant component. Description - Displays the description of the plant component. Right-Click Menu CEdit - Displays the appropriate Component Edit dialog box. Zoom - Zooms and highlight the component in the model. List data from all drawings - Lists plant data from all drawings that have the line number. List data from current drawing - Lists plant data from the open drawing.
95
Palette Panel
Refresh - Refreshes the P&ID Data and Plant Data lists.
Link components
1. Select the check box next to an item in the P&ID Data list and an item in the Plant Data list. 2. Click Link. The P&ID ID_Count value in the Plant Data list updates. Vales, reducers, and nozzles can be linked. Instrument components cannot be linked.
Unlink components
1. Select two linked components. Link changes to Unlink. 2. Click Unlink. The software removes the link between the two components.
96
Palette Panel
When Insert Into DB is clicked, rows are added to the appropriate tables within the database. Plant drawings created without a database have xdata attached to each component that allows the software to automatically add rows into the appropriate tables.
97
Palette Panel
All - Displays all clashes in the list. Clash List # - Displays the number assigned to each clash. Component 1 - Displays the CADWorx data for the first component. Component 2 - Displays the CADWorx data for the second component. Status - Displays the clash status. Type - Indicates whether the clash was from a CADWorx Insulation View-created component. You can set the color of the grid items using the Options dialog box. For more information, see Options Dialog Box (on page 98). Left-clicking an item in the list generates the clash entity in the model and zooms to the clash. Right-Click Menu Clash Status New - Changes the status of a clash to New. Clash Status Active - Changes the status of a clash to Active. Clash Status Resolved - Changes the status of a clash to Resolved. Clash Status Approved - Changes the status of a clash to Approved. Clash Zoom To - Zooms to the clash point. Clash Viewer - Displays a dialog box with the two clashing components. Clash Isolate Selected - Isolates the selected clash. Clash Isolate All - Creates clash entities for all clashes, and isolates them. To remove all clash entities from the model, run the command CLASHDELETEALLOBJECTS. Clash Show All - Shows all components in the drawing.
98
Palette Panel
Synchronize layers from XREFs - Indicates whether the system checks for clash layer data inside externally reference drawings and updates the master drawing clash layer data to match. If a layer in an XREF is excluded from clash detection, the XREF layer is also excluded in the master drawing. Ignore insulation clashes - The system ignores all clashes generated from components created with the CADWorx Insulation View palette. Connectivity tolerance - Specifies the tolerance for checking component connectivity. If two components are connected, a clash is not reported, even if the actual solids intersect. Clash zoom factor - Specifies the zoom factor used during clash. Color Options - Specifies the color of the clash entity and the color of the list.
99
Create an assembly
1. Click Assembly View press ENTER. 2. 3. 4. 5. . Alternatively, type ASSEMBLYVIEW on the command line, and Click Create Assembly . Select all the components necessary for the assembly, and press ENTER Pick a point where you want to connect. Type a name on the command line, and press ENTER. The assembly appears in the Assembly Manager.
Edit an assembly
1. Click Assembly View press ENTER. 2. 3. 4. 5. . Alternatively, type ASSEMBLYVIEW on the command line, and Click Edit Assembly Selected . Make the changes to the drawing as needed. Click Close Assembly Editor. Click Yes to save the changes. To close the Assembly Editor without saving any changes, click No. The change is saved.
100
Palette Panel
If you do not want to delete the object, click Cancel. The assembly disappears from the Assembly Manager.
101
Palette Panel
102
SECTION 4
ISOGEN Panel
CADWorx Plant I tab: ISOGEN Command Name ISOGEN Out - Generates an isometric drawing. For more information, see ISOGEN Out (on page 104). ISOGEN Batch - Generates isometrics using ISOGEN for one or more line numbers. For more information, see ISOGEN Batch (on page 106). ISOGEN Supplemental - Places supplemental ISOGEN blocks in the drawing. For more information, see ISOGEN Supplemental (on page 107). Stop Sign - Places ISOGEN stop sign symbols in the drawing. For more information, see Stop Sign (on page 108). ISOGEN Start Point - Places ISOGEN start point symbols in the drawing. For more information, see ISOGEN Start Point (on page 108). Offset Tap - Creates offset tap connections for use by ISOGEN. For more information, see Offset Tap (on page 108). Command Line ISOGENOUT ISOGENBATCH
ISOGENSUPL
STOPSIGN
ISOGENSTARTPT
OTAP
PCF Out - Creates a piping component (PCF) file from PCFOUT components selected in the drawing. For more information, see PCF Out (on page 112). PCF In - Imports components into the current drawing from PCFIN a piping component (PCF) file. For more information, see PCF IN (on page 112). Tap Connection - Creates tap connections for use by ISOGEN. For more information, see Tap (on page 112). TAP
103
ISOGEN Panel
ISOGEN Out
CADWorx Plant I tab: ISOGEN > ISOGEN Out Plant menu: Accessory > ISOGEN > ISOGEN Out Command line: ISOGENOUT Generates an isometric drawing. The components you select to use with this command must be generated with an authorized ISOGEN hardware lock, or this function cannot process them. The selection process has different options that allow you to perform more detailed selections.
104
ISOGEN Panel
Angle - Specifies the north arrow direction: 90 = World positive Y-axis as north direction. This is the default value. 180 = World positive X-axis as north direction. 270 = World negative Y-axis as north direction. 0 = World negative X-axis as north direction.
105
ISOGEN Panel
ISOGEN Batch
CADWorx Plant I tab: ISOGEN > ISOGEN Batch Plant menu: Accessory > ISOGEN > ISOGEN Batch Command line: ISOGENBATCH Generates isometrics using ISOGEN for one or more line numbers. The command uses the default settings from the ISOGEN Project Manager. For more information, see ISOGEN Project Manager / I-Configure (on page 113). ISOGENBATCH also exports line number continuation information to ISOGEN.
106
ISOGEN Panel
*** Total DXF files: 2 *** Line(s) with errors *** None ISOGENBATCH log file written to: C:\Drawings\Model_ISOGEN.log The components must be generated with a valid ISOGEN authorized hardware lock. If not, a message similar to the following displays. Could NOT process 17 component(s) due to permissions failure... Only components drawn with the ISOGEN interface are allowed... No components were written to file... As each line is processed, any errors encountered are displayed on the screen, and a log file is created. The ISOGEN Results dialog box displays. For more information, see ISOGEN Out (on page 104).
ISOGEN Supplemental
CADWorx Plant I tab: ISOGEN > ISOGEN Supplemental Plant menu: Accessory > ISOGEN > ISOGEN Supplemental Command line: ISOGENSUPL Places supplemental ISOGEN blocks in the drawing. There are several types of block available for export to ISOGEN: ISOGEN_Arrow ISOGEN_Wall ISOGEN_Floor ISOGEN_Instrument ISOGEN_BreakIn Arrow, wall, and floor blocks must be inserted along the center line of a pipe component. Instrument blocks must have the instrument line connected to the end of an olet component, TAP component, or a weld gap component. Break in (Tie in) points must be connected to the end point of a component. To add other blocks to this menu, see Introduction. The block name must contain ISOGEN_Arrow, ISOGEN_Instrument, ISOGEN_Wall, ISOGEN_Floor, or ISOGEN_BreakIn for export to ISOGEN. For example, to add another instrument type, you could name the block ISOGEN_Instrument_4, and add it to the menu. If you are placing a flow arrow on a sloped line, align the UCS to the slope before inserting the arrow.
107
ISOGEN Panel
Stop Sign
CADWorx Plant I tab: Stop Sign Misc toolbar: Stop Sign Command line: STOPSIGN Places stop sign symbols in the drawing. This symbol is used for designating the starting and ending locations for automatically-generated isometric output. For more information, see ISOGEN Out (on page 104). Stop signs must be at a weld or connection point on the piping system. You place these designators on the drawing and then exports them to the database. This could occur manually with Export Pipe (on page 143) or automatically with Setup Live Database (on page 142). If stop signs are present when using the Database option of the ISOOUT command, you are asked if stop signs should be used in generating the ISOs. Use Stop Signs [Yes/No] <Yes>: If you select Yes, continuity is checked and the ISOs are broken at each stop sign. If there are no line numbers or stop signs present in the database, the following prompt displays. Database does not have any line number or stop signs... When exporting with the Select ISOGEN Style dialog box isometric generator (ISOGEN Out (on page 104) or ISOGEN Batch (on page 106)), stop signs are used, if selected.
Offset Tap
CADWorx Plant I tab: Offset Tap Command line: OTAP Creates offset tap connections for use by ISOGEN. Offset taps are for use with large branches. After you create an offset tap connection for a component, you can route piping from that point. Use offset taps for all major branches of the main pipeline. Offset tap is more robust at processing branches then tap connection. Use an offset tap connection if ISOGEN reports discontinuity or tap connection does not produce the necessary results. Verify that the main size is set to the size of the tap before drawing this component. The OTAP command allows several types of pipe-to-pipe connections. The default connection for OTAP is TANGENTIAL (TTSO). To change to another type of connection, change the symbol key (SKEY) value on the ISOGEN Data Dialog Box (on page 64) for the OTAP component. SKEY TTSO TTRF TOSO Connection Type TANGENTIAL TANGENTIAL REINFORCED OFFSET
108
ISOGEN Panel
TORF TSSO TSRF TESO TERF OFFSET REINFORCED STUB IN STUB IN REINFORCED SET ON SET ON REINFORCED
If the OTAP connects two pipes that are the same size, using the following SKEY produces the following results: TERF, TESO, TSRF, TSSO: The length of pipe for the cut list increases to include the OTAP length. The dimension includes OTAP length. If the OTAP connects two pipes that are the same size, using the following SKEY produces the following results: TORF, TOSO, TTRF, TTSO: The actual length of pipe drawn in the model is used for the cut list. The dimension does not include OTAP length. If the OTAP connects two pipes that are of different sizes (reduction), ISOGEN Option Switch 2 is used for cut length calculation.
Set-on Branch - Calc. to Centre Line of Main Run option with SKEYs: TERF, TESO, TSRF, TSSO:
109
ISOGEN Panel
The length of pipe for the cut list is increased to include the OTAP length. The dimension includes the OTAP length. Set-on Branch - Calc. to Centre Line of Main Run option with SKEYs: TORF, TTRF, TTSO, TOSO: The actual length of pipe drawn in the model is used for the cut list. The dimension does not include the OTAP length. Set-on Branch - Calc. to Actual Connection Point option with SKEYs: TERF, TESO, TSRF, TSSO: The actual length of the pipe drawn in the model is used for the cut list. The dimension includes the OTAP length. Set-on Branch - Calc. to Actual Connection Point option with SKEYs: TORF, TTRF, TTSO: The length of the pipe for the cut list is adjusted based on the diameter of the main and reduction pipe sizes. The dimension does not include the OTAP length. Set-on Branch - Calc. to Actual Connection Point setting with SKEYs: TOSO: The actual length of the pipe drawn in the model is used for the cut list. The dimension does not include the OTAP length. Option switch 77 Generate PAD Item Code and Show Symbol on Iso option shows a reinforcement pad on OTAP connections with SKEYs: TTRF, TORF, TERF. A CADWorx reinforcement pad does not have to be drawn in the model for these three SKEYs. For all other SKEYs, a CADWorx reinforcement pad must be drawn in the model for it to appear in the ISO drawing.
110
ISOGEN Panel
ISOGEN option switch 77 No Extra Welds added at Reinforcement Pads, One Extra Weld added at Reinforcement Pads, and Two Extra Welds added at Reinforcement Pads settings control weld numbering at the reinforcement pads. Extra welds are only shown for the following SKEYs: TTRF, TORF, TERF.
111
ISOGEN Panel
PCF Out
CADWorx Plant I tab: ISOGEN > PCF Out Plant menu: Accessory > ISOGEN > PCF Out Command line: PCFOUT Creates a piping component (PCF) file from components selected in the drawing. This command displays the standard file selection dialog box and prompts for a file name.
PCF In
CADWorx Plant I tab: ISOGEN > PCF In Plant menu: Accessory > ISOGEN > PCF In Command line: PCFIN Imports components into the current drawing from a piping component (PCF) file. The PCF file is usually produced from some other plant design system. This command requires that proper CADWorx specification and data files exist. If the PCF file uses a specification that does not match the CADWorx specification exactly, the model created by PCF In does not function as expected. The function displays a standard file selection dialog box. There is an intervention level. For more information, see System In (on page 174).
Tap
CADWorx Plant I tab: Tap Command line: TAP Creates tap connections for use by ISOGEN. The tap connection are used for small branches. After creating a tap connection for a component, piping can be routed from that point. The CADWorx ISOGEN interface automatically processes numerous types of taps without needing a tap connection. Only use a tap connection if ISOGEN reports a discontinuity. Verify that the main size is set to the size of the tap before drawing this component.
112
ISOGEN Panel
Place a tap
1. Click Tap . Alternatively, type TAP on the command line, and press ENTER. 2. Select a point for the tap. This point is normally the inner most endpoint of the tapping component. 3. Select a point on the center line of the component that is being taped. The software places the tap.
ISOGEN Information
The following topics provide general ISOGEN information.
Short annotation
113
ISOGEN Panel
Long annotation Line Number Tag Code 'DESCRIPTION' Not available as an MLD item. 'COMPONENT-ATTRIBUTE3' 'ITEM-CODE' (If DataBaseCodesISOGEN (on page 34) = Yes in current configuration settings) 'COMPONENT-ATTRIBUTE4' (If DataBaseCodesISOGEN (on page 34) = No in current configuration settings) 'WEIGHT' Not exported 'QTY' 'COMPONENT-ATTRIBUTE1'
Code
SKEY Information
The following ISOGEN SKEYs can be used by CADWorx when creating an isometric. ISOGEN SKEY definitions and symbol shapes are available in the Skey.pdf file in the [Product Folder]\Plant\Isogen\Isogen_Utils folder. PRGM # 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 CADWorx Name PIPE ELBOW 90 LR BUTTWELD ELBOW 90 SR BUTTWELD ELBOW 90 REDUCING BUTTWELD ELBOW 45 BUTTWELD BEND 180 LR RETURN BUTTWELD BEND 180 SR RETURN BUTTWELD TEE STRAIGHT BUTTWELD TEE REDUCING BUTTWELD REDUCER CONCENTRIC BUTTWELD REDUCER ECCENTRIC BUTTWELD CAP BUTTWELD STRAIGHT CROSS BUTTWELD REDUCING CROSS BUTTWELD LATERAL BUTTWELD ISOGEN Identifier PIPE ELBOW ELBOW ELBOW-REDUCING ELBOW ELBOW ELBOW TEE TEE REDUCER-CONCENTRIC REDUCER-ECCENTRIC CAP CROSS CROSS TEE SKEY (Blank) ELBW ELBW ERBW ELBW EUBW EUBW TEBW TEBW RCBW REBW KABW CRBW CRBW TSBW
114
ISOGEN Panel
PRGM # 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 CADWorx Name STUB END BUTTWELD LONG WELD NECK FLANGE WELD NECK FLANGE SLIP ON FLANGE BLIND FLANGE LAP JOINT FLANGE SOCKET WELD FLANGE THREADED BOLT GASKET NIPPLE CONCENTRIC SWAGE ECCENTRIC SWAGE 90 LR ELBOW SOCKET WELD 90 STREET ELBOW SOCKET WELD ISOGEN Identifier LAPJOINT-STUBEND FLANGE / NOZZLE FLANGE FLANGE FLANGE-BLIND FLANGE FLANGE FLANGE BOLT GASKET COUPLING REDUCER-CONCENTRIC REDUCER-ECCENTRIC ELBOW ELBOW SKEY FLSE FLWN / NZFS FLWN FLSJ FLBL FLLB FLSW FLSC (Blank) (Blank) NRSC CSPL ESPL ELSW ELSW ERSW ELSW TESW TESW TSSW CRSW RBSC KASW COSW HCSW UNSW RP ELSC ELSC ERSC ELSC
90 REDUCING ELBOW SOCKET WELD ELBOW-REDUCING 45 ELBOW SOCKET WELD STRAIGHT TEE SOCKET WELD REDUCING TEE SOCKET WELD LATERAL SOCKET WELD STRAIGHT CROSS SOCKET WELD REDUCING BUSHING SOCKET WELD CAP SOCKET WELD COUPLING SOCKET WELD HALF COUPLING SOCKET WELD UNION SOCKET WELD BLEED RING 90 LR ELBOW THREADED 90 STREET ELBOW THREADED 90 REDUCING ELBOW THREADED 45 ELBOW THREADED ELBOW TEE TEE TEE CROSS REDUCER-ECCENTRIC CAP COUPLING OLET UNION MISC-COMPONENT ELBOW ELBOW ELBOW-REDUCING ELBOW
115
ISOGEN Panel
PRGM # 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 CADWorx Name STRAIGHT TEE THREADED REDUCING TEE THREADED LATERAL THREADED STRAIGHT CROSS THREADED REDUCING BUSHING THREADED CAP THREADED COUPLING THREADED HALF COUPLING THREADED UNION THREADED PLUG THREADED SOCKET WELD ELL-O-LET THREADED ELL-O-LET WELD ELL-O-LET SOCK-O-LET THREAD-O-LET WELD-O-LET BALL VALVE FLANGED or BUTTWELD BALL VALVE SOCKET WELD BALL VALVE THREADED BUTTERFLY VALVE FLANGED or BUTTWELD CHECK VALVE FLANGED or BUTTWELD CHECK VALVE SOCKET WELD CHECK VALVE THREADED ISOGEN Identifier TEE TEE TEE CROSS REDUCER-CONCENTRIC CAP COUPLING OLET UNION MISC-COMPONENT ELBOLET ELBOLET ELBOLET OLET OLET OLET VALVE VALVE VALVE VALVE VALVE VALVE VALVE SKEY TESC TESC TSSC CRSC RBSC KASC COSC HCSC UNSC PL CESW CESC CEBW SKSW THSC WTBW VBFL or VBBW VBSW VBSC VYFL or VYBW CKFL or CKBW CKSW CKSC VTFL or VTBW VTSW VTSC VGFL or VGBW VGSW VGSC
GATE VALVE FLANGED or BUTTWELD VALVE GATE VALVE SOCKET WELD GATE VALVE THREADED GLOBE VALVE FLANGED or BUTTWELD GLOBE VALVE SOCKET WELD GLOBE VALVE THREADED VALVE VALVE VALVE VALVE VALVE
116
ISOGEN Panel
PRGM # 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 CADWorx Name ISOGEN Identifier SKEY VPFL or VPBW VPSW VPSC ARFL or ARBW ARSW ARSC VNSW VNSC V3FL or V3BW V3SW V3SC V4FL or V4BW V4SW V4SC CVFL CVSW CVSC FIFL FISW FISC AVFL or AVBW AVSW AVSC VKSW VKSC SB EXFL
PLUG VALVE FLANGED or BUTTWELD VALVE PLUG VALVE SOCKET WELD PLUG VALVE THREADED RELIEF VALVE FLANGED or BUTTWELD RELIEF VALVE SOCKET WELD RELIEF VALVE THREADED NEEDLE VALVE SOCKET WELD NEEDLE VALVE THREADED 3-WAY VALVE FLANGED or BUTTWELD 3-WAY VALVE SOCKET WELD 3-WAY VALVE THREADED 4-WAY FLANGED or BUTTWELD 4-WAY SOCKET WELD 4-WAY VALVE THREADED CONTROL VALVE FLANGED or BUTTWELD CONTROL VALVE SOCKET WELD CONTROL VALVE THREADED STRAINER FLANGED or BUTTWELD STRAINER SOCKET WELD STRAINER THREADED ANGLE VALVE FLANGED or BUTTWELD ANGLE VALVE SOCKET WELD ANGLE VALVE THREADED GAGE VALVE SOCKET WELD GAGE VALVE THREADED SPECTACLE BLIND EXPANSION BELLOWS VALVE VALVE VALVE-ANGLE VALVE-ANGLE VALVE-ANGLE VALVE VALVE VALVE-3WAY VALVE-3WAY VALVE-3WAY VALVE-4WAY VALVE-4WAY VALVE-4WAY INSTRUMENT INSTRUMENT INSTRUMENT FILTER FILTER FILTER VALVE-ANGLE VALVE-ANGLE VALVE-ANGLE VALVE VALVE MISC-COMPONENT MISC-COMPONENT
117
ISOGEN Panel
PRGM # 103 to 107 CADWorx Name Symmetrical user shapes: NCFL Non-symmetrical users shapes with two points: NCFL Non-symmetrical users shapes three or more points: XVFL ELBOW 22.5 BUTTWELD ELBOW 11.25 BUTTWELD WYE BW REDUCER CONCENTRIC WITH SOCKET WELD HUB REDUCER CONCENTRIC WITH THREADED HUB ISOGEN Identifier SKEY
MISC-COMPONENT NCFL or (NCFL) or XVFL MULTI-PORT-COMPONEN T (XVFL) ELBOW ELBOW TEE REDUCER-CONCENTRIC REDUCER-CONCENTRIC ELBW ELBW TSBW RCSW RCSC RESW RESC
108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131
REDUCER ECCENTRIC WITH SOCKET REDUCER-ECCENTRIC WELD HUB REDUCER ECCENTRIC WITH THREADED HUB FLANGE REDUCING SO FLANGE REDUCING THREADED FLANGE REDUCING WN COUPLING SOCKET WELD COUPLING THREADED LATERAL-O-LET SOCKET WELD LATERAL-O-LET THREADED LATERAL-O-LET WELD NIP-O-LET THREADED NIP-O-LET PLAIN PIPE FLANGED ELBOW 90 LR FLANGED ELBOW 45 FLANGED TEE STRAIGHT FLANGED REDUCER CONCENTRIC FLANGED REDUCER ECCENTRIC FLANGED WYE FLANGED REDUCER-ECCENTRIC
FLANGE-REDUCING-CON FLRC CENTRIC FLANGE-REDUCING-CON FLRC CENTRIC FLANGE-REDUCING-CON FLRC CENTRIC COUPLING COUPLING OLET OLET OLET OLET OLET PIPE-FIXED ELBOW ELBOW TEE REDUCER-CONCENTRIC REDUCER-ECCENTRIC TEE COSW COSC LASW LASC LABW NISC NIPL FPFL ELFL ELFL TEFL RCFL REFL TSFL
118
ISOGEN Panel
PRGM # 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 CADWorx Name DIAPHRAGM VALVE SOCKET WELD DIAPHRAGM VALVE THREADED DIAPHRAGM VALVE FLANGED or BUTTWELD ROTARY VALVE SOCKET WELD ROTARY VALVE THREADED ROTARY VALVE FLANGED or BUTTWELD DUAL CHECK VALVE SOCKET WELD DUAL CHECK VALVE THREADED DUAL CHECK VALVE FLANGED or BUTTWELD XBODY GATE VALVE SOCKET WELD XBODY GATE VALVE THREADED XBODY GATE VALVE BW ELBOW 90 WITH SPECIAL END TYPES ISOGEN Identifier VALVE VALVE VALVE VALVE VALVE VALVE VALVE VALVE VALVE VALVE VALVE VALVE ELBOW SKEY VDSW VDSC VDFL or VDBW VRSW VRSC VRFL or VRBW CKSW CKSC CKFL or CKBW VTSW VTSC VTFL EL** ER** EL** TE** TE** CR** CR** TE** RC** RE** MPBW TS** KA**
ELBOW 90 REDUCING WITH SPECIAL ELBOW-REDUCING END TYPES ELBOW 45 WITH SPECIAL END TYPES TEE STRAIGHT WITH SPECIAL END TYPES TEE REDUCING WITH SPECIAL END TYPES CROSS WITH SPECIAL END TYPES CROSS REDUCING WITH SPECIAL END TYPES LATERAL WITH SPECIAL END TYPES REDUCER CONCENTRIC WITH SPECIAL END TYPES REDUCER ECCENTRIC WITH SPECIAL END TYPES STUB WITH SPECIAL END TYPES WYE WITH SPECIAL END TYPES CAP WITH SPECIAL END TYPES ELBOW TEE TEE CROSS CROSS TEE REDUCER-CONCENTRIC REDUCER-ECCENTRIC CONNECTOR TEE CAP
119
ISOGEN Panel
PRGM # 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 to 197 198 199 CADWorx Name NUT WITH SPECIAL END TYPES BALL VALVE WITH SPECIAL END TYPES BUTTERFLY VALVE WITH SPECIAL END TYPES CHECK VALVE WITH SPECIAL END TYPES GATE VALVE WITH SPECIAL END TYPES GLOBE VALVE WITH SPECIAL END TYPES PLUG VALVE WITH SPECIAL END TYPES 3-WAY VALVE WITH SPECIAL END TYPES ANGLE VALVE WITH SPECIAL END TYPES MULTIPORT 1 VALVE WITH SPECIAL END TYPES MULTIPORT 2 VALVE WITH SPECIAL END TYPES MULTIPORT 3 VALVE WITH SPECIAL END TYPES ELBOW 22.5 WITH SPECIAL END TYPES ELBOW 11.25 WITH SPECIAL END TYPES LATERAL REDUCING WITH SPECIAL END TYPES U-BEND WITH SPECIAL END TYPES WELD GAP (Future Components) GENERIC INSERT WELD GAP Not exported WELD Not exported WW ISOGEN Identifier NUT (BNUT) or CLAMP (CLMP) VALVE VALVE VALVE VALVE VALVE VALVE VALVE-3WAY VALVE-ANGLE VALVE, VALVE-ANGLE, VALVE-3WAY VALVE-MULTIWAY VALVE-MULTIWAY BEND BEND TEE Not exported WELD SKEY BNUT or CLMP VB** VY** VC** VT** VG** VP** V3** AV** ZG**, 2Z**, 3Z** MZ** MZ** BE** BE** TE** Not exported WW
120
ISOGEN Panel
PRGM # 200 CADWorx Name BENT PIPE ISOGEN Identifier ELBOW, BEND SKEY ELBW, BUBW, PBBW, (Blank) FXBW (Blank) (Blank) (Blank) (Blank) (Blank) (Blank) or PB (Blank) (Blank) TTSO
201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211
MITER PIPE ROLLED PIPE RESTRAINTS PAD or SADDLE RIGID ELEMENT SKIPPED ELEMENT SPECIAL RIGID TUBING STOP SIGN TAP CONNECTION OFFSET TAP CONNECTION
GAP MISC-COMPONENT SUPPORT REINFORCEMENT-PAD GAP GAP GAP PIPE or BEND (PB) ISO-SPLIT-POINT TAP-CONNECTION TEE-SET-ON
121
ISOGEN Panel
14 15 SW SC
122
SECTION 5
LNum Panel
CADWorx Plant I tab: LNum You can create and store line numbers in different configuration files for various requirements in a variety of formats. There can be any number of categories within a line number. When you start a new drawing, the line number system is not active by default. Click Setup to automatically assign line numbers when you place components. After you set the line number in the current drawing, it remains set until you change it. Command Name Setup - Modifies line number configurations. For more information, see Setup (on page 124). Command Line NUMBERSETUP
Set - Sets line number from three different sources: a P&ID NUMBERSET project, the current drawing, or a component that you select. For more information, see Set (on page 125). Count - Sets the present line number count value. For more information, see Count (on page 126). Increment - Increases the line number count value. For more information, see Increment (on page 127). Decrement - Decreases the line number count value. For more information, see Decrement (on page 127). Assign - Assigns new or different line numbers to existing components. For more information, see Assign (on page 127). Annotate - Labels components with existing line numbers. For more information, see Annotate (on page 128). Line - Sets the current line number to match that of a component that you select. For more information, see Line (on page 129). Line Isolate - Isolates components based on their line numbers or their specifications. For more information, see Line Isolate (on page 129). NUMBERCOUNT NUMBER+ NUMBERNUMBERASSIGN
NUMBERANNOTATE COMP2LINE
LINEISOLATE
123
LNum Panel
Setup
CADWorx Plant I tab: LNum > Setup Line Number toolbar: Setup Plant menu: Accessory > Line Numbers > Setup Command line: NUMBERSETUP Modifies any line number configuration. You can turn the line numbering system on or off. If the system is on, it can operate in a static or dynamic mode. In the dynamic mode, CADWorx adjusts the line number according to the size or specification. In the static mode, you must manually change the size and specification. Static is useful when all components and sizes of a particular piping run are required to have the same line number (such as, the 3/4 vent on an 8 process line needs a line number of 8 -150-2001-N). Static line numbering is also useful when selecting runs of piping for other functions with CADWorx. For more information, see LineNumberSystem (on page 37). This system also works with a CADWorx P&ID setup configuration file. You can change the configuration file location in SETUP to use the same project configuration as any P&ID project. For more information, see Setup (on page 26). Click Add in the Category group in this dialog box to select additional fields located in the process lines table of a typical P&ID project database. When using a P&ID project, changes made to a line number configuration within CADWorx reflect within the P&ID project. If the system is not using a CADWorx P&ID setup configuration file, the additional fields are obtained from the DATABASE.TBL file located in the [Product Folder]\Plant\System folder. You must manually edit this file for any modifications required of the existing fields within the default line number system.
124
LNum Panel
System On (Dynamic Size/Spec) - Indicates that each component placed in the drawing receives a line number. When this option is cleared, the line number is not placed on the component. System On (Static Size/Spec) - Indicates that the line number system uses the value in the Default value box, including the size and specification. This allows you to type anything for the size and specification. Preview - Displays the line number based on the selected categories. The line number added to components looks similar to the Preview value. Move Up - Moves the selected item higher in the Category list. The new order also displays in the Preview box. Move Down - Moves the selected item lower in the Category list. The new order also displays in the Preview box.
Set
CADWorx Plant I tab: LNum > Set Line Number toolbar: Set Plant menu: Accessory > Line Numbers > Set Command line: NUMBERSET Sets the line number from one of three sources: a P&ID project, the current drawing, or a selected component. P&ID - Requires a valid CADWorx P&ID project using an Access database. If the configuration file is the same as an existing P&ID project, this option automatically supplies all the line numbers within that project from the process lines table. The line numbers supplied are of the same format as the project. If the configuration file is not the same, a standard file dialog box displays requesting the location of the database to use. Current Drawing - Sets the line numbers based on the current drawing. This option searches the entire drawing and displays all the line numbers in the Select Item dialog box. This option requires that the LineNumberSystem (on page 37) variable is set to 2. This is the same as selecting the System On (Static Size/Spec) option in the Line Numbering System dialog box. For more information, see Line Numbering System Dialog Box (on page 124). Component - Sets the line numbers based on a component that you select from the current drawing. This option searches the entire drawing and displays all the line numbers in the Select Item dialog box. This option requires that the LineNumberSystem (on page 37) variable is set to 2. This is the same as selecting the System On (Static Size/Spec) option in the Line Numbering System dialog box. For more information, see Line Numbering System Dialog Box (on page 124).
Select Item Dialog Box (on page 144) What do you want to do?
Set line numbers based on a P&ID project (on page 126) Set line numbers based on the current drawing (on page 126) Set line numbers based on a component (on page 126)
125
LNum Panel
Count
CADWorx Plant I tab: LNum > Count Line Number toolbar: Count Plant menu: Accessory > Line Numbers > Count Command line: NUMBERCOUNT Sets the present line number count value. This option requires that you set the LineNumberSystem (on page 37) variable to 1. This is the same as selecting the System On (Dynamic Size/Spec) option in the Line Numbering System dialog box. For more information, see Line Numbering System Dialog Box (on page 124).
126
LNum Panel
Increment
CADWorx Plant I tab: LNum > Increment Line Number toolbar: Increment Plant menu: Accessory > Line Numbers > Increment Command line: NUMBER+ Increases the line number count value. For example, if the current line count value is 0001, then this increments it to 0002.
Decrement
CADWorx Plant I tab: LNum > Decrement Line Number toolbar: Decrement Plant menu: Accessory > Line Numbers > Decrement Command line: NUMBERDecreases the line number count value. For example, if the current line count value is 0002, this decrements it to 0001.
Assign
CADWorx Plant I tab: LNum > Assign Line Number toolbar: Assign Plant menu: Accessory > Line Numbers > Assign Command line: NUMBERASSIGN Assigns new or different line numbers to existing components. In the static mode, the line number is replaced exactly as it is previewed in the Setup dialog box. This means that a 3/4 line can be assigned a 8-150-2001-N line number. When in dynamic mode, the line number is automatically adjusted and the 3/4 line receives a line number of 3/4-150-2001-N. This is based on the present size and specification listed within the component's data. When selecting a component with a line number already attached, a message appears. Select Yes to assign the component the new line number. You can make your selection by window, fence, or by individually selecting a component. During the process, a rubberband cursor appears indicating which component is being assigned the new line number.
127
LNum Panel
Annotate
CADWorx Plant I tab: LNum > Annotate Line Number toolbar: Annotate Plant menu: Accessory > Line Numbers > Annotate Command line: NUMBERANNOTATE Labels components with existing line numbers. The text size is based upon the AutoCAD environment variable TEXTSIZE and is placed on the default text layer. You can select individual components to annotate. During the labeling process, a rubberband cursor appears indicating which component is being labeled.
128
LNum Panel
Line
CADWorx Plant I tab: LNum > Line Setting toolbar: Line Plant menu: Utility > Set Component > Line Command line: COMP2LINE Sets the current line number by selecting a component with the required line number. Any components created after running this command use the new line number. This option requires that you set the LineNumberSystem (on page 37) variable to 2. This is the same as selecting the System On (Static Size/Spec) option in the Line Numbering System dialog box. For more information, see Line Numbering System Dialog Box (on page 124).
Line Isolate
Plant menu: Utility > Line Isolate Command line: LINEISOLATE Isolates components based on their line numbers or their specifications. You can use this command to isolate an entire line number or to isolate one line number and include surrounding buildings or equipment. It can also turn off any isolation of components or surrounding equipment and building. Isolate - Isolates only components with particular specifications or line numbers. This option hides all objects including non-CADWorx objects in the drawing. To make them visible again, run this command again and select the Show all option. Partial isolate - Works similar to the Isolate option, except that it leaves the surrounding graphics (building, equipment, dimensions, and so on) visible. This option has the same additional options as Isolate. Show all - Turns off any isolation and makes all objects in the drawing visible. Spec - Lists all specs used in the model. You can select one or more specifications to isolate. Line number - Lists all line numbers used in the drawing. You can select one or more line numbers to isolate. List - Displays a dialog box listing either the specifications or line numbers within the drawing. You can select one or more items using the standard Windows selection methods. Select component - Select a component in the drawing.
129
LNum Panel
130
SECTION 6
BOM Setup - Customizes the Bill of Material schedule to any style BOMSETUP or layout that you need. For more information, see Bill of Material Setup (on page 132). Cut BOM - Generates a Bill of Material schedule listing each piece BOMCUT of pipe with a length and a tag. For more information, see Cut Pipe Bill of Material (on page 134). Total BOM - Generates a Bill of Material schedule with one tag for BOMTOTAL a total length of pipe in each size. For more information, see Total Pipe Bill of Material (on page 136). Single BOM - Generates a Bill of Material schedule with each BOMSINGLE selected object on a line by itself. For more information, see Single Pipe Bill of Material (on page 138). Export BOM - Exports the steel Bill of Material schedule to an external file format that you specify. For more information, see Export Pipe Bill of Material (on page 139). Import BOM - Imports a database into a Bill a Material schedule. For more information, see Import Pipe Bill of Material (on page 141). Delete BOM - Deletes all entities designated for Bill of Material. For more information, see Delete Bill of Material (on page 141). Tag Toggle - Turns on and off the placement of tags. For more information, see Tag Toggle Bill of Material (on page 141). Tag Location - Moves a tag. For more information, see Tag Location (on page 141). Insert Tag - Places a tag on the drawing without having to run a Bill of Material. For more information, see Insert Tag (on page 142). BOMEXPORT
BOMIMPORT
Setup Live Database - Links the drawing to an external database. LIVEDB For more information, see Setup Live Database (on page 142). Export Pipe - Exports CADWorx component information to a DBFGEN Microsoft Access or Microsoft Excel file. For more information, see Export Pipe (on page 143). Import Pipe - Imports and draws CADWorx components from a DBFIN Microsoft Access or Microsoft Excel file. For more information, see Import Pipe (on page 145).
131
Synchronize - Checks all components in the drawing and updates SYNC them according to the current value in the database. For more information, see Synchronize Pipe Database (on page 146). C.G. Generator - Calculates the center of gravity for selected pipe CG members. For more information, see C.G. Generator (on page 147).
132
2. 3. 4. 5.
133
2. 3. 4. 5.
6. 7.
134
A common mistake in AutoCAD is to apply a text height while setting up a text style. If the height is specified in the text style dialog, then there is no other way of controlling the size. The text size is set to the size in the dialog regardless of what the TEXTSIZE variable is set to. CADWorx performs special optimization for automatic tag placement while in paper space only. This optimization places tags in non-overlapping positions and is controlled by the BomTagOptimize variable in the current configuration settings. For more information regarding this functionality and its controls, see BomTagOptimize (on page 32).
135
136
A common mistake in AutoCAD is to apply a text height while setting up a text style. If the height is specified in the text style dialog, then there is no other way of controlling the size. The text size is set to the size in the dialog regardless of what the TEXTSIZE variable is set to. CADWorx performs special optimization for automatic tag placement while in paper space only. This optimization places tags in non-overlapping positions and is controlled by the BomTagOptimize variable in the current configuration settings. For more information regarding this functionality and its controls, see BomTagOptimize (on page 32).
137
A common mistake in AutoCAD is to apply a text height while setting up a text style. If the height is specified in the text style dialog, then there is no other way of controlling the size. The text size is set to the size in the dialog regardless of what the TEXTSIZE variable is set to. CADWorx performs special optimization for automatic tag placement while in paper space only. This optimization places tags in non-overlapping positions and is controlled by the BomTagOptimize variable in the current configuration settings. For more information regarding this functionality and its controls, see BomTagOptimize (on page 32).
138
139
2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
140
Tag Location
Plant menu: Utilities > Nozzle Schedule > Tag > Location Command line: TAGRELOCATE (EQUIPTAGRELOCATE in CADWorx Equipment) Relocates a tag. This command is useful when tags are placed on top of each other. Optionally, this command deletes the connector line from the item mark to the component. This is useful when multiple items are required for one location, such as gaskets and bolts associated with a flange. Tags and the associated leader lines are grouped. This makes them easier to manipulate. You can use the AutoCAD Group command to un-group the items and manually rearrange them.
141
Insert Tag
Plant menu: Utilities > Nozzle Schedule > Tag > Insert Command line: TAGINSERT (EQUIPTAGINSERT in CADWorx Equipment) Places tags on the drawing without having to run the main Bill of Material generator. The tag is scaled according to the present text size.
142
Export Pipe
CADWorx Plant I tab: Pipe BOM / DB > Export Pipe BOM / DB toolbar: Export Plant menu: Accessory > Database > Export Command line: DBFGEN Exports CADWorx component information to a Microsoft Access or Microsoft Excel file. When using live database, this command updates the appropriate database setup for the drawing. Database Type - Select Access to write to a Microsoft Access file, or select Excel to write to a Microsoft Excel file. Browse - Click to define the file name and folder location. The disabled boxes at the bottom of the dialog display the file name and folder in use. Append/Sync - Synchronizes the drawing and the database file by removing entries from the database that no longer exist in the drawing and updating components in the database according to the drawing. You can use this command once a day or five times an hour to maintain the database according to the drawing. Many users can append to the same database file at the same time. New - Creates a new database file based on the chosen folder and database type. 1. On the Pipe BOM / DB panel, click Export . You can also type DBFGEN in the command line. Enter an option [Line number/Select component] <Select component>. Select Line Number to select components using line numbers. Enter an option [List/Select component] <Select component>. Choose List to select the line number from a list. For more information, see Select Item Dialog Box (on page 144). or Choose Select component to select the needed components by crossing, window, or any other preferred method. Select the components to write to the database file. Right-click or press ENTER when you are finished. The Select Database Type dialog box displays. Select Access or Excel to define the file type. Click Browse, and define the folder and file name. Select New if you are creating a new file. or Select Append/Sync if you want to synchronize an existing file. Click OK. If live database is being used, the prompt Continue to update live database? [Yes/No] <Yes>: displays. Click Yes to update the database. or Click No to stop updating the live database.
2. 3.
4.
5. 6. 7.
8.
9.
143
Wildcards
Character # (pound) @ (at) . (period) * (asterisk) Used to Matches any single numeric digit Matches any single alphabetic character Matches any single non-alphanumeric character Matches any character sequence, including an empty one, and it can be used anywhere in the search pattern: beginning, middle, or end
? (question mark) Matches any single character ~ (tilde) [...] [~...] - (hyphen) , (comma) ` (reverse quote) If it is the first character in the pattern, it matches anything except the pattern Matches any one of the characters enclosed Matches any single character not enclosed Used inside brackets to specify a range for a single character Separates two patterns Escapes special characters (reads next character literally)
144
Import Pipe
CADWorx Plant I tab: Pipe BOM / DB > Import Pipe BOM / DB toolbar: Import Plant menu: Accessory > Database > Import Command line: DBFIN Imports and draws CADWorx components from a Microsoft Access or Microsoft Excel file. This command is not available when you are using a live database. You can select one or more drawings to import. CADWorx then draws the imported components in single line mode. These can be converted to any other modes using the Mode Convert (on page 70) tools available. 1. On the Pipe BOM / DB panel, click Import . You can also type DBFIN in the command line. The Select Database File dialog box displays. Browse to and select the file to import. Click Open. The Select Item dialog box displays. Select the drawings in the file to import into the active drawing. Click OK.
2. 3. 4. 5.
2. 3. 4. 5.
145
You can also type SYNC in the command line. 2. Click Yes to confirm that you want to synchronize the drawing with the database.
146
C.G. Generator
CADWorx Plant I tab: Pipe BOM / DB > C.G. Generator Pipe BOM / DB toolbar: C.G. Generator Plant menu: Accessory > C.G. Generator Command line: CG This routine provides center of gravity calculations for components drawn in X,Y planes (2D plans) or in X,Y,Z planes (3D Model). It does not provide center of gravity locations for equipment and other miscellaneous items that do not have a centerline xdata. You can use a generic attach (from Plant>Toolbars>Misc) which provides the center of gravity location and weight. Selection can be done by crossing, window, or selecting individual component centerlines. 1. On the Pipe BOM / DB panel, click C.G. Generator . Enter an option [Line number/Select component] <Select component>. 2. Select Line Number to select components using line numbers. Enter an option [List/Select component] <Select component>. 3. Choose List to select the line number from a list. For more information, see Select Item Dialog Box (on page 144). or Choose Select component to select the needed components by crossing, window, or any other preferred method. Select objects: 99 found (not necessarily the number of components) 44 were filtered out. Select objects: select more or enter to end The next option writes the information to an external file. You can hit enter for no file or enter a file name. Enter name of file or enter for none: C:\CG\32-002.CGC View file [Yes/No] <Yes>: enter to view items If you answered yes to the preceding prompt, they are able to view the contents of the file name above. If you just hit enter at the prompt asking for a file name, no file written, they are still be able to view the contents of CADWorx's default file. A list of items scrolls by of each component found. It is best to write to a file, then view it with a text editor (NOTEPAD). Total count...55 items Listing...finished Items.... Weight Sum = 1759.22 lb Sum (X * W) = 44829.7300 ft-lb Sum (Y * W) = 25511.6400 ft-lb Sum (Z * W) = 4750.8520 ft-lb The Center of Gravity X,Y,Z is 25.4827 ft 14.5017 ft 2.7005 ft Insert drawing marker [Yes/No] <Yes>: To combine center of gravity reports from steel and piping components, take the weight summations and add them together. Take each separate moment (ft-lb) X, Y, Z and add them together separately. To find the new X centroid location, divide the total X moment by the total weight. To find the new Y and Z centroid location, divide them by the total weight.
147
148
SECTION 7
Misc Panel
CADWorx Plant I tab: Misc Command Name Auto Connect - Turns automatic connection on or off. For more information, see Auto Connect (on page 150). Command Line CONNECTOG
Group On/Off - Turns on or off the grouping of the GROUPTOG centerline of the component with the accompanying graphics. For more information, see Group On/Off (on page 150). Weld Size - Sets the default size of the weld dots that accompany single line components. For more information, see Weld Size (on page 151). WELDSIZE
Top Works Add - Adds top works to a valve already drawn TOPWORKSADD in the model. For more information, see Top Works Add (on page 151) Top Works Change - Changes the orientation of or deletes top works already associated with a valve. For more information, see Top Works Change (on page 151). System Out - Creates a CAESAR II input file. For more information, see System Out (on page 152). Create - Creates symmetrical or non-symmetrical user shape components. For more information, see User Shapes (on page 153). Generic Attach - Attaches information to any generic AutoCAD object in the drawing. For more information, see Generic Attach (on page 173). System In - Reads a CAESAR II input file. For more information, see System In (on page 174). Elbow Centerline - Turns on or off elbow centerlines for use with isometrics. For more information, see Elbow Centerline (on page 175). ISO Flag - Sets a flag in the component indicating that the present stored length should be used regardless of what type of length modifications are made to the pipe component. For more information, see ISO Flag (on page 175). TOPWORKSCHANGE
C2OUT USERCREATE
GENERIC
C2IN ELBOWCL
ISOFLAG
149
Misc Panel
Dim Adjustment - Adjusts a dimension when the pipe DIMADJUST segments of a particular run have been adjusted or modified with the ISO flag command. For more information, see Dim Adjustment (on page 175). System Visibility - Turns on or off visibility of components usually located on the system layer. For more information, see System Visibility (on page 177). SYSVIS
Auto Connect
CADWorx Plant I tab: Misc > Auto Connect Plant menu: Utility > Drawing Control > Auto Connect Settings toolbar: Command line: CONNECTTOG Turns automatic connection on or off. Auto connection provides minimum prompts and makes certain assumptions. The last component placed in the drawing provides the starting point for the next component. The direction of the last component indicates the direction of the new component. If you select a component which requires a second direction, such as an elbow, or tee, there are additional prompts requesting the direction. Typical elbow - Prompts you for a direction. Pipe with an arbitrary length - Prompts you for an end point. Elbow pointing up or down - Prompts you for a direction. This is useful for placing components down a line. It can dramatically decrease the time required to place components in assemblies, such as control valve bypass loops. If you have run any type of mode conversion, the last point is not available. The software prompts you to pick the starting point. Auto Connect does not work in conjunction with Router (on page 191).
Group On/Off
CADWorx Plant I tab: Misc > Group On/Off Plant menu: Utility > Drawing Control > Group On/Off Settings toolbar: Command line: GROUPTOG Turns on or off the grouping of the centerline of the component with the accompanying graphics. This is useful for selecting any piece of the component rather than only the centerline. By default, grouping is turned on.
150
Misc Panel
Weld Size
CADWorx Plant I tab: Misc > Weld Size Plant menu: Utility > Drawing Control > Weld Size Command line: WELDSIZE Specifies the default size of the weld dots that accompany single line components. This command also allows for the change of weld dots already placed in the drawing.
151
Misc Panel
System Out
CADWorx Plant I tab: MISC > System Out Plant menu: Accessory > CAESAR II > System Out Command line: C2OUT Creates a CAESAR II input file. This input file can then be used in CAESAR II without any modification. Components selected in the drawing convert to the appropriate elements for the stress model. For example, a tee connected to pipe in all directions is represented with one node at the intersection instead of four (three at the ends and one at the intersection). This provides the stress analyst a model that is ready for use. All pertinent information is transferred (weights, wall thickness, and so on). The selection process in the drawing environment is available in two ways. The first requires selecting the components with the standard selection processes in AutoCAD. This can include selection by crossing, window or any other preferred method. The second selection process allows the selection by line number or selecting a component with an existing line number. The database option is not available with this command.
Example
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Select the starting point at node 10. Select anywhere along the centerline toward node 90 for a direction. Select the intersection at 30, and then select a direction toward 50. Select a point at 40 and then select a direction toward 50. Select the intersection at 50 and then select a direction toward 70. You could let CAESAR II automatically node the rest of the model, or you could finish by manually selecting the next point at 30 and then selecting a direction toward 90. 7. Select a point at 50 and then select a direction toward 110. 8. Select a point at 40 and then select a direction toward 150.
152
Misc Panel
Make sure Ortho is off, and use OSnap NEArest to pick along centerlines for directions.
User Shapes
CADWorx Plant I tab: Misc > Create Misc toolbar: Create Command line: USERCREATE Creates symmetrical or nonsymmetrical user shape components. Symmetrical shapes require you to draw an outline that can be used to create the user component. Non-symmetrical shapes require a block or an object completely drawn in 2D and 3D that represents the complete component. A symmetrical object can be converted from 2D to 3D Mode, or vice versa, using the mode convert (on page 70) commands. It does not allow double-line to single-line conversion in 2D mode. Non-symmetrical shapes can only convert between isometric and solids (Convert Isometric (on page 71) or 3D Solids (on page 71)). 1. Create the component. 2. Modify the specification.
153
Misc Panel
3. Click Create , or type USERCREATE on the command line and press ENTER. The Define User Shape dialog box displays. Each dialog box option is explained below. User shape components can also be tagged as optional components in the specification. This allows for an infinite number of additional components. For symmetrically shaped components, draw a 2D polyline indicating the outline of the shape. The symmetrical shape is limited to straight lines between vertices in the polyline. In other words, there cannot be a fillet radius on any corner of the polyline. If fillets exist, the routine draws them with chamfered corners. Draw only half of the shape on one side of the centerline. We recommend preparing an outline before trying to draw the polyline. For example, draw the component using standard AutoCAD methods or CADWorx components, and then draw a polyline around the contour. For symmetrical shapes, the polyline may overlap as shown in the example below for 2D solids (drawn to each indicated point, PT1, PT2, and so on). For use with 3D solids, the polyline cannot overlap (there cannot be a PT4 or PT7). If the polyline overlaps, an ACIS error occurs indicating the object cannot be revolved. For non-symmetrically shaped components, you must first create a 2D and 3D representation. This representation needs to show all the required details of the component. The 3D representation is used when in the 3D drawing mode. It can be used for orthographic and model-type representation. The 2D representation is used when in the 2D isometric drawing mode. After the polyline or components are complete, click Create . This creates a data file in the required folder with the required file name. For non-symmetrically shaped components, it also creates two drawing files: one 2D and one 3D. The drawing names have appended in square brackets, the size and drawing mode (for example, [4.0-3D]). The file name must be unique. User Shapes are stored in Product Folder]\Plant\Spec\UserShape_I. You can change were User Shapes are stored under Folder Settings in the Define User Shape dialog box. Make sure to set a default size and specification first. Create creating components with different sizes. must be run multiple times for
Component Setup
Name - Specifies the name of the user shape. There is a 20 character limit. Number - Specifies the number of the user shape. Select a number in the range of 1 to 5. Specification - Sets the specification for the user shape. Assign to Spec - Assigns the user shape to other specifications. Save to Catalog - Saves the user shape to the catalog.
Folder Settings
Folder - Defines the save location for the user shape. Browse - Enables you to search the computer folders for a specific location.
154
Main Size - Sets the main size of the user shape. Reduction Size - Sets the reduction size of the user shape. Select 3D Solid - Creates 3D user shapes. Select 2D Double Line - Creates 2D double line user shapes. Select 2D Single Line - Creates 2d single line user shapes. Define Connections - Defines the end type connection for the user shape. You can select Buttweld, Socket, Threaded, or Flanges. The user shape must have been previously selected with either Select 3D Solid, Select 2D Double Line, or Select 2D Single Line. If the component is less than 1/16" long (2 mm when in metric mode), the associated xdata is in an inserted block named XATB. It is located on the default layer named SYSTEM instead of the CL layer so that it does not plot or display while this layer is turned off. If the component is non-symmetrical, there is an inserted block named NATB located at the start point. This block, like the XATB block, contains all the associated xdata and acts as any other component. When a 2D representation of a non-symmetrical component is not present (that is, only the 3D representation option is used) and the component is converted to the 3D mode, the NATB remains. This block can be converted to 2D but does not have any graphics in the 3D mode. The NATB and XATB blocks can be moved and controlled just as any other CADWorx component.
155
Description
Long - Describes the component in long format. Short - Describes the component in short format. Tag - Tags the user shape with the entered information. Notes - Sets other information about the user shape.
Rating
Component Class - Sets the specification class for the user shape. Temperature Rating - Sets the highest temperature allowed for the user shape. Pressure Rating - Sets the highest pounds per square inch allowed for the component.
156
Misc Panel
mirrorX - Mirrors the non-symmetrical user shape along the X-axis. After a shape has been mirrored, it has an effect on all the options above. Run this option again to place the component back in its original position. mirrorY - Mirrors the nonsymmetrical user shape along the Y-axis. After a shape has been mirrored, it has an effect on all the options above. Run this option again to place the component back in its original position. mirrorZ - Mirrors the nonsymmetrical user shape along the Z-axis. After a shape has been mirrored, it has an effect on all the options above. Run this option again to place the component back in its original position. <Pick rotation> - Rotates the nonsymmetrical user shape by the angle you specify. This option causes the command to exit, and the options above become unavailable. This should be the last option chosen.
Do not mix reducing and non-reducing components in the same file. 10. Click Select 3D Solid, Select 2D Double Line, or Select 2D Single Line and follow the prompts.
157
Misc Panel
11. Click Define Connections. Pick direction. 12. Select a direction in the drawing. Set End Type for this connection: [Buttweld/Socket/Threaded/Flanges]<Butt weld End Type>. 13. Select an end type for the user shape. Pick connection 1 or <Enter to finish>. 14. If you have more than one connection point select each one as prompted and then press ENTER when finished. The Define User Shape dialog box displays. Connection points indicate where other equipment or components attach to the nonsymmetrical user shape. These points are very important when exporting the model and affect the scaling if not properly selected. Select the bill of material type in the BOM Type list. Select the color of the user shape in the Color list. Type the layer number of the component in the Layer box. If available, select the material information for the user shape in the Material list. Type the density of the component in the Density box. Type the weight of the component in the Weight box. Type the length of the component in the Length box. Type the sort sequence for the user shape in the Sort Sequence box. Select Optional Component to make this component an optional component. Type the long description in the Long box. The long description is used within the data file. Type the short description in the Short box. Type the tag information in the Tag box. Type notes in the Notes box, if needed. The software may automatically define the next five options. If so, you can change or use the information as needed. Type the ISOGEN identifier in the Identifier box. Select an SKEY in the SKEY list. Type the component class in the Component Class box. Type the temperature rating in the Temperature Rating box. Type the pressure rating in the Pressure Rating box. Click OK. The software creates the user shape.
15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27.
The user shape is now available on the Misc (on page 498) toolbar. For more information on placing the user shape, see Place a symmetrical user shape in the drawing (on page 172) or Place a nonsymmetrical user shape in the drawing (on page 172).
158
Misc Panel
The software auto-populates the boxes with the information you used when you initially created the shape. 3. Change any other data as needed. 4. When finished making changes to the file, click OK. The software updates the user shape. The user shape is now available on the Misc (on page 498) toolbar. For more information on placing the user shape, see Place a symmetrical user shape in the drawing (on page 172) or Place a nonsymmetrical user shape in the drawing (on page 172).
159
Misc Panel
SUPPORT 4 blank chars 1
CAP
KA**
MISC-COMPONEN T-RETURN
BR**
160
Misc Panel
TEE TE**, TS** 3
VALVE-3WAY
V3**
MISC-COMPONEN T-ANGLE
BA**
161
Misc Panel
CROSS CR** 4
MISC-COMPONEN T-OFFSET
BO**
162
Misc Panel
8. Select points on the drawing based on the following graphic.
9.
10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26.
Pick insertion point. Select an insertion point on the shape. Pick end point. Select an end point on the drawing. If reducing is selected as the insertion point you receive the following prompt. If not skip to step 12. Set start connection as reducing [Yes/No]<No>. Select the required option. Set End Type at start connection:[Buttweld/Socket/Threaded/Flanges]<Butt weld end type>. Select the required option. Set End Type at end connection:[Buttweld/Socket/Threaded/Flanges]<Butt weld end type>. Select the required option. The Define User Shape dialog box displays. Select the main size in the Main Size list. If the component reduces, select the Reducing check box. The Reducing Size list becomes available. Select the reducing size in the Reducing Size list. Do not mix reducing and non-reducing components in the same file. Select the bill of material type in the BOM Type list. For more information, see User Shapes (on page 153). Select the color of the user shape in the Color list. Type the layer number of the component in the Layer box. If available, select the material information for the user shape in the Material list. Type the density of the component in the Density box. Type the weight of the component in the Weight box. Type the length of the component in the Length box. Type the sort sequence for the user shape in the Sort Sequence box. Select Optional Component if you want this to be an optional component. Type the long description in the Long box. The long description is used within the data file. Type the short description in the Short box.
163
Misc Panel
27. Type the tag information in the Tag box. 28. Type notes in the Notes box, if needed. The software may automatically define the next five options. If so, you can change or use the information as needed. Type the ISOGEN identifier in the Identifier box. Select an SKEY in the SKEY list. Type the component class in the Component Class box. Type the temperature rating in the Temperature Rating box. Type the pressure rating in the Pressure Rating box. Click OK. The software creates the user shape.
The user shape is now available on the Misc (on page 498) toolbar. For more information on placing the user shape, see Place a symmetrical user shape in the drawing (on page 172) or Place a nonsymmetrical user shape in the drawing (on page 172).
The prompt below only displays if you have a reducing component in the user shape. Set start connection as reducing [Yes/No]<No>. 12. Select the required option. Set End Type at start connection:[Buttweld/Socket/Threaded/Flanges]<Butt weld End Type>. 13. Select the required option. Set EndType at end connection:[Buttweld/Socket/Threaded/Flanges]<Butt weld End Type>. The Define User Shape dialog box displays. 14. Select the main size in the Main Size list.
164
Misc Panel
15. If the component reduces, select the Reducing check box. The Reducing Size list becomes available. 16. Select the reducing size in the Reducing Size list. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. Do not mix reducing and non-reducing components in the same file. Select the bill of material type in the BOM Type list. Select the color of the user shape in the Color list. Type the layer number of the component in the Layer box. If available, select the material information for the user shape in the Material list. Type the density of the component in the Density box. Type the weight of the component in the Weight box. Type the length of the component in the Length box. Type the sort sequence for the user shape in the Sort Sequence box. Select Optional Component if you want this to be an optional component. Type the long description in the Long box. The long description is used within the data file. Type the short description in the Short box. Type the tag information in the Tag box. Type notes in the Notes box, if needed. The software may automatically define the next five options. If so, you can change or use the information as needed. Type the ISOGEN identifier in the Identifier box. Select an SKEY in the SKEY list. Type the component class in the Component Class box. Type the temperature rating in the Temperature Rating box. Type the pressure rating in the Pressure Rating box. Click OK. The software creates the user shape. The user shape is now available on the Misc (on page 498) toolbar. For more information on placing the user shape, see Place a symmetrical user shape in the drawing (on page 172) or Place a nonsymmetrical user shape in the drawing (on page 172).
165
Misc Panel
The Reducing Size list becomes available. 9. Select the reducing size in the Reducing Size list. 10. 11. 12. Do not mix reducing and non-reducing components in the same file. Click Select 3D Solid, Select 2D Double Line, or Select 2D Single Line and follow the prompts. Click Define Connections. Pick direction. Select a direction in the drawing. Set End Type for this connection: [Buttweld/Socket/Threaded/Flanges]<Butt weld End Type>. Select an end type for the connection. Pick connection 1 or <Enter to finish>. Select a connection point on the drawing. Pick direction. Select a direction in the drawing. Set End Type for this connection: [Buttweld/Socket/Threaded/Flanges]<Butt weld End Type>. Select an end type for the connection. Pick connection 2 or <Enter to finish>. Press ENTER to finish. The Define User Shape dialog box displays. Connection points indicate where other equipment or components attach to the nonsymmetrical user shape. These points are very important when exporting the model and affect the scaling if not properly selected. Select the bill of material type in the BOM Type list. Select the color of the user shape in the Color list. Type the layer number of the component in the Layer box. If available, select the material information for the user shape in the Material list. Type the density of the component in the Density box. Type the weight of the component in the Weight box. Type the length of the component in the Length box. Type the sort sequence for the user shape in the Sort Sequence box. Select Optional Component if you want this to be an optional component. Type the long description in the Long box. The long description is used within the data file. Type the short description in the Short box. Type the tag information in the Tag box. Type notes in the Notes box, if needed. The software may automatically define the next five options. If so, you can change or use the information as needed. Type the ISOGEN identifier in the Identifier box. Select an SKEY in the SKEY list. Type the component class in the Component Class box. Type the temperature rating in the Temperature Rating box.
16. 17.
18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30.
166
Misc Panel
35. Type the pressure rating in the Pressure Rating box. 36. Click OK. The software creates the user shape. The user shape is now available on the Misc (on page 498) toolbar. For more information on placing the user shape, see Place a symmetrical user shape in the drawing (on page 172) or Place a nonsymmetrical user shape in the drawing (on page 172).
167
Misc Panel
18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. Select the color of the user shape in the Color list. Type the layer number of the component in the Layer box. If available, select the material information for the user shape in the Material list. Type the density of the component in the Density box. Type the weight of the component in the Weight box. Type the length of the component in the Length box. Type the sort sequence for the user shape in the Sort Sequence box. Select Optional Component if you want this to be an optional component. Type the long description in the Long box. The long description is used within the data file. Type the short description in the Short box. Type the tag information in the Tag box. Type notes in the Notes box, if needed. The software may automatically define the next five options. If so, you can change or use the information as needed. Type the ISOGEN identifier in the Identifier box. Select an SKEY in the SKEY list. Type the component class in the Component Class box. Type the temperature rating in the Temperature Rating box. Type the pressure rating in the Pressure Rating box. Click OK. The software creates the user shape. The user shape is now available on the Misc (on page 498) toolbar. For more information on placing the user shape, see Place a symmetrical user shape in the drawing (on page 172) or Place a nonsymmetrical user shape in the drawing (on page 172).
168
Misc Panel
11. Click a point in the upper left of the drawing, drag the mouse, and then click in the lower right of the drawing to select the entire user shape to create. Press ENTER to finish selection. Pick insert point. 12. Select an insertion point on the component. 13. Click Define Connections. Pick direction. 14. Select a direction in the drawing. Set End Type for this connection: [Buttweld/Socket/Threaded/Flanges]<Butt weld End Type>. 15. Select an end type for the user shape. Pick connection 1 or <Enter to finish>. 16. If you have more than one connection point, select each one as prompted, and then press ENTER when finished. The Define User Shape dialog box displays. Connection points indicate where other equipment or components attach to the nonsymmetrical user shape. These points are very important when exporting the model and affect the scaling if not properly selected. Select the bill of material type in the BOM Type list. Select the color of the user shape in the Color list. Type the layer number of the component in the Layer box. If available, select the material information for the user shape in the Material list. Type the density of the component in the Density box. Type the weight of the component in the Weight box. Type the length of the component in the Length box. Type the sort sequence for the user shape in the Sort Sequence box. Select Optional Component if you want this to be an optional component. Type the long description in the Long box. The long description is used within the data file. Type the short description in the Short box. Type the tag information in the Tag box. Type notes in the Notes box, if needed. The software may automatically define the next five options. If so, you can change or use the information as needed. Type the ISOGEN identifier in the Identifier box. Select an SKEY in the SKEY list. Type the component class in the Component Class box. Type the temperature rating in the Temperature Rating box. Type the pressure rating in the Pressure Rating box. Click OK. The software creates the user shape. The user shape is now available on the Misc (on page 498) toolbar. For more information on placing the user shape, see Place a symmetrical user shape in the drawing (on page 172) or Place a nonsymmetrical user shape in the drawing (on page 172).
17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29.
169
Misc Panel
15. 16.
170
Misc Panel
24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. Type the sort sequence for the user shape in the Sort Sequence box. Select Optional Component if you want this to be an optional component. Type the long description in the Long box. The long description is used within the data file. Type the short description in the Short box. Type the tag information in the Tag box. Type notes in the Notes box, if needed. The software may automatically define the next five options. If so, you can change or use the information as needed. Type the ISOGEN identifier in the Identifier box. Select an SKEY in the SKEY list. Type the component class in the Component Class box. Type the temperature rating in the Temperature Rating box. Type the pressure rating in the Pressure Rating box. Click OK. The software creates the user shape. The user shape is now available on the Misc (on page 498) toolbar. For more information on placing the user shape, see Place a symmetrical user shape in the drawing (on page 172) or Place a nonsymmetrical user shape in the drawing (on page 172).
2. 3. 4.
5. Right-click User Shapes, and select Add Data Table The New Usershape Table displays. 6. Type the name of the table in the Name box. 7. Select a user type in the Type list. 8. Select a size table in the Size Table list. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13.
You can select and clear multiple sizes by clicking the Size Table ellipsis. Select the Reducing Component check box if you want this to be a reducing component. Type the user shape folder name in the Usershape Folder box. Type the part number in the Part Number box. Type the description of the user shape in the Description box. Click OK.
171
Misc Panel
The user shape file appears under the User Shape category in the Data Tables folder, and also to the right of Catalog Data, in the Main Table List View. 14. Click File > Save to save the changes to the catalog. You can now enter information for the specifics of the user shape that you have added to this specification catalog. For more information, see Add a new data table in CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide.
2. Click the numbered button associated with the shape to place. 3. Select a point in the drawing. 4. Select a direction in the drawing, or type Up or Down. The software places the shape in the drawing.
2. Click the numbered button associated with the shape to place. 3. Select the start point for the shape in the drawing. 4. Select the rotation option that meets your requirements. The software places the shape in the drawing.
172
Misc Panel
Generic Attach
CADWorx Plant I tab: Misc > Generic Attachment Misc toolbar: Generic Attach Command line: GENERIC Attaches information to any generic AutoCAD object in the drawing. You can use the information later in bill of material extraction, labeling, and so forth. After manually constructing a component, use this routine to attach xdata information. You cannot attach information to a CADWorx object or component. To pinpoint the center of gravity locations use the Osnap commands. For example, to place information on a beam and have it correctly reflect the center of gravity, draw a centerline and pick MIDpoint, NEArest to the end of the centerline, or the exact location.
173
Misc Panel
System In
CADWorx Plant I tab: Misc > System In Plant menu: Accessory > CAESAR II > System In Command line: C2IN Reads a CAESAR II input file. You must select the necessary ._A or .C2 file. This is the input file created by CAESAR II or the output facility in CADWorx. After you select the input file, a dialog box indicating that the file was read displays. Make sure that the CAESARVersion (on page 34) startup variable is set to match your CAESAR II installation. If this variable is set to 3.2, and the C2IN command is issued on a file created or modified with CAESAR II 4.40, then an error message displays indicating that the valid file is corrupt.
The next prompt requires that a specification be set. Although, there might be an existing specification set, confirmation or a new specification is required. The specification might not be used. The input facility in CADWorx attempts to determine the proper specification for the component being input from data in the CAESAR II input file. The input facility or the data in the input file does not always indicate a specification. Therefore, a default specification needs to be set for these components. Caesar - Derives the descriptive information within any new components from the material passed back from CAESAR II and the name of the purposed component located in the PRGM.TBL file. This file is located in the [Product Folder]\Plant\System folder. The system automatically assigns all the required paths for data files which might be used later for reconstruction (such as mode conversion). If the material was not supplied in CAESAR II, then this option uses the description from the specification but does not populate the line number. Environment - Assigns the component information based on the default specification. It also assigns a line number if there is a current line numbering system setup. You are responsible for the correct line number being set before importing. This option overrides any material sent from CAESAR II. For example, if A-133-B material type was chosen in CAESAR II, and the default specification above dictated A-106-B as the material type, this option would override the A-333-B grade and place A-106-B in the component. The full description would be from the default specification set above.
174
Misc Panel
Elbow Centerline
Plant menu: Utility > Drawing Control > Elbow Center Line Command line: ELBOWCL Turns on or off elbow centerlines for use with isometrics. When toggled on, it provides square elbow centerlines which can be used for dimensioning. This also produces attractive isometrics.
ISO Flag
Plant menu: Utility > ISO Flag Command line: ISOFLAG Sets a flag in the component indicating that the present stored length should be used regardless of what type of length modifications are made to the pipe component. This command only affects pipes and nipples. This is useful when adjusting a pipe which is to be used in an isometric. For example, if you use this command before stretching a pipe which was 120'-0" long to 5'-0" long, the Bill of Material generator reflects a 120'-0" long piece of pipe. The components xdata is flagged when using the CEDIT dialog box.
Dim Adjustment
Pipe menu: Utility Dim Adjustment Command line: DIMADJUST Adjusts a dimension when the pipe segments of a particular run have been adjusted or modified with the ISO flag command. For more information, see ISO Flag (on page 175). This command works with the associate dimensioning setvar DIMASSOC on. The command also adjusts the pipes stored xdata length. This is performed by using the dimension to adjust the pipes xdat a. You can adjust the pipe with Dimension option, or adjust the dimension with Pipe option. Both options of this command read and write fractional characters used with the dimension routines.
Options
Dimension - Adjusts the pipe to match an existing dimension. Select the dimension, then select the pipes centerline. Pipe - Adjusts the dimension to match the stored length in the pipes xdata.
175
Misc Panel
Line - Adjusts the pipe distance to match the length of a line that you select. AutoCAD dimension lines stop at the back of the arrow, so they are not typically a good choice for this option. Pick reference points - Adjusts the pipe distance based on two reference points that you select. This the most commonly used option and can be used to pick each end of a pipe.
For this option, the following prompts requests the selection of the pipe(s) that were adjusted. Selection can be made by crossing, window or individually selecting the centerlines. Other components which might have been selected with crossing or window are simply ignored. This only detects adjusted pipe.
176
Misc Panel
System Visibility
Command line: SYSVIS Turns on or off visibility of components usually located on the system layer. The command affects the components listed below. Weld gaps Pads / Saddles Bolts Gaskets
177
Misc Panel
178
SECTION 8
2D Panel
CADWorx Plant I tab: 2D Command Name 2D Representation - Creates a 2D representation. For more information, see 2D Representation (on page 179). 2D Representation Hidden - Creates a 2D representation with hidden lines. For more information, see 2D Representation Hidden (on page 180). Box - Creates views based on a picked box. For more information, see Box (on page 180). Edit - Edits a views box. For more information, see Edit (on page 181). Command Line 2DREP 2DREPH
VIEWBOX VIEWEDIT
Zoom Lock - Allows zooming in paper space only. For more ZOOMLOCK information, see Zoom Lock (on page 181). Zoom Factors - Zooms an Mview to a specified scale. For more information, see Zoom Factors (on page 182). ZOOMF
2D Representation
CADWorx Plant I tab: 2D > 2D Representation Plant Menu: Accessory > 2D Representation Command line: 2DREP EQUIP2DREP Creates a two-dimension representation from a three-dimensional model. This command removes hidden lines and retains layer and color information. It can work in model or paper space. In model space, the 2D representation is created as a block. An alternate command, 2DREPH (EQUIP2DREPH in CADWorx Equipment), is also available. This command exports the hidden lines from solids to the 2D representation. All other features of this command are similar to the 2DREP command. Solids - Generates 2D representations of native AutoCAD 3D solids. Centerlines - Copies selected CADWorx Piping and Steel center lines to the 2D representation. Lines - Copies selected AutoCAD 3dPolyline, Arc, Circle, Ellipse, Leader, Line, Polyline, Spline and Helix to the 2D representation. This includes CADWorx Piping and Steel center lines. This command only processes native AutoCAD solid and line entities that are typically created by CADWorx. This command does not process any custom solid or line entities that are created by other add-on AutoCAD applications.
179
2D Panel
Create a 2D representation
1. Type 2DREPEQUIP2DREP. 2. Select the objects to include in the 2D representation. 3. Select the filter option that meets your needs. If you are in paper space, the software asks if you want the viewports to be turned off. 4. Type Yes to turn off the viewports, or type No to leave the viewports on. This option is useful when there are changes made to the model and the 2D representation needs to be updated. You can turn on the viewport again using the AutoCAD Properties dialog box, and then run the command again.
2D Representation Hidden
CADWorx Plant I tab: 2D > 2D Representation Hidden Plant Menu: Accessory > 2D Representation Command line: 2DREPH Creates a 2D representation with hidden lines. This command exports the hidden lines from solids to the 2D representation. All other features of this command are similar to the 2DREP command. For more information, see 2D Representation (on page 179).
Box
CADWorx Plant I tab: 2D > Box Command line: VIEWBOXEQUIPVIEWBOX Displays the View Creation dialog box. This dialog box creates clipped views by defining a 3D box. This command is useful in creating layout drawings in paper space.
180
Views
View Type - Indicates the orientation of the view. Name - Specifies the view name. The default name is a combination of the View set name value and the View Type. After you create the view set, the views display in the AutoCAD View dialog box. Available - Indicates whether the view is included in the set. Select the checkbox to include the view. Clear the checkbox to exclude the view. Select All - Selects all of the check boxes in the Available column. Delete All - Deletes all of the AutoCAD views that were previously created with this view set, and close the dialog box. Set Current - Sets the AutoCAD window to the selected view. Isolate Box - Hides all AutoCAD entities outside the view box. Entities that cross the boundaries of the view box are not hidden. Show All - Shows all of the entities in the drawing.
Edit
CADWorx Plant I tab: 2D > Edit Command line: VIEWEDITEQUIPVIEWEDIT Edits the box created with the VIEWBOX command. For more information, see Box (on page 180)View Box. Double-clicking an existing view box runs this command.
Zoom Lock
CADWorx Plant I tab: 2D > Zoom Lock Plant menu: Utility > Zoom Lock Settings toolbar: Command line: ZOOMLOCKEQUIPZOOMLOCK
181
2D Panel
Locks the AutoCAD ZOOM command to allow zooming in paper space only. This means that while you are in paper space with the MSPACE command activated (the cursors are in the Mview), you can zoom without resizing the model space viewport. Instead, this command intercepts the ZOOM command and changes to paper space before zooming. When you are finished zooming, the command returns the cursor and environment back to the Mview. This command simplifies working on CADWorx isometrics.
Zoom Factors
Plant menu: Utility > Zoom Factors Command line: ZOOMF Zooms an Mview to a specified scale. This command zooms to a perfect scale for your current Mview. If you use this command from model space (tilemode 1), it displays a warning that tilemode has to be set to 0 (paper space). After selecting the scale from one of the menus, a prompt displays requesting the center of the view.
182
SECTION 9
Bolt
CADWorx Plant I tab: Bolt Command Name Command Line
Auto Gasket - Place gaskets automatically after the last AUTOGASKET flange face drawn. For more information, see Auto Gasket (on page 183). Automatic - Sizes and places stud bolts automatically at each AUTOBOLT gasket. For more information, see Automatic (on page 184). Auto Weld - Places weld gaps automatically after the last butt AUTOWELD weld drawn. For more information, see Auto Weld (on page 185). Weld Total - For more information, see Weld Total (on page 186). Standard - Places standard stud bolts at the selected location. For more information, see Standard (on page 187). WELDTOTAL STDBOLT
Non Standard - Places nonstandard stud bolts at the selected NONSTDBOLT location. For more information, see Non Standard (on page 187).
Auto Gasket
CADWorx Plant I tab: Bolt > Auto Gasket Plant Menu: Utility > Drawing Control > Auto Gasket Command line: AUTOGASKET Places a gasket on flange sets, and valves. Automatic - Places a gasket into the drawing automatically. Manual - Places a gasket into the drawing manually. This option can also be set with a piping rule. For more information, see Piping Rules (on page 46).
183
Bolt
Automatic
CADWorx Plant I tab: Bolt > Automatic Command line: AUTOBOLT Assigns stud bolt sets with similar sizes and specifications to all gaskets within the current selection set. Gaskets of different sizes and specifications are automatically handled. Automatic - Places a bolt into the drawing automatically. Manual - Places a bolt into the drawing manually. When the Bolt Insertion rule is turned on and you place a flange in the drawing it does not have a bolt until you place a flange or a valve on the other side. Only then is the bolt automatically inserted into the drawing when necessary. This option can also be set with a piping rule. For more information, see Piping Rules (on page 46) and Apply Bolt Insertion Rule (on page 47).
184
Bolt
Auto Weld
CADWorx Plant I tab: Bolt > Auto Weld Plant Menu: Utility > Drawing Control > Auto Weld Command line: AUTOWELD Places weld gaps on every end of any butt weld and socket weld component or only on every end of any butt weld when the component is selected. Three different scenarios can occur when the weld gaps are placed: 1. When a weld gap is automatically placed on the end of a butt weld or socket weld component, do one of the following to place the next component: Press ENTER to place the component at the weld gap. Pick the end point of the weld gap symbol. 2. When a component, such as a tee, is inserted into a pipe, and the weld gaps are placed at each end of the tee, the weld gaps automatically break and cut back the pipe on both sides of the tee. If one exists, the branch connection pipe is also broken. 3. When a component is placed against another component that cannot be cut back, a weld gap must already exist. For example, if you are placing a flange against an elbow, the elbow must have an existing weld gap. If not, the software places the flange against the elbow without any gap. In this scenario, it is your responsibility to place a weld gap before placing the flange. Automatic - Places a weld gap into the drawing automatically. Manual - Places a weld gap into the drawing manually. This option can also be set with a piping rule. For more information, see Piping Rules (on page 46) and Apply Weld Insertion Rule (on page 47). Setting BOM Item Type to Misc causes ISOGEN to process weld gaps as field fit welds. For more information about the options on the Component Edit dialog box, see Local Edit (on page 62). Use ISOGEN Option Switch 22 to increase cut piece add-on allowances for field fit welds.
185
Bolt
Weld Total
CADWorx Plant I tab: Bolt > Weld Total Command line: WELDTOTAL Counts weld gaps on a drawing for estimating purposes. An example of the typical output is shown below. You can copy this information and paste it into a text file or to a Microsoft Excel workbook. Qty. 5 4 14 1 150 Spec. A0 A0 A1 A1 A1 Nominal 2.000 3.000 10.000 14.000 2.000 Actual 2.375 3.500 10.750 14.000 2.375 Thk. 0.154 0.216 0.365 0.375 0.154 Linear Lg. 37.310 43.980 472.810 43.980 1119.190
The ability to export the drawing to a database using the DBFGEN or LIVEDB command can also help manage weld gaps. Setting BOM Item Type to Misc causes ISOGEN to process weld gaps as field fit welds. For more information about the options on the Component Edit dialog box, see Local Edit (on page 62). Use ISOGEN Option Switch 22 to increase cut piece add-on allowances for field fit welds.
186
Bolt
Standard
CADWorx Plant I tab: Bolt > Standard Gaskets, Etc. toolbar: Standard Command line: PLACEBOLT Inserts stud bolt sets into the drawing environment for Bill of Materials extraction. You can insert a stud bolt set anywhere in the drawing. However, stud bolt sets must be attached to a flange set or flange valve set to be placed on the model. Size and specification must be set accordingly. This option is set when the bolt piping rule is set. For more information, see Piping Rules (on page 46) and Apply Bolt Insertion Rule (on page 47). If you need to change the bolt set by the bolt piping rule, delete the bolt placed and place a bolt using this option.
Non Standard
CADWorx Plant I tab: Bolt > Non Standard Gaskets, Etc. toolbar: Non Standard Command line: NONSTDBOLT Inserts a stud bolt set anywhere. However, nonstandard bolt sets must be attached to a flange set or flange valve set to be placed on the model. You can also insert special bolts. Size and specification must be set accordingly. This option is set when the bolt piping rule is set. For more information, see Piping Rules (on page 46) and Apply Bolt Insertion Rule (on page 47). If you need to change the bolt set by the bolt piping rule, delete the bolt placed and place a bolt using this option.
187
Bolt
6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. Type the required stud value. Type the required weight. Type a string, a real number, or press ENTER to accept the default. Type the value, or press ENTER to accept the default. Select a point in the drawing. Use the compass to pick a direction in the drawing, and click to finish. The bolt is placed in the drawing.
The B that is inserted on the drawing for the bolt symbol uses the current AutoCAD TextStyle setting.
188
SECTION 10
RT Panel
CADWorx Plant I tab: RT Command Name Auto Route - Provides the ability to draw components continuously without selecting them from the toolbar or palette. For more information, see Auto Route (on page 189). Router - Provides routing lines with various options such as slope and elevation changes. For more information, see Router (on page 191). Command Line AUTOROUTE, ROUTE
ROUTER
Buttweld LR - Attaches elbows and piping to a selected ROUTEBWLR routing line. For more information, see Buttweld LR (on page 192). Buttweld SR - Attaches elbows and piping to a selected routing line. For more information, see Buttweld SR (on page 193). Threaded - Attaches elbows and piping to a selected routing line. For more information, see Threaded (on page 193). Socket Weld - Attaches elbows and piping to a selected routing line. For more information, see Socket Weld (on page 194). ROUTEBWSE
ROUTETRHD
ROUTESW
Auto Route
CADWorx Plant I tab: RT > Auto Route Command Line: AUTOROUTE, ROUTE You can also use the PIPW command to start routing pipe. Starts the ROUTE in the X-Y plane as needed. This command can be used to route pipe from one component to another without accessing the pipe, or elbow commands. The command is best used to start a new route of pipe, but it also works to continue routing a previous section of pipe. However, the most useful way to continue routing pipe is to use the + sign on the ends and middle of the pipe. For more information on continuing routing, see Continue Routing (on page 191). last point - Starts the pipe at the last point of the previously-created component. component List - Displays a list of available components to place in the drawing. Slope - Starts the pipe in a slope direction. a. Meter - Places the slope rise or drop in the degrees entered based on meters. b. Foot - Places the slope rise or drop in the degrees entered based on feet. c. Rise - Places the slope rise or drop based on the degrees entered.
189
RT Panel
Elevation - Starts the pipe perpendicular to the plane for routing. Plane - Starts the component in the XYZ plane plotting based on the UCS. Type P on the command line and press ENTER to reorient the compass direction. Reference - Starts the line at a distance based on the reference point chosen. Fitting mode - Starts the pipe as either Short Radius Buttweld or Long Radius Buttweld, depending on your selection. Undo - Undoes the last piece of routed pipe. Connect - Connects to a component or other piece of pipe. a. Components - Displays all possible connecting directions to the component or pipe using an image of piping. b. Lines - Displays specific lines in a box form for connecting to the component or pipe. Toggle length - Toggles the dimension of the pipe from the start point. Alignment - Starts the pipe at a chosen alignment. a. Center - Center of pipe b. BOP - Bottom of pipe c. TOP - Top of pipe d. Left - Left of pipe e. Right - Right of pipe TOP - Places the pipe along the top of the pipe, as defined along the Z-axis. BOP - Places the pipe along the bottom of the pipe, as defined along the Z-axis.
190
RT Panel
Continue Routing
This procedure does not require a command to start. However, the ROUTE command used to start new piping can be used to continue routing pipe but is not required. 1. In a model click on the component you want to route from. 2. Click the plus grip point . 3. Continue to route pipe as needed in any direction, or select an option. As you click, the pipe stops at that point, and allows you to go in any other direction. Do not click on the screen unless you want the pipe to stop. Turning on Auto Connect (on page 150) allows you to continue routing from your last point without having to click the grip point or without pressing ENTER. Turn off Auto Connect to start from a different point, or to start a new point in the drawing.
Router
CADWorx Plant I tab: RT > Router Plant Menu: Accessory > Auto Route > Router Command line: ROUTER Draws a 3D polyline for the previous welded, threaded, and socket automatic routing routines. If you are using known 3D points, the UCS must be at the world position: Type UCS on the command line, and press ENTER. Unlike a normal 3D polyline, the elevation must be controlled with the Elevation option of the Router command or the UCS position. Slope - Specifies the known slope or drop per foot to the next point in degrees (positive or negative). Alternatively, use one of the options listed below to define the slope. This option does not take effect until the next point is selected. For example, select the Slope option and then select the next point of the 3D polyline for a change to the new position. Meter - Defines the rise or drop in millimeters per meter. Foot - Defines the rise or drop in inches per foot. Drop - Defines the drop to the next point as a real number, such as 1'-8 Rise - Defines the rise to the next point as a real number, such as 2'-9. Continuous - Turns constant sloping on or off. Position - Starts the 3D polyline at an elevated position. This option does not take effect until the next point is selected. For example, select the Position option and then select the next point of the 3D polyline for a change to the new position. Nominal - Determine the present size used by the BOP or TOP option. Size - Determines the present size used by the BOP or TOP option. BOP - Draws the 3D polyline one-half the present set size upward. TOP - Draws the 3D polyline one-half the present set size downward. Centerline - Default when starting this routine. You can change to the bottom of pipe BOP option, then change back with this option. Reference - Starts the line at a given distance from a reference point. After you provide this reference point, you must provide relative/polar coordinates with an @ location.
191
RT Panel
Elevation - Changes the elevation in conjunction with the present UCS coordinate system. The elevation change can be expressed using a positive or a negative numbers . World - Specifies the elevation in the world coordinate system. Pick - Establishes the working elevation based on a point selected in the drawing. You can use object snap, if necessary. Undo - Removes the last 3D polyline segment, and prompts you to enter the next point. Specify next point - Selects the next point along the 3D polyline segment. Press ENTER to end the selection.
Router commands
The CADWorx Plant auto route commands listed below provide a quick and effective way of drawing pipe. You can draw long radius, short radius, threaded, or socket weld pipe. Buttweld LR (on page 192) Buttweld SR (on page 193) Threaded (on page 193) Socket Weld (on page 194) All commands have the same options.
Buttweld LR
CADWorx Plant I tab: RT > Buttweld LR Plant Menu: Accessory > Auto Route > Buttweld LR Command line: ROUTEBWLR Draws a long radius pipe. Elbows only - Draws only elbows on a particular pipe run. Pick points - Draws pipe and elbows on a particular pipe run. The software first prompts you to select a starting point. Afterwards, you select a location point for each elbow you want to place, followed by an ending location. Press ENTER to finish the command. Pipe and elbows are drawn along each construction point. An elbow is not placed at the starting and ending locations. The Elbows only and Pick points options allow you to select location points only, not polylines. Select polyline - Builds pipe and elbows based on polyline selection. This option also provides rolling offsets. For information on 3D polyline construction, see Router (on page 191).
192
RT Panel
Buttweld SR
CADWorx Plant I tab: RT > Buttweld SR Plant Menu: Accessory > Auto Route > Buttweld SR Command line: ROUTEBWSR Draws a short radius pipe. Elbows only - Draws only elbows on a particular pipe run. Pick points - Draws pipe and elbows on a particular pipe run. The software first prompts you to select a starting point. Afterwards, you select a location point for each elbow you want to place, followed by an ending location. Press ENTER to finish the command. Pipe and elbows are drawn along each construction point. An elbow is not placed at the starting and ending locations. The Elbows only and Pick points options allow you to select location points only, not polylines. Select polyline - Builds pipe and elbows based on polyline selection. This option also provides rolling offsets. For information on 3D polyline construction, see Router (on page 191).
Threaded
CADWorx Plant I tab: RT > Threaded Plant Menu: Accessory > Auto Route > Threaded Command line: ROUTETHRD Draws threaded pipe. Elbows only - Draws only elbows on a particular pipe run. Pick points - Draws pipe and elbows on a particular pipe run. The software first prompts you to select a starting point. Afterwards, you select a location point for each elbow you want to place, followed by an ending location. Press ENTER to finish the command. Pipe and elbows are drawn along each construction point. An elbow is not placed at the starting and ending locations. The Elbows only and Pick points options allow you to select location points only, not polylines. Select polyline - Builds pipe and elbows based on polyline selection. This option also provides rolling offsets. For information on 3D polyline construction, see Router (on page 191).
193
RT Panel
Socket Weld
CADWorx Plant I tab: RT > Socket Weld Plant Menu: Accessory > Auto Route > Socket Weld Command line: ROUTESW Draws socket weld pipe. Elbows only - Draws only elbows on a particular pipe run. Pick points - Draws pipe and elbows on a particular pipe run. The software first prompts you to select a starting point. Afterwards, you select a location point for each elbow you want to place, followed by an ending location. Press ENTER to finish the command. Pipe and elbows are drawn along each construction point. An elbow is not placed at the starting and ending locations. The Elbows only and Pick points options allow you to select location points only, not polylines. Select polyline - Builds pipe and elbows based on polyline selection. This option also provides rolling offsets. For information on 3D polyline construction, see Router (on page 191).
194
SECTION 11
Dimension Panel
CADWorx Plant II tab: Dimensions Command Name Automatic - Automatically creates dimensions for a set of components that you select. For more information, see Automatic (on page 196). Horizontal - Places horizontal dimensions. For more information, see Horizontal (on page 196). Vertical - Places vertical dimensions. For more information, see Vertical (on page 197). Set - Sets the elevation. For more information, see Set (on page 197). Rotated - Places rotated dimensions. For more information, see Rotated (on page 198). Horizontal with Tail - Places tailed horizontal dimensions on objects from a user-selected reference point. For more information, see Horizontal with Tail (on page 198). Vertical with Tail - Places tailed vertical dimensions on objects from a user-selected reference point. For more information, see Vertical with Tail (on page 198). Command Line AUTODIM
DIMTAILV
Change - Changes the elevation. For more information, see CHANGEELEV Change (on page 199). Component - Places component annotation. For more information, see Component (on page 199). Elevation - Places component elevation annotation. For more information, see Elevation (on page 200). Coordinates - Places coordinates in either a user coordinate system or a world coordinate system. For more information, see Coordinates (on page 200). Tick Mark - Shows which side of the dimension extension line the gasket is on. For more information, see Tick Mark (on page 201). ISO Text - Creates 0, 30, and 330 oblique angled text in paper space when working with isometrics. For more information, see ISO Text (on page 202). Height - Changes the height of selected text by matching it with other text. For more information, see Height (on page 202). TEXTHEIGHT ANOTCOMP ANOTELEV DIMCOORD
TICK
195
Dimension Panel
Automatic
CADWorx Plant II tab: Dimensions > Automatic Plant menu: Dimension > Automatic Command line: AUTODIM Automatically creates dimensions for a set of components that you select. Options to set the offset distance and whether to include flanges are also provided.
Options
Flange - Dimensions flange faces. You specify whether flange dimensioning is turned On or Off. Offset - Specifies the distance from the dimension line to the component. Selection - Starts the dimensioning process.
If you try to place automatic dimensions on two pieces of parallel pipe with no elbows, an error code displays. Combined components must have at least one turn.
Horizontal
CADWorx Plant II tab: Dimensions > Horizontal Plant menu: Dimension > Multiple > Horizontal Command line: DIMH Places horizontal dimensions. You are prompted for the points to dimension. To end the sequence, you must type D for dimension line.
196
Dimension Panel
Vertical
CADWorx Plant II tab: Dimensions > Vertical Plant menu: Dimension > Multiple > Vertical Command line: DIMV Places vertical dimensions. You are prompted for the points to dimension. To end the sequence, you must type D for dimension line.
Set
CADWorx Plant II tab: Dimensions > Set Pipe menu: Utility > Elevation > Set Command line: ELEV Places piping at a preset elevation. This is the standard AutoCAD Elev command. When using this option, remember to place the elevation back to 0'-0" for the proper elevation placement of all future components. Use this command with caution. An alternative is to use the Flat (on page 229) command built into CADWorx (VIEWFLAT). Refer to the AutoCAD documentation for complete details regarding this command ( ELEV).
197
Dimension Panel
Rotated
CADWorx Plant II tab: Dimensions > Rotated Plant menu: Dimension > Multiple > Rotated Command line: DIMR Places rotated dimensions. You are prompted for the angle of rotation and the points to dimension. To end the sequence, you must type D for dimension line.
198
Dimension Panel
Change
CADWorx Plant II: Dimensions > Change Command line: CHANGELEV Moves all selected entities (blocks, lines, polylines and so on) to a new elevation in reference with the world coordinate system. You can also change a component elevation to 1/2 its actual outside diameter. Arbitrary - Places the component anywhere in the drawing. BOP Correction - Aligns the pipe bottom with the center of the connected piece.
Component
CADWorx Plant II tab: Dimensions > Component Plant menu: Text > Annotate > Component Command line: ANOTCOMP Places component annotation.
Options
Tag - Annotates the component with its tag. Long - Annotate the component with its long description and appends the size to the front. Short - Annotates the component with its short description and appends the size to the front.
199
Dimension Panel
Justify - Allows five different justifications according to the AutoCAD standards. For more information please refer to the AutoCAD documentation. Leader - Adds a leader to the text. Start point - Specifies the starting point for the text.
Elevation
CADWorx Plant II tab: Dimensions > Elevation Plant menu: Text > Annotate > Elevation Command line: ANOTELEV Places component elevation annotation.
Options
BOP - Labels the bottom of the pipe elevation. TOP - Labels the top of the pipe elevation. Centerline - Labels the centerline elevation. Justify - Allows five different justifications according to the AutoCAD standards. For more information please refer to the AutoCAD documentation. Leader - Adds a leader to the text. Start point - Specifies the starting point for the text.
Coordinates
CADWorx Plant II tab: Dimensions > Coordinates
200
Dimension Panel
Plant menu: Dimension > Coordinates Command line: DIMCOORD Places coordinates in either a user coordinate system or a world coordinate system. You can place the text at the coordinate with or without a leader. TEXTSIZE is controlled by DIMSCALE and DIMTXT.
Options
Leader - Places a leader. Other point - Places the dimension text in an alternate location without a leader. Same point - Places the dimension text at the same location which is picked without a leader. Centerline - Places the dimension text either with a north or east designation. This option labels a vertical dimension as east and a horizontal dimension as north. The following AutoCAD setvars affect the dimensioning routines: DIMALT, DIMALTD, DIMALTF, DIMASZ, DIMBLK, DIMEXE, DIMEXO, DIMLFAC, DIMTXT, DIMZIN, DIMSCALE, LUNITS, LUPREC, and UNITMODE.
Place coordinates
1. Click Coordinates . Alternatively, type DIMCOORD on the command line, and press ENTER. 2. If necessary, press ENTER, or type Y on the command line and press ENTER, to change to the world coordinate system. 3. Select an extension line point. 4. Select an option. 5. Follow the prompts to place the coordinates. The coordinates display.
Tick Mark
CADWorx Plant II tab: Dimensions > Tick Mark Gaskets, Etc. toolbar: Tick Mark Command line: TICK Shows which side of the dimension extension line the gasket is on. This command is dependent upon the DIMSCALE being set properly. For example; if the gasket thickness was set to 1/8" and the scale of the drawing was set to full, the distance from the extension line to the tick mark would be 1/8". If the scale of the drawing was set to 3/4"=1'-0", the distance from the tick mark to the extension line would be 3/8". This insures that the tick mark is visible on a plotted drawing. The initial prompt allows you to set the thickness, but does not appear again during the single drawing session. Changing the thickness is allowed in the next prompt.
201
Dimension Panel
ISO Text
Plant menu: Text > ISO Text Creates 0, 30, and 330 oblique angled text in paper space when working with isometrics. These commands are similar to the AutoCAD DTEXT command.
Height
Plant menu: Text > Height Command line: TEXTHEIGHT Changes the height of selected text by matching it with other text. This is useful when you are zoomed to an unknown factor in paper space.
Options
Entire drawing - Chooses all text on the drawing. Layer - Specifies a layer for selection. CADWorxs default text layer is TEXT. Selection - Matches the height of text that you select.
202
SECTION 12
Detail - Opens the Details dialog box in which you can select DETAILS a detail graphic to place on the drawing. For more information, see Detail (on page 207). Plan - Opens the Plan dialog box in which you can select a plan graphic to place on the drawing. For more information, see Plan (on page 208). PLANS
Elevation - Opens the Elevations box in which you can select ELEVATIONS an elevation graphic to place on the drawing. For more information, see Elevation (on page 209). Arrow - Opens the Arrows dialog box in which you can select ARROWS an arrow head graphic to place on the drawing. For more information, see Arrow (on page 210). Weld - Opens the Weld Symbols dialog box in which you select a weld symbol graphic to place on the drawing. For more information, see Weld (on page 211). WELDS
ISO - Opens the Isometric Symbols dialog box in which you ISOS can select an ISO symbol graphic to place on the drawing. For more information, see ISO (on page 211). Misc - Opens the Miscellaneous dialog box in which you can select a miscellaneous symbol graphic to place on the drawing. For more information, see Misc (on page 213). Instrument - Opens the Instruments dialog box in which you can select an instrument graphic to place on the drawing. For more information, see Instrument (on page 214). Dots - Opens the Dots dialog box in which you can select a weld dots graphic to place on the drawing. For more information, see Dots (on page 215). Fitting Width - Controls the appearance of all flanged, socket weld, and threaded fittings. For more information, see Fitting Width. Single Line Width - Specifies the line width for single-line components. For more information, see Single Line Width. MISC
INSTRUMENTS
DOTS
FITTINGWIDTH
LINEWIDTH
203
COL1 (Position 1) - Drawing used in the dialog box for preview image. COL2 (Position 40) - Name displayed in the dialog box for graphic name. COL3 (Position 75) - Function used to draw the graphic in the drawing with arguments. Before you modify the Pipe_alt.dat file, make a backup copy. If the columns are not at the required positions, the drawing function fails. There must not be any blank lines located within a section. There must be a blank line at the beginning and at the end of a section. The scale of the graphics inserted into the drawing, excluding isometric symbol graphics, is based upon the value of the AutoCAD setvar DIMSCALE. If DIMSCALE is set to 0, as is required for paper space, the software inserts graphics at a scale of 1. Isometric symbol graphics are inserted at a scale of 1 regardless of the DIMSCALE setting.
System Prompts
The system prompts required to draw the graphic types delivered with the software are outlined in the table below.
Function Prompt 1 System Response Pick left justified insertion point: pick a point in the drawing Rotation angle: pick a direction or enter angle Enter scale: type a string on the command line, and press ENTER Pick left justified insertion point: pick point in the drawing Rotation angle: pick direction or enter angle Enter mark: type a string on the command line, and press ENTER Enter scale: type a string on the command line, and press ENTER Pick left justified insertion point: pick a point in the drawing Rotation angle: pick a direction in the drawing or enter angle Enter mark: type a string on the command line, and press ENTER (ex: A) Enter drawing: type a string on the command line, and press ENTER (ex: 106) Enter scale: type a string on the command line, and press ENTER (ex: 3/8"=1'-0")
Prompt 2
Prompt 3
204
Prompt 5
Prompt 6
Prompt 7
Prompt 8
Prompt 9
Prompt 10
Prompt 11
Prompt 16
205
Section
CADWorx Plant II tab: Section Pipe menu: Graphics > Section Command line: SECTIONS Opens the Sections dialog box, which allows you to select a section graphic for placement in the drawing.
206
Detail
CADWorx Plant II tab: Detail Pipe menu: Graphics > Details Command line: DETAILS Opens the Details dialog box, which allows you to select a detail graphic for placement in the drawing.
207
Plan
CADWorx Plant II tab: Plan Pipe menu: Graphics > Plans Command line: PLANS Opens the Plans dialog box, which allows you to select a plan graphic for placement in the drawing.
208
Elevation
CADWorx Plant II tab: Elevation Pipe menu: Graphics > Elevations Command line: ELEVATIONS Opens the Elevations dialog box, which allows you to select an elevation graphic for placement in the drawing.
209
Arrow
CADWorx Plant II tab: Arrow Pipe menu: Graphics > Arrows Command line: ARROWS Opens the Arrows dialog box, which allows you to select an arrow head graphic for placement in the drawing.
210
Weld
CADWorx Plant II tab: Weld Pipe menu: Graphics > Weld Command line: WELDS Opens the Weld Symbols dialog box, which allows you to select a weld symbol graphic for placement in the drawing.
ISO
CADWorx Plant II tab: ISO Pipe menu: Graphics > ISO Command line: ISOS Opens the Isometric Symbols dialog box, which allows you to select an isometric symbol graphic for placement in the drawing.
211
212
Misc
CADWorx Plant II tab: Misc Pipe menu: Graphics > Misc Command line: MISC Opens the Miscellaneous dialog box, which allows you to select a graphic for placement in the drawing.
213
Instrument
CADWorx Plant II tab: Instrument Pipe menu: Graphics > Instruments Command line: INSTRUMENTS Opens the Instruments dialog box, which allows you to select an instrument graphic for placement in the drawing.
214
Dots
CADWorx Plant II tab: Dots Pipe menu: Graphics > Dots Command line: DOTS Opens the Dots dialog box, which allows you to select a weld dot graphic for placement in the drawing.
215
216
SECTION 13
Layers Panel
CADWorx Plant II tab: Layers Command Name Change Layer - Changes an objects layer to the layer associated with another object that you select. For more information, see Change Layer (on page 218). Set Layer - Sets the current layer to that of an object that you select. For more information, see Set Layer (on page 218). Delete Layer - Removes all of the entities on the layer associated with an entity that you select. For more information, see Delete Layer (on page 218). Layer Off - Turns off the layer associated with an entity that you select. For more information, see Layer Off (on page 219). On - Turns a layer back on that was turned off with the Layer Off command. For more information, see Layer On (on page 219). Match Layer - Changes an objects properties to match those of another object that you select. For more information, see Match Layer (on page 219). Isolate Layer - Turns off all layers except for the layer associated with an entity that you select. For more information, see Isolate Layer (on page 220). Command Line LAYERCHANGE
LAYERSET
LAYERDELETE
LAYEROFF
LAYERON
MATCH
LAYERISOLATE
Un-isolate Layer - Turns all of the layers back on that LAYERUNISO were turned off with the Isolate Layer command. For more information, see Un-Isolate Layer (on page 220). Previous - Sets the current layer back to the previous layer LAYERRESTORE when you have placed dimensioning or text. For more information, see Previous (on page 220).
217
Layers Panel
Change Layer
CADWorx Plant II tab: Layers > Change Layer Plant menu: Utility > Layer Control > Change Command line: LAYERCHANGE Changes an objects layer to the layer associated with another object that you select. You can select the objects to change individually or with a fence.
Set Layer
CADWorx Plant II tab: Layers > Set Layer Plant menu: Utility > Layer Control > Set Command line: LAYERSET Sets the current layer to that of an object that you select. You must select an individual object.
Delete Layer
CADWorx Plant II tab: Layers > Delete Layer Plant menu: Utility > Layer Control > Delete Command line: LAYERDELETE Removes all of the entities on the layer associated with an entity that you select. For example, you can delete all the entities, such as lines, text, and so on, on layer 0. You must select an individual entity. If you select the VIEWL layer, the software displays a warning message. Deleting the VIEWL layer deletes a block named CPM which the software inserts when beginning a new drawing. This block contains information (sizes, specification, and so on) that are used when opening an existing drawing. If you delete this layer, this information is not available for the next drawing session. You can re-enter this information.
218
Layers Panel
Delete a layer
1. Click Delete Layer . 2. Select the object whose layer you want to delete. The software deletes the layer associated with the selected object.
Layer Off
CADWorx Plant II tab: Layers > Layer Off Plant menu: Utility > Layer Control > Off Command line: LAYEROFF Turns off the layer associated with an entity that you select. You must select an Individual entity.
Layer On
CADWorx Plant II tab: Layers > Layer On Plant menu: Utility > Layer Control > On Command line: LAYERON Turns a layer back on that was turned off with the Layer Off command. For more information, see Layer Off (on page 219). No selection is required.
Match Layer
CADWorx Plant II tab: Layers > Match Layer Plant menu: Utility > Layer Control > Match Command line: MATCH Changes an objects layer to match that of another object that you select.
219
Layers Panel
Isolate Layer
CADWorx Plant II tab: Layers > Isolate Layer Plant menu: Utility > Layer Control > Isolate Command line: LAYERISOLATE Turns off all layers except for the layer associated with an entity that you select.
Un-Isolate Layer
CADWorx Plant II tab: Layers > Un-Isolate Layer Plant menu: Utility > Layer Control > Un-Isolate Command line: LAYERUNISO Turns all of the layers on. No selection is required.
Previous
Plant menu: Utility > Layer Control > Previous Command line: LAYERRESTORE Sets the current layer back to the previous layer when you have placed dimensioning or text. This command is only available after these two items are placed. This command does not restore a previous layer that has been changed with the Layer or Ddlmodes commands.
220
SECTION 14
Restraints Panel
CADWorx Plant II tab: Restraints The types of restraints used with CADWorx Plant are listed in the table below. Command Name Command Line
Reinforcing Pad - Inserts intelligent information indicating a REINFPAD reinforcement pad. For more information, see Reinforcing Pad (on page 222). Reinforcing Saddle - Inserts intelligent information indicating REINFSAD a reinforcement saddle. For more information, see Reinforcing Saddle (on page 222). Translational - Creates a translational-type restraint. For more information, see Translational (on page 223). Anchor - Creates an anchor-type restraint. For more information, see Anchor (on page 224). Spring Hanger- Creates a spring hanger-type restraint. For more information, see Spring Hanger (on page 224). Rotational - Creates a rotational-type restraint. For more information, see Rotational (on page 225). Snubber - Creates a snubber-type restraint. For more information, see Snubber (on page 226). Guide - Creates a guide-type restraint. For more information, see Guide (on page 226). TRANSLATIONAL ANCHOR SPRING ROTATIONAL SNUBBER GUIDE
Restraints appear on the drawing in a symbolic format. You can modify the symbol shape that appears on the output drawing by editing the restraint drawing file. These drawing files are delivered to the [Product Folder]\Support folder. If necessary, a restraint symbol can be re-drawn as a three-dimensional shape. In these instances, you must maintain the base of the restraint at 0,0,0 and the direction of the restraint at 0 degrees. The restraint is used in the bi-directional link with CAESAR II. The position of the restraint is important for the evaluation of the stress model within CAESAR II. For example, you can position a rotational restraint at any vector. The CAESARTolerance (on page 33) variable is useful when the bi-directional process encounters a problem locating a restraint along a pipe line, especially if the pipe line is sloped. All supports drawn using the Restraint commands in CADWorx Plant are exported as guides to ISOGEN. To export a different symbol to ISOGEN, use the ISOGEN Data dialog box (on page 64) to change the SKEY. Acceptable SKEY values are ANCH, DUCK, GUID, SKID, SPRG, and HANG. For information about the sample ISOGEN shapes used with these SKEYS, see the ISOGEN Symbol Keys Reference Guide, which is delivered as a PDF file to the [Product Folder]\ISOGEN\Isogen_Utils folder.
221
Restraints Panel
You can also use the ISOGEN Data dialog box to change the support direction.
Reinforcing Pad
CADWorx Plant II tab: Restraints > Reinforcing Pad Misc toolbar: Reinforcing Pad Command line: REINFPAD Attaches a reinforcement pad to a branch connection. On the drawing, the reinforcement pad is represented by the alpha-identifier P. This symbolic letter has Xdata attached to it that is used in Bill of Material generation and with the CAESAR II bi-directional link. For information about showing reinforcement pads on an ISOGEN isometric drawing, see Offset Tap (on page 108).
Reinforcing Saddle
CADWorx Plant II tab: Restraints > Reinforcing Saddle Misc toolbar: Reinforcing Saddle Command line: REINFSAD Attaches a reinforcement saddle to a branch connection. On the drawing, the reinforcement saddle is represented by the alpha-identifier S. This symbolic letter has Xdata attached to it that is used in Bill of Material generation and with the CAESAR II bi-directional link.
222
Restraints Panel
Translational
CADWorx Plant II tab: Restraints > Translational Restraints toolbar: Translational Command line: TRANSLATIONAL Creates a translational-type restraint. This type of restraint appears on the drawing in a symbolic format. You can modify this symbol shape by editing the [Product Folder]\Support\H1.dwg file.
223
Restraints Panel
The transitional is placed in the drawing.
Anchor
CADWorx Plant II tab: Restraints > Anchor Restraints toolbar: Anchor Command line: ANCHOR Creates an anchor-type restraint. This type of restraint appears on the drawing in a symbolic format. You can modify this symbol shape by editing the [Product Folder]\Support\H2.dwg file.
Place an anchor
1. 2. 3. 4. Click Anchor on the Restraints panel. Click where you want the anchor placed. Select a direction in the drawing. Type a numerical value on the command line, and press ENTER. The anchor is placed in the drawing.
Spring Hanger
CADWorx Plant II tab: Restraints > Spring Hanger Restraints toolbar: Spring Hanger Command line: SPRING Creates a spring hanger-type restraint. This type of restraint appears on the drawing in a symbolic format. You can modify this symbol shape by editing the [Product Folder]\Support\H3.dwg file.
224
Restraints Panel
Rotational
CADWorx Plant II tab: Restraints > Rotational Restraints toolbar: Rotational Command line: ROTATIONAL Creates a rotational-type restraint. This type of restraint appears on the drawing in a symbolic format. You can modify this symbol shape by editing the [Product Folder]\Support\H4.dwg file.
225
Restraints Panel
Snubber
CADWorx Plant II tab: Restraints > Snubber Restraints toolbar: Snubber Command line: SNUBBER Creates a snubber-type restraint. This type of restraint appears on the drawing in a symbolic format. You can modify this symbol shape by editing the [Product Folder]\Support\H5.dwg file.
Place a snubber
1. 2. 3. 4. Click Snubber on the Restraints panel. Click where you want the snubber placed. Select a direction in the drawing. Type a numerical value on the command line, and press ENTER. The snubber is placed in the drawing.
Guide
CADWorx Plant II tab: Restraints > Guide Restraints toolbar: Guide Command line: GUIDE Creates a guide-type restraint. This type of restraint appears on the drawing in a symbolic format. You can modify this symbol shape by editing the [Product Folder]\Support\H6.dwg file.
Place a guide
1. 2. 3. 4. Click Guide on the Restraints panel. Click where you want the guide placed. Select a direction in the drawing. Type a numerical value on the command line, and press ENTER. The guide is placed in the drawing.
226
SECTION 15
UCS Panel
CADWorx Plant II tab: UCS Command Name Flat - Places the current user coordinate system in the flat position. For more information, see Flat (on page 229). Command Line VIEWFLAT
Next - Places the current user coordinate system in the next UCSNEXT position. For more information, see UCS Next (on page 230). Compass - Displays a compass-type symbol that indicates the Point and Shoot orientation. For more information, see Compass (on page 230). North - Places the current user coordinate system in the north position. For more information, see North (on page 230). South - Places the current user coordinate system in the south position. For more information, see South (on page 231). COMPASS
VIEWNORTH
VIEWSOUTH
East - Places the current user coordinate system in the east VIEWEAST position. For more information, see East (on page 232). West - Places the current user coordinate system in the west position. For more information, see West (on page 231). VIEWWEST
UCS Object - Orients the current user coordinate system UCS according to an object that you select. For more information, see UCS Object (on page 232).
227
UCS Panel
When dimensioning or annotating an isometric or 3D model, place the UCS icon on a node or a centerline on the run you are working on. The text has the same orientation as the icon. Xtext - Rotates the UCS 180 degrees along the X-axis. When you view a model from the bottom side using a view point with a negative angle from the X-Y plane, text and dimension placement is upside down and backwards. This option rotates the X-axis of the UCS to remedy this. Text and dimensions are then placed in the proper orientation for viewing and plotting. If you change from a negative to positive angle from the X-Y view point, you must replace the text for the proper orientation. Ztext - Rotates the UCS 180 degrees along the Z-axis. When viewing a model from the back side using a view point with a 0 to 180 degree angle in the X-Y plane from the X axis, text and dimension placement is upside down and backwards. This option rotates the Z-axis of the UCS to remedy this. Text and dimensions are then placed in the proper orientation for viewing and plotting. If you change to a rear view position (180 - 360 degree angle in the X-Y plane from the X-axis), you must replace the text for the proper orientation. Elevation - Sets the elevation to the present UCS. This command does not set the depth in a North, South, East, or West plane. Setting an elevation of 10' (when the present elevation is 0') raises the UCS to 10' regardless of the position. Rotate - Rotates the present UCS around the X-, Y-, and Z-axes. For example, rotating the UCS to 45 degrees after inserting a 45 degree elbow allows you to place other components in line with the 45 degree elbow. COordinate - Specifies an exact X, Y, Z-coordinate in relation to the WCS (world coordinate system). CLip - Clips the view at the present plane set by the UCS. This plane can be established with the Point and Shoot UCS options or any three-point UCS position. The plane can be skewed at any angle. On - Turns on view clipping with clipping distances as set by the Back and Front options. Off - Turns off view clipping. Back - Sets the distance to the back of the clipping area. This value must be a negative number. If this value is positive, it can clip past the front clipping area and leave nothing in the view. Front - Sets the distance to the front of the clipping area. This value must be a positive number. If this value is negative, it can clip past the back clipping area and leave nothing in the view. The CLip option is also available as the command VIEWCLIP. Pick point - Moves the 0,0,0 user base to a point you select. Press Enter to keep the UCS at the same origin but switch to a new plane. For example, press Enter to change from the north plate to a west plane. You must enter other UCS positions with AutoCADs UCS command. Two extremely useful options in this command are the OBject and 3 Point. Leave the UCSICON on and set to origin when using any method of rearranging the UCS.
228
UCS Panel
If you select a point close to the screens edge, and the UCS icon is on and set to origin, the icon may not remain at this point. AutoCAD requires that the whole icon be visible and places the icon in the lower left corner of the screen. If this happens, zoom out a little or pan toward the new UCS position.
Flat
CADWorx Plant II tab: UCS > Flat UCS toolbar: Flat Plant menu: UCS > Flat Command line: VIEWFLAT Places the current user coordinate system in the flat position.
229
UCS Panel
UCS Next
UCS toolbar: Next Plant menu: UCS > UCS Next Command line: UCSNEXT Toggles through each of the Point and Shoot UCS positions.
Compass
UCS toolbar: Compass UCS toolbar: Compass Command line: COMPASS Displays a compass-type symbol that indicates the Point and Shoot orientation. The symbol displays at the point you select.
As the display's orientation changes, the symbol changes accordingly. The aliases VF, VN, VS, VE, and VW are also available.
North
CADWorx Plant II tab: UCS > North UCS toolbar: North Plant menu: UCS > North Command line: VIEWNORTH Places the current user coordinate system in the north position.
230
UCS Panel
South
CADWorx Plant II tab: UCS > South UCS toolbar: South Plant menu: UCS > South Command line: VIEWSOUTH Places the current user coordinate system in the south position.
West
CADWorx Plant II tab: UCS > West UCS toolbar: West Plant menu: UCS > West Command line: VIEWWEST Places the current user coordinate system in the west position.
231
UCS Panel
East
CADWorx Plant II tab: UCS > East UCS toolbar: East Plant menu: UCS > East Command line: VIEWEAST Places the current user coordinate system in the east position.
UCS Object
UCS toolbar: UCS Object Plant menu: UCS > UCS Object Command line: UCS Orients the UCS according to an object that you select. Please refer to the AutoCAD documentation on the UCS (User Coordinate System) for more detail. This command is useful for rearranging dimensions in the model space ( MSPACE) of a CADWorx isometric model. Run this command, and then select the dimension. The software places the UCS according to the position of the dimension allowing it to be stretched and moved.
232
SECTION 16
Shapes
CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab > Steel Shapes panel Plant > Steel > Shapes Command line: STEEL Draws many different steel shapes in the drawing. When placing steel shapes, you can: attach steel shapes to lines or you can specify the end points. place members into the current UCS. define the location of the centerline and the angle about the centerline. place steel on arcs. copy, stretch, or edit the size with the edit function.
233
234
235
Required columns: MEMBER - Member Name WGT - Weight AREA - Cross sectional Area (not used) DEPTH - Depth WEB_THK - Web Thickness FLG_WIDTH - Flange Width FLG_THK - Flange Thickness R - Fillet Radius (not used)
236
Channel Shapes
Data file sample (TYPE=C)
Required Columns: MEMBER - Member Name WGT - Weight AREA - Cross sectional Area (not used) WEB_THK - Web Thickness FLG_WIDTH - Flange Width FLG_THK - Flange Thickness R - Fillet Radius (not used) X - Centroid location X axis (used only when SteelNeutralAxis = 0)
237
Angle Shapes
Data file sample (TYPE=L)
Required Columns: MEMBER - Member Name WGT - Weight AREA - Cross sectional Area (not used) LEG1 - Leg 1 length LEG2 - Leg 2 length THK - Thickness R - Fillet Radius (not used) X - Centroid location X axis (used only when SteelNeutralAxis = 0) Y - Centroid location Y axis (used only when center line location is set to center)
238
Tee Shapes
Data file sample (TYPE=WT)
Required Columns: MEMBER - Member Name WGT - Weight AREA - Cross sectional Area (not used) DEPTH - Depth STEM_THK - Stem Thickness FLG_WIDTH - Flange Width FLG_THK - Flange Thickness R - Fillet Radius (not used) Y - Centroid location Y axis (used only when center line location is set to center)
239
Pipe Shapes
Data file sample (Type=P)
Required Columns: MEMBER - Member Name WGT - Weight AREA - Cross sectional Area (not used) OD - Outside Diameter WALL_THK - Wall Thickness (not used)
240
Tube Shapes
Data file sample (Type=TS)
Required Columns: MEMBER - Member Name WGT - Weight AREA - Cross sectional Area (not used) SIDE1 - Side 1 length SIDE2 - Side 2 length THK - Thickness R - Fillet Radius (not used)
241
Required Columns: MEMBER - Member Name WGT - Weight AREA - Cross sectional Area (not used) WIDTH - Width THK - Thickness
242
Required Columns: MEMBER - Member Name WGT - Weight AREA - Cross sectional Area (not used) OD - Outside Diameter
243
Required Columns: MEMBER - Member Name WGT - Weight AREA - Cross sectional Area (not used) DEPTH - Web Thickness THK - Thickness FLG_WIDTH - Flange Width LIP - Lip Length X - Centroid location X axis (used only when SteelNeutralAxis = 0)
244
Required Columns: MEMBER - Member Name WGT - Weight AREA - Cross sectional Area (not used) LEG1 - Leg 1 length THK - Thickness LEG2 - Leg 2 length LIP - Lip Length X - Centroid location X axis (used only when SteelNeutralAxis = 0) Y - Centroid location Y axis (used only when center line location is set to center)
245
Z Shapes
Data file sample (TYPE=Z):
Columns: MEMBER - Member Name WEIGHT - Weight AREA - Cross sectional Area (not used) HEIGHT - Height THK - Thickness LEG1 - Leg 1 length LIP1 - Lip 1 length (optional) LEG2 - Leg 2 length (optional) LIP2 - Lip 2 length (optional) THK_LEG1 - Leg 1 thickness (optional) THK_LEG2 - Lip 1 thickness (optional) THK_LIP1 - Leg 2 thickness (optional) THK_LIP2 - Lip 2 thickness (optional)
246
Required Columns: MEMBER - Member Name WGT - Weight AREA - Cross sectional Area (not used) LEG1 - Leg 1 length LEG2 - Leg 2 length THK - Thickness Y - Centroid location Y axis (used only when center line location is set to center)
247
248
SECTION 17
Plate - Places plates in the drawing. For more information, SPLATE see Plate (on page 250). Base Plate - Places base plates in free space or at the end of a member. For more information, see Base Plate (on page 252). Steel Bolt - Places a bolt in the drawing. For more information, see Steel Bolts (on page 255). SBPLATE
BTSHAPE
Set Size by Component - Sets the steel size by selecting COMP2STEEL an existing component in the model. For more information, see Set Size by Component (on page 257). Generic Attach - Attaches information to any generic SGENERICD AutoCAD object in the drawing. For more information, see Generic Attachment (on page 257). User Shape - Places a component using a custom user shape. For more information, see User Shape (on page 258). Loft - Creates loft steel components. For more information, see Loft (on page 260). SUSER
SLOFT
Steel Single Line - Places steel single line components in SLS the drawing. For more information, see Single Line Steel (on page 261). Frame Creation - Creates intelligent frames that they can use to build structural steel models. For more information, see Steel - Frame Creation (on page 268). Annotate - Annotates and dimensions frame lines. For more information, see Frame Annotation (on page 270). SFRAME
SFRAMEANOT
Ladder - Places ladders, with or without cages, in the SLADDER drawing. For more information, see Ladder (on page 271). Hand Rail - Places hand rails in the drawing. For more information, see Handrail (on page 273). Stair - Places stairs in the drawing. For more information, see Stair (on page 275). SHRAIL SSTAIR
249
Plate
CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: Steel Draw > Plate Steel Draw toolbar: Plate Plant menu: Steel > Plate Command line: SPLATE Creates plates in the model using existing shapes or by specifying a minimum of three plate corners. You define the extrusion direction after selecting the shape or defining the corners. Use the SteelLibraryDirectory (on page 40) startup variable to define plate data files location. The delivered libraries are Steel_I and Steel_M. Steel_I contains imperial unit data files using inches while Steel_M contains metric data files. At the top of each data file is an entry that defines the type of data file: metric or imperial. The software reads this entry in the data file and determines if the units need to be converted. For example, when SystemMeasure (on page 41) is set to 2 (metric system with nominal inch input) and you want to use an imperial data file from Steel_I, the system automatically converts the data file values from inches into millimeters. Select the data file to use using the SteelLibraryDirectory variable.
250
2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.
2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
251
2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
Base Plate
CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: Steel Draw > Base Plate Steel Draw toolbar: Base Plate Plant menu: Steel > Base Plate Command line: SBPLATE Places base plates in open space or attached to the end of a steel member. CADWorx automatically copes the steel member with the base plate.
Details
Existing - Edits the existing status of the plate. Short annotation - Defines the short annotation name for the plate. The default value is the text in the MEMBER column of the data file up to the first "X" character. Long annotation - Defines the long annotation name for the plate. The default value is the text in the MEMBER column of the data file. Description - Defines the plate description. The default value is the "DESCRIPTION=" value in the data file header. Part number - Specifies the part number for the plate. You can enter the part number yourself or use the part number automatically assigned by the SteelPartNumberFile (on page 40) startup variable. Material - Specifies the material for the plate. The default value is the "MATERIAL=" value in the data file header.
252
Plate Dimensions
Length - Displays the length of the plate computed by finding a bounding box around the plate aligned along an alignment axis. The alignment axis through the plate is the axis formed by the long segment of the polyline used to create the plate. Width - Displays the width of the plate computed by finding a bounding box around the plate aligned along an alignment axis. The alignment axis through the plate is the axis formed by the long segment of the polyline used to create the plate. Rotation - Specifies the rotation angle for the plate placement. X offset - Specifies the X-axis offset from the plate centroid. Y offset - Specifies the Y-axis offset from the plate centroid.
Hole Dimensions
On/Off - Select this option to place holes in the base plate. Clear this option to place a plate without holes. Row count - Enter the number of hole rows. Row spacing - Enter the distance between the hole rows measured from the center of the holes. Column count - Enter the number of hole columns. Column spacing - Enter the distance between the hole columns measured from the center of the holes. Diameter - Enter the diameter of the hole. Rotation - Enter the angle at which to rotate the hole rows and columns within the base plate. Slotted length - Enter a distance to create an elongated hole. This distance is measured from the hole center. X offset - Specifies the X-axis offset for the holes. Holes places at zero offset are at the base plate center. Y offset - Specifies the Y-axis offset for the holes. Holes places at zero offset are at the base plate center. Pick Point - Click to place the base plate.
253
2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
254
Steel Bolts
CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: Steel Draw > Steel Bolts Steel Draw toolbar: Steel Bolts Command line: BTSHAPE Draws bolts in the drawing. You can place bolt shapes on lines, or you can specify the end points.
255
256
Generic Attachment
CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: Steel Draw > Generic Attachment Steel Draw toolbar: Generic Attachment Command line: SGENERICD Attaches information to any generic AutoCAD object in the drawing. You can use the information later in bill of material extraction, labeling, and so forth. After manually constructing a component, use this routine to attach xdata information. You cannot attach information to a CADWorx object or component. To pinpoint the center of gravity locations use the Osnap commands. For example, to place information on a beam and have it reflect the CG correctly, draw a centerline and pick MIDpoint or NEArest to the end of the centerline or the exact known location.
You can also type SGENERICD in the command line. The Generic Attach dialog box displays. 2. Enter the information to attach in the appropriate boxes. 3. Click Attach. 4. Select the nonCADWorx object to which to attach the information.
257
User Shape
CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: Steel Draw > User Shape Steel Draw toolbar: User Shape Plant menu: Steel > User Shape Command line: SUSER Places a component using a custom user shape. You select the component to draw based on the user shape DWG file that you previously created. The extrusion direction and distance is based on points picked or line selected in the drawing. Roll angle can edited along with the standard annotations.
258
After selecting the user shape from the dialog, you pick points or select a line to define the extrusion length. See the figure below.
You can also type SUSER in the command line. The User Shapes dialog box displays. 2. In the Select Member box, select the user shape to use. 3. Enter values in the Details boxes as needed.
259
Loft
CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: Steel Draw > Loft Steel Draw toolbar: Loft Command line: SLOFT Creates lofted steel components. You must have two cross sections and the path curve between them defined in the drawing before using this command. The cross sections define the shape of the resulting steel component. The path curve must intersect all planes of the cross sections.
1. Draw the two cross sections and the path curve in the drawing. 2. On the Steel Draw panel, click Loft 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. . You can also type SLOFT in the command line. Enter the material density. Select the first cross section. Select the second cross section. Right-click to indicate you are finished selecting cross sections. Select the path curve. Define the annotations, descriptions, part number, and material.
260
This feature is only part of CADWorx Steel Professional Plus or CADWorx Plant Professional.
261
Tools
262
Line Settings
Layer - AutoCAD Layer for New Steel Color - AutoCAD object color for New Steel Linetype - Loaded AutoCAD linetype for New Steel Weight - AutoCAD line weight for New Steel
263
Tag Settings
Layer - AutoCAD Layers Color - AutoCAD object colors Text Style - Loaded text styles Text Height - Paper space text height Offset - Set an offset above the line / symbol for the test to be placed Justification - AutoCAD text justifications Style - Short or Long descriptions Display - Display of the tag, on or off
Symbol Settings
Layer Main - AutoCAD Layers for visible parts of the symbol Color Main - AutoCAD object colors for visible parts of the symbol Linetype Main - Loaded AutoCAD linetypes for visible parts of the symbol Layer Minor - AutoCAD Layers for hidden parts of the symbol
264
Dimension Tab
Tools
Save Settings to File - Save your set of settings to an external file for use in another drawing.
265
Dimension Settings
Layer - AutoCAD Layers Dim Style - AutoCAD Dimension Styles Dim Type - Select the dimension type. Baseline Type Continue Type Ordinate Type Offset - The distance from the edge of the viewport to place the first level dimensions Elevation Value - The relative elevation of the selected origin point Elevation Prefix - Prefix for the elevation dimensions
266
Display - To display the column tags on the plan dimensions Layer - AutoCAD Layer of the column tags and text Color - AutoCAD color of the column tags and text Style - Text style for the column tags and text Height - Text height for the column tag text Balloon Size - Diameter of the column tags Orientation - The order of the automatic numbering of the column tags. LR-BT left to right, bottom to top LR-TB left to right, top to bottom RL-BT right to left, bottom to top RL-TB right to left, top to bottom Vertical - Vertical column tag numbering start and style Letter (A) Letter + Number (A1) Number (1) Number + Letter (1A) Horizontal - Horizontal column tag numbering start and style. Letter (A) Letter + Number (A1) Number (1) Number + Letter (1A) Vertical Inc - The increment value of the tag number Increments the second value of a combination tag Value = 1 then "A" to "B" or "A1" to "A2" Horizontal Inc - The increment value of the tag number Increments the second value of a combination tag Value = 1 then "A" to "B" or "A1" to "A2"
267
Frame Creation
CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: Steel Draw > Frame Creation Steel Draw toolbar: Frame Creation Plant menu: Steel > Frame > Creation Command line: SFRAME Create intelligent frames that you can use to build structural steel models.
268
2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
269
2. 3. 4. 5.
2. 3. 4. 5.
Frame Annotation
CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: Steel Draw > Frame Annotation Steel Draw toolbar: Frame Annotation Plant menu: Steel > Frame > Annotation Command line: SFRAMEANOT Annotates and dimensions frame lines. This command can also create the dimensions in call outs in paper space. Dimensions only - Draws only the dimension for the selected frame line. You are prompted to pick the dimension side. The distance the dimensions are offset from the frame line is controlled by the AutoCAD setvar DIMDLI. This option respects the current DIMSCALE setting. Call outs only - Creates the call out and places the label of the selected frame line in a block with attribute. The M5 block located in the [Product Directory]\Support folder is used for the call out. You are prompted to pick the call out location. Both - This option creates both dimensions and call outs. 1. On the Steel Draw panel, click Frame Annotation 2. 3. 4. 5. . You can also type SFRAMEANOT in the command line. Select the frame line in the drawing. Select Dimensions only, Call outs only, or Both. Select the side of the frame line to place the annotation. Pick the location of the annotation.
270
Ladder
CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: Steel Draw > Ladder Steel Draw toolbar: Ladder Plant menu: Steel > Ladder Command line: SLADDER Creates ladders by specifying the start and end points of the ladder and rotation angle of the ladder. Click Browse to load a predefined ladder into the dialog box. Use Save As to save a ladder configuration for use later.
Position Tab
Start point / End point - Defines the location of the ladder. Specify On-screen - Select this option to specify the start and end ladder locations interactively in the model. Clear this option to define the locations using the X, Y, and Z coordinate boxes. Rotation angle - Defines the rotation angle for the entire ladder. Select Specify On-screen to define the rotation interactively in the drawing. Clear the option to use the rotation value specified in the Angle box.
Dimension Tab
Sloped ladder - Select to allow the ladder to be sloped. The slope is determined by the difference between the X or Y start and end locations in the Position Tab. Rail width - Enter the inside distance from rail to rail. Above platform - Enter the distance the ladder rails (offset extension of rail) are to extend above the top rung. Rail top exit width - Enter the inside to inside distance of the ladder opening above the platform. Rung spacing - Enter the center to center distance of the ladder rungs. Offset (+/-) - Enter the distance the ladder is offset from the platform.
Cage Tab
Cage ladder - Select to place a cage on the ladder if the height of the ladder is over the minimum distance. Curved - Select to connect the hoop bars to the ladder using a curved connection. Max. hoop spacing - Enter the distance from center to center of the intermediate hoops. Cage bar spacing - Enter the distance from the center to center of the vertical bars on the cage. Bottom hoop clearance - Enter the distance from the base elevation or grade to the bottom hoop. Distance to middle - Enter the distance from the ladder rungs to the center of the cage. Small hoop radius - Enter the radius of the hoop bar at the ladder rail location. This box is available only when Curved is selected. Connection distance - Enter the distance of the hoop bar at the ladder rail location. This box is available only when Curved is not selected. Top hoop radius - Enter the radius of the top hoop from the center of the cage.
271
Sizes Tab
The bars, rungs, hoops, and cage bars rows allows the selection of different components to be used with the ladder. Type - Select the member type. Data file - Select the data file to use. The data files that display are controlled by the SteelLibraryDirectory (on page 40) variable in the configuration settings. Size - Select the member section size from the data file selected. Details - Click the three-dots button to activate the Details dialog box. Using the Details dialog box, you can define annotations, offsets, rotations, and mirror the section. Short annotation - Enter a description for the short annotation of the member. This annotation is used in bill of material reports. Long annotation - Enter a description for the long annotation of the member. This annotation is used in bill of material reports. X offset - Specify the member offset along the X-axis. Remember that the base point is not always located at the centroid of the member. Y offset - Specify the member offset along the Y-axis. Rotation angle - Enter a rotation value in degrees for the member. Mirror - Select to mirror the member about its base point.
272
2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.
2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
Handrail
CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: Steel Draw > Hand Rail Steel Draw toolbar: Hand Rail Plant menu: Steel > Hand Rail Command line: SHRAIL Creates handrails in the drawing using specified corner points of the handrail or a polyline or 3D polyline that defines the path of the handrail. You are prompted to specify the offset direction after the points have been picked, or the polyline has been selected.
Dimensions Tab
Post below platform (+/-) - Enter the distance to place the hand rail above or below the platform to which it is attached to. Platform offset dist (+/-) - Enter the distance to offset the hand rail. The hand rail can be offset away from or over the platform.
273
Sizes Tab
The top rail, intermediate rail, bottom rail, and post can have different components for the hand rail. Type - Select the member type. Data file - Select the data file to use. The data files that display are controlled by the SteelLibraryDirectory (on page 40) variable in the configuration file. Size - Select the member section size from the data file selected. Details - Click the three-dots button to activate the Details dialog box. Using the Details dialog box, you can define annotations, offsets, rotations, and mirror the section. Short annotation - Enter a description for the short annotation of the member. This annotation is used in bill of material reports. Long annotation - Enter a description for the long annotation of the member. This annotation is used in bill of material reports. X offset - Specify the member offset along the X-axis. Remember that the base point is not always located at the centroid of the member. Y offset - Specify the member offset along the Y-axis. Rotation angle - Enter a rotation value in degrees for the member. Mirror - Select to mirror the member about its base point.
2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
274
3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.
Stair
CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: Steel Draw > Stair Steel Draw toolbar: Stair Plant menu: Steel > Stair Command line: SSTAIR Creates stairs in the drawing by specifying the top point of the stair and then a base elevation.
Position Tab
Top point - Enter the X, Y, and Z coordinates for the top of the stairs. You can click Specified On-screen to select a point in the drawing. Base elevation - Enter the elevation at the bottom of stringer. You can click Specified On-screen to select a point in the drawing. Rotation angle - Enter the rotation in degrees. You can click Specified On-screen to define the rotation in the drawing.
275
(A) Total rise - Enter the distance between the bottom elevation and the top point. (B) Riser count - Enter the number of risers (steps or treads) in the stair. (C) Rise - Enter the distance between from the top of one riser to the top of the next riser. (D) First rise - Enter the distance from the bottom elevation to the top of the first riser. (E) Run - Enter the depth of the riser (if you were standing in front of the stair). (F) Total Run - Enter the total length (measured horizontally) of the stair.
Stringer
Width - Enter the inside distance between the two stringers. (H) Top extend - Enter the distance between the stringer end and the riser. (J) Top clear - Enter the distance between the top of the stringer and the top point defined for stair. (K) Base extend - Enter the distance between the stringer end and the edge of the first riser. (M) Base clear - Enter the distance between the bottom of the stringer and the bottom elevation point.
Miscellaneous
(N) Stair offset - Enter the offset distance from the top stair location point. (P) Angle - Enter the stair angle measured from horizontal.
Sizes Tab
You can define different components to use for the riser and the stringer. Type - Select the member type. Data file - Select the data file to use. The data files that display are controlled by the SteelLibraryDirectory (on page 40) variable in the configuration file. Size - Select the member section size from the data file selected. Details - Click the three-dots button to activate the Details dialog box. Using the Details dialog box, you can define annotations, offsets, rotations, and mirror the section.
276
2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
You can also type SSTAIR in the command line. The Stair dialog box displays. Using the Specify On-screen button or the X, Y, and Z boxes, define the top point for the stairs. Using the Specify On-screen button or the Z box, define the base elevation for the stairs. Using the Specify On-screen button or the Angle box, define the rotation for the stairs. Select the Dimension tab. Review and edit the tread and stringer properties as needed. Refer to Dimension Tab if needed. Select the Sizes tab. Define the components sizes for the treads and the stringers. Click OK.
277
278
SECTION 18
SGCEDITALL SCOMPANOT
SCONVERTSOLID
Layer Change - Moves steel solid or center lines to a new layer. For SLAYERCHANGE / more information, see Layer Change (on page 290). SSETEXIST / SREMOVEEXIST Selection Control - Toggles the display of grips on and off. For more information, see Select Control (on page 290). Auto Cope - Turns on or off the automatic coping of members. For more information, see Auto Cope (on page 290). SELECTCONTROL SAUTOCOPE
279
Cope
CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: Steel Edit > Cope Steel Edit toolbar: Cope Plant menu: Steel > Cope Command line: SCOPE Copes steel members to other steel members. You can place bolted coping or welded coping. Bolted coping is controlled by SteelCopeBoltDistance (on page 39) and provides a gap between the coped member and the boundary member. Welded cope is controlled by SteelCopeWeldDistance (on page 40) and provides a gap between the coped member and the boundary member. You can: Cope a single member to another single member that provides the cope boundary. Cope many members to many other members. A member that crosses another member is cut into two separate members. 1. On the Steel Edit panel, click Cope . You can also type SCOPE in the command line. 2. Select the members to cope. Press ENTER or right-click when you are finished. 3. Select the members to cope against. Press ENTER or right-click when you are finished. 4. Select bolted or welded cope. Bolt - Copes the members with the offset specified in the SteelCopeBoltDistance startup variable. Weld - Copes the members with the offset specified in the SteelCopeWeldDistance startup variable.
Miter
CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: Steel Edit > Miter Steel Edit toolbar: Miter Plant menu: Steel > Miter Command line: SMITER Miters two structural pieces to fit each other. The two structural pieces must be in the same plane and have connected member ends. You miter multiple member pairs in each command pass. 1. On the Steel Edit panel, click Miter . You can also type SMITER in the command line. 2. Select the members to miter. 3. Press ENTER or right-click when you are finished. The software miters the selected members.
280
Cut
CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: Steel Edit > Cut Steel Edit toolbar: Cut Plant menu: Steel > Cut Command line: SCUT Cuts steel members along a plane that you define by an existing line or by points placed in the drawing. The software updates the lengths, weight, and other affected properties of the cut members. You cannot cut plate members with this command. Line - Defines the plane using the two end points of the line and its extrusion direction (the Z-axis of the plane the line was drawn in). Points - Defines the plane using three points you pick in the drawing.
281
Union
CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: Steel Edit > Union Steel Edit toolbar: Union Plant menu: Steel > Union Command line: SUNION Joins two or more steel members into one member. The members must have the same properties for: Member size (W10x30 for example) Insertion location Centerline location Rotation angle Data file Short annotation Long annotation Description Material Part number In addition, the two center lines must meet each other but not intersect or overlap. Curved members cannot be joined with straight members. 1. On the Steel Edit panel, click Union . You can also type SUNION in the command line. 2. Select the first member to join. 3. Select the second member to join. 4. Continue to select members. When you are finished, right-click or press ENTER to join the members.
Edit
CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: Steel Edit > Edit Steel Edit toolbar: Edit Plant menu: Steel > Component Edit > Local Edit Command line: SCEDIT Edits the properties of steel shapes and plates in the drawing. You can start this command from the command line, the command icon, or by double-clicking the object you want to edit.
282
283
284
Details
Existing - Edits the existing status of the plate. Short annotation - Defines the short annotation name for the plate. The default value is the text in the MEMBER column of the data file up to the first "X" character. Long annotation - Defines the long annotation name for the plate. The default value is the text in the MEMBER column of the data file. Description - Defines the plate description. The default value is the "DESCRIPTION=" value in the data file header. Part number - Specifies the part number for the plate. You can enter the part number yourself or use the part number automatically assigned by the SteelPartNumberFile (on page 40) startup variable. Material - Specifies the material for the plate. The default value is the "MATERIAL=" value in the data file header. Weight - Displays the weight of the plate. The software automatically subtracts the material weight removed by any holes from the plate weight. Select Manual Update to enter the value yourself. Manual Update - Select this option to manually specify the plate weight in the Weight box. Clear this option to have the software compute the plate weight using the shape and the weight defined in the data file.
Plate Dimensions
Length - Displays the length of the plate computed by finding a bounding box around the plate aligned along an alignment axis. The alignment axis through the plate is the axis formed by the long segment of the polyline used to create the plate. Width - Displays the width of the plate computed by finding a bounding box around the plate aligned along an alignment axis. The alignment axis through the plate is the axis formed by the long segment of the polyline used to create the plate. Rotation - Specifies the rotation angle for the plate placement. X offset - Specifies the X-axis offset from the plate centroid. Y offset - Specifies the Y-axis offset from the plate centroid.
285
Global Edit
CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: Steel Edit > Global Edit Steel Edit toolbar: Global Edit Plant menu: Steel > Component Edit > Global Edit Command line: SGCEDIT Edits short annotation, long annotation, description, part number, and material for multiple components at one time. Changes to any or all of the edit boxes are made to each selected component. Leave the edit boxes blank for those properties you do not want to edit.
286
287
3. Select the member shapes you want to edit. You can select more than one group to edit, although you edit the groups one at a time. 4. Click OK. The Component Edit dialog box displays.
288
Annotate Component
CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: Steel Edit > Annotate Component Command line: SCOMPANOT Places the short or long annotations of selected steel members in the drawing. 1. On the Steel Edit panel, click Annotate Component . You can also type SCOMPANOT in the command line. 2. Select the component to annotate. Type Auto to have the software automatically determine the annotation rotation and location. Press ENTER or right-click when you are finished. 3. Select Long to place the defined long annotation. or Select Short to place the defined short annotation. 4. Define the annotation starting location. 5. Define the annotation rotation.
Convert Solid
CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: Steel Edit > Convert Solid Steel Edit toolbar: Convert Solid Command line: SCONVERTSOLID Creates the solid representation of component. When you have deleted the solid representation and have been modeling using only centerlines, this command is used to re-create the solid cross-section representation of the component. 1. On the Steel Edit panel, click Convert Solid . You can also type SCONVERTSOLID in the command line. 2. Select the components to convert. Press ENTER or right-click when you are finished. The software creates the solids.
289
Layer Change
CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: Steel Edit > Layer Change Steel Edit toolbar: Layer Change Command line: SLAYERCHANGE / SSETEXIST / SREMOVEEXIST Edits the existing flag for steel members and changes layers for steel solid and centerline graphics. The software automatically moves steel plates and base plates centerlines to whichever layer is chosen for the corresponding solid. 1. On the Steel Edit panel, click Layer Change . 2. You can also type SLAYERCHANGE in the command line. Select All to select all components in the drawing. -orSelect Select to manually select steel members. Press ENTER or right-click when you are finished. Select Yes to change the solid layer of the selected components. Select the new layer, and then click OK. Select Yes to change the centerline layer of the selected components. Select the new layer, and then click OK.
3. 4. 5. 6.
Select Control
CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: Steel Edit > Select Control Steel Edit toolbar: Select Control Command line: SELECTCONTROL Toggles whether grip points are displayed on solids. To change the length of pipe or steel, you can grip stretch the pipe or steel centerline. However, it may be difficult to select the center line endpoint grip for steel shapes when solid grip points are on. Turning off the solid grip points with this toggle makes it easier to grip stretch components.
Auto Cope
CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: Steel Edit > Auto Cope Steel Edit toolbar: Auto Cope Plant menu: Steel > Auto Cope Command line: SAUTOCOPE Toggles the automatic coping of members on or off. When two members are coped and this feature is on, the system automatically reapplies the cope when one of the members is changed. Select this command again to turn off the automatic coping feature.
290
SECTION 19
Cut Steel BOM - Generates a Bill of Material schedule listing each SBOMCUT piece of steel with a length and a tag. For more information, see Cut Steel Bill of Material (on page 294). Total Steel BOM - Generates a Bill of Material schedule with one tag for a total length of steel in each size. For more information, see Total Steel Bill of Material (on page 296). Single Steel BOM - Generates a Bill of Material schedule with each selected object on a line by itself. For more information, see Single Steel Bill of Material (on page 297). Export Steel BOM - Exports the steel Bill of Material schedule to an external file format that you specify. For more information, see Export Steel Bill of Material (on page 299). SBOMTOTAL
SBOMSINGLE
SBOMEXPORT
Setup Live Database - Links the drawing to an external database. SLIVEDB For more information, see Setup Live Database Steel (on page 300). Export Steel Database - Exports steel components to Microsoft SDBFGEN Access or Microsoft Excel. For more information, see Export Steel (on page 301). Import Steel Database - Imports and draws CADWorx steel components from a Microsoft Access or Microsoft Excel file. For more information, see Import Steel (on page 301). Audit Steel Database - Compares the database with the drawing displaying any differences between the two. For more information, see Audit Steel Database (on page 302). Synchronize Steel Database - Checks all components in the drawing and updates them according to the current value within the database tables. For more information, see Synchronize Steel Database (on page 302). Export Steel Model - Exports the steel model to CAESAR II, Robobat, or CIS/2 files. For more information, see Export Steel Model (on page 303). SDBFIN
SDBAUDIT
SSYNC
SEXPORT
Import Steel Model - Imports a CIS/2 file into the current drawing. SIMPORT For more information, see Import Steel Model (on page 303).
291
292
2. 3. 4. 5.
293
TOTAL WEIGHT: 1480.00 The steel component could have been converted with the Existing option. Bill of material lengths are based on DIMLFAC, DIMDEC, and DIMLUNIT. Counter - Select this option to start the tag counter at any positive nonzero integer. When set, the command resumes requesting that you pick Manual placement or Automatic placement of tags. Manual placement - Select to insert tags manually. You are prompted for the tag location. The software adds a rubber band line attached to the component extending to the specified tag location. You must continue specifying locations until the last components tag has been placed.
294
A common mistake in AutoCAD is to apply a text height while setting up a text style. If the height is specified in the text style dialog, then there is no other way of controlling the size. The text size is set to the size in the dialog regardless of what the TEXTSIZE variable is set to. CADWorx performs special optimization for automatic tag placement while in paper space only. This optimization places tags in non-overlapping positions and is controlled by the BomTagOptimize variable in the current configuration settings. For more information regarding this functionality and its controls, see BomTagOptimize (on page 32).
295
TOTAL WEIGHT: 1480.00 The component could have been converted with the Existing option. Bill of material lengths are based on DIMLFAC, DIMDEC, and DIMLUNIT. Counter - Select this option to start the tag counter at any positive nonzero integer. When set, the command resumes requesting that you pick Manual placement or Automatic placement of tags. Manual placement - Select to insert tags manually. You are prompted for the tag location. The software adds a rubber band line attached to the component extending to the specified tag location. You must continue specifying locations until the last components tag has been placed. Automatic placement - Select to have CADWorx insert tags automatically. In model space, CADWorx places the tag in the direction (tag to component) provided. In paper space, this prompt does not appear if the tag optimization is on. For more information, see BomTagOptimize (on page 32). The schedule's text size is based on the AutoCAD setvar TEXTSIZE. If this text size is larger than the schedule spacing, the following message appears and the Bill of Material generation stops. The schedule spacing is controlled by the BomScheduleSpacing (on page 32) variable in the Configuration Settings.
296
297
TOTAL WEIGHT: 1480.00 The component could have been converted with the Existing option. Bill of material lengths are based on DIMLFAC, DIMDEC, and DIMLUNIT. Counter - Select this option to start the tag counter at any positive nonzero integer. When set, the command resumes requesting that you pick Manual placement or Automatic placement of tags. Manual placement - Select to insert tags manually. You are prompted for the tag location. The software adds a rubber band line attached to the component extending to the specified tag location. You must continue specifying locations until the last com ponents tag has been placed. Automatic placement - Select to have CADWorx insert tags automatically. In model space, CADWorx places the tag in the direction (tag to component) provided. In paper space, this prompt does not appear if the tag optimization is on. For more information, see BomTagOptimize (on page 32). The schedule's text size is based on the AutoCAD setvar TEXTSIZE. If this text size is larger than the schedule spacing, the following message appears and the Bill of Material generation stops. The schedule spacing is controlled by the BomScheduleSpacing (on page 32) variable in the Configuration Settings.
A common mistake in AutoCAD is to apply a text height while setting up a text style. If the height is specified in the text style dialog, then there is no other way of controlling the size. The text size is set to the size in the dialog regardless of what the TEXTSIZE variable is set to. CADWorx performs special optimization for automatic tag placement while in paper space only. This optimization places tags in non-overlapping positions and is controlled by the BomTagOptimize variable in the current configuration settings. For more information regarding this functionality and its controls, see BomTagOptimize (on page 32).
298
299
You can also type SBOMEXPORT in the command line. Specify if you want an Cut, Total, or Single BOM. Select the objects to include in the BOM. Right-click or press ENTER when you are finished. In the Save as type box, select the file format that you want. Type the file name, and specify the folder location. Click Save.
300
Existing components in drawings can be added to the database by using DBFGEN for Pipe or SDBFGEN for Steel. For more information, see Export Pipe (on page 143).
Export Steel
CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: Steel BOM / DB > Export Steel BOM / DB toolbar: Export Plant menu: Steel > Database > Export Command line: SDBFGEN Exports CADWorx steel information to a Microsoft Access or Microsoft Excel file. Database Type - Select Access to write to a Microsoft Access file, or select Excel to write to a Microsoft Excel file. Browse - Click to define the file name and folder location. The disabled boxes at the bottom of the dialog display the file name and folder in use. Append/Sync - Synchronizes the drawing and the database file by removing entries from the database that no longer exist in the drawing and updating components in the database according to the drawing. You can use this command once a day or five times an hour to maintain the database according to the drawing. Many users can append to the same database file at the same time. New - Creates a new database file based on the chosen folder and database type. 1. On the Steel BOM / DB panel, click Export 2. . You can also type SDBFGEN in the command line. Select the steel components to write to the database file. Right-click or press ENTER when you are finished. The Select Database Type dialog box displays. Select Access or Excel to define the file type. Click Browse, and define the folder and file name. Select New if you are creating a new file. or Select Append/Sync if you want to synchronize an existing file. Click OK.
3. 4. 5.
6.
Import Steel
CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: Steel BOM / DB > Import Steel BOM / DB toolbar: Import Plant menu: Steel > Database > Import Command line: SDBFIN Imports and draws CADWorx steel components from a Microsoft Access or Microsoft Excel file. This command is not available when you are using a live database. Use the Export Steel (on page 301) command to create the Microsoft Access or Microsoft Excel file to import.
301
2. 3. 4. 5.
You can also type SDBFIN in the command line. The Select Database File dialog box displays. Browse to and select the file to import. Click Open. The Select Drawings for Import dialog box displays. Select the drawings in the file to import into the active drawing. Click OK.
2. 3. 4. 5.
302
303
CG Generator
CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: Steel BOM / DB > C.G. Generator Steel toolbar: C.G. Generator Plant menu: Steel > C.G. Generator Command line: SCG Calculates the center of gravity (CG) of the steel members (including plates) in a drawing. You must select the members for which to calculate the center of gravity. To combine center of gravity reports for piping and steel components, take the weight summations and add them together. Then take each separate moment (ft-lb) X, Y, Z and add them together separately. To find the new X centroid location, divide the total X moment by the total weight. To find the new Y and Z centroid location, divide them by the total weight. 1. On the Steel BOM / DB panel, click C.G. Generator 2. 3. 4. 5. . You can also type SCG in the command line. Select the members to cope. Type All in the command line to select all the members in drawing. Press ENTER or right-click when you are finished. Select Yes to save the center of gravity report to a text file. Provide the file name and folder information if you choose to save the report. Select Yes to view the weight summation in the command area. Select Yes to place a smaller round marker in the drawing indicating the calculated center of gravity.
304
SECTION 20
HVAC Shapes Catalog - Places HVAC shapes and cable tray HVACC shapes that are defined in a data file library. For more information, see HVAC Shapes Catalog (on page 308). User Shape - Places a component using a custom user shape. For more information, see User Shape (on page 310). Generic Attach - Attaches information to any generic AutoCAD object in the drawing. For more information, see Generic Attach (on page 313) HUSER HGENERIC
Edit - Edits HVAC or cable tray shapes. For more information, see HCEDIT Edit (on page 314). GC Edit - Edits global HVAC component data. For more information, see GC Edit (on page 315). HGCEDIT
HVAC BOM Setup - Customizes the Bill of Material schedule to HBOMSETUP any style or layout that you need. For more information, see HVAC BOM Setup (on page 315). Cut HVAC BOM - Generates a Bill of Material schedule listing HBOMCUT each piece of HVAC with a length and a tag. For more information, see Cut HVAC Bill of Material (on page 318). Total HVAC BOM - Generates a Bill of Material schedule with one HBOMTOTAL tag for a total length of HVAC in each size. For more information, see Total HVAC Bill of Material (on page 319). Single HVAC BOM - Generates a Bill of Material schedule with each selected object on a line by itself. For more information, see Single HVAC Bill of Material (on page 321). Data Remove - Removes CADWorx data from components. For more information, see Data Remove (on page 322). Layer Change - Changes the solid and centerline layers associated with components. For more information, see Layer Change (on page 322). HBOMSINGLE
HDATAREMOVE HLAYERCHANGE
Export HVAC - Exports CADWorx HVAC information to a HDBFGEN Microsoft Access or Microsoft Excel file. For more information, see Export HVAC (on page 323).
305
HDBAUDIT
Synchronize HVAC Database - Checks all components in the HSYNC drawing and updates them according to the current value in the database. For more information, see Synchronize HVAC Database (on page 325).
HVAC
CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: HVAC Draw / BOM / DB > HVAC Shapes HVAC Draw / BOM / DB toolbar: HVAC Shapes Plant menu: HVAC > Shapes Command line: HVAC Places HVAC and cable tray shapes in the drawing. Double-click an existing HVAC shape to modify the parameters.
306
307
308
309
User Shape
CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: HVAC Draw / BOM / DB > User Shape HVAC Draw / BOM / DB toolbar: User Shape Command line: HUSER Places a component using a custom user-defined shape. You select the component to draw based on an existing user-shape DWG file. The extrusion direction and distance is based on points picked or a line selected in the drawing. You can edit the roll angle along with the standard annotations. For user shapes to work, an ASCII file named Type.INI must be in the same folder as the user shape drawing files. The Type.INI file must have TYPE=USER as the first line in the file. The folder (...\CADWorx\Plant\\HVAC\) contains the user shape drawing files.
310
After you select the shape from the dialog box, you can pick points or select a line to determine the extrusion length.
The default insert location for the user shape is 0,0,0. To specify a different insert location, add an AutoCAD POINT entity to the profile .DWG to locate the insert point.
311
312
Generic Attach
CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: HVAC Draw / BOM / DB > Generic Attach Command line: HGENERIC Attaches information to any generic AutoCAD object in the drawing. You can use the information later in bill of material extraction, labeling, and so forth. After manually constructing a component, use this routine to attach xdata information. You cannot attach information to a CADWorx object or component. To pinpoint the center of gravity locations use the Osnap commands. For example, to place information on a beam and have it correctly reflect the center of gravity, draw a centerline and pick MIDpoint, NEArest to the end of the centerline, or the exact location.
313
Edit
CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: HVAC Draw / BOM / DB > Edit Command line: HCEDIT Edits HVAC or cable tray shapes. This command displays the same dialog box that was used to place the shape. You cannot change the object shape using this command. For more information, see HVAC (on page 306).
314
GC Edit
CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: HVAC Draw / BOM / DB > GC Edit Command line: HGCEDIT Edits global HVAC component data.
315
316
317
A common mistake in AutoCAD is to apply a text height while setting up a text style. If the height is specified in the text style dialog, then there is no other way of controlling the size. The text size is set to the size in the dialog regardless of what the TEXTSIZE variable is set to. CADWorx performs special optimization for automatic tag placement while in paper space only. This optimization places tags in non-overlapping positions and is controlled by the BomTagOptimize variable in the current configuration settings. For more information regarding this functionality and its controls, see BomTagOptimize (on page 32).
318
319
A common mistake in AutoCAD is to apply a text height while setting up a text style. If the height is specified in the text style dialog, then there is no other way of controlling the size. The text size is set to the size in the dialog regardless of what the TEXTSIZE variable is set to. CADWorx performs special optimization for automatic tag placement while in paper space only. This optimization places tags in non-overlapping positions and is controlled by the BomTagOptimize variable in the current configuration settings. For more information regarding this functionality and its controls, see BomTagOptimize (on page 32).
320
A common mistake in AutoCAD is to apply a text height while setting up a text style. If the height is specified in the text style dialog, then there is no other way of controlling the size. The text size is set to the size in the dialog regardless of what the TEXTSIZE variable is set to. CADWorx performs special optimization for automatic tag placement while in paper space only. This optimization places tags in non-overlapping positions and is controlled by the BomTagOptimize variable in the current configuration settings. For more information regarding this functionality and its controls, see BomTagOptimize (on page 32).
321
Data Remove
CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: HVAC Draw / BOM / DB > Data Remove Command line: HCDATAREMOVE Removes CADWorx data from components.
Layer Change
CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: HVAC Draw / BOM / DB > Layer Change Command line: HLAYERCHANGE Changes the solid and centerline layers associated with components.
322
Export HVAC
CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: HVAC Draw / BOM / DB > Export HVAC Draw / BOM / DB toolbar: Export Command line: HDBFGEN Exports CADWorx HVAC information to a Microsoft Access or Microsoft Excel file.
323
Import HVAC
CADWorx Steel / HVAC tab: HVAC Draw / BOM / DB > Import HVAC Draw / BOM / DB toolbar: Import Command line: HDBFIN Imports and draws CADWorx HVAC components from a Microsoft Access or Microsoft Excel file. This command is not available when you are using a live database. Use the Export HVAC (on page 323) command to create the Microsoft Access or Microsoft Excel file to import.
324
325
326
SECTION 21
Toolbars
In This Section
Accessing and Docking the Toolbars ............................................ 327 Aliases and Command Names ...................................................... 328 Connecting to components ............................................................ 328 Compass ........................................................................................ 328 Plane versus Isometrics view modes ............................................ 328 3D Modeling versus 2D Modeling .................................................. 329 Buttweld ......................................................................................... 329 Flanges .......................................................................................... 361 Flgd/BW Valves ............................................................................. 375 Lined .............................................................................................. 389 Fiberglass ...................................................................................... 394 Sanitary .......................................................................................... 412 Victaulic.......................................................................................... 447 Threaded/Socket ........................................................................... 450 Thrd/SW Valves ............................................................................. 481 Gaskets, Etc. ................................................................................. 495 Restraints ....................................................................................... 497 Misc ................................................................................................ 498 Operators ....................................................................................... 504 Line Numbers ................................................................................ 504 UCS ............................................................................................... 505 Steel ............................................................................................... 505 Settings .......................................................................................... 507 Palettes .......................................................................................... 509
327
Toolbars
Connecting to components
In connecting to components, Piping Rules effect the behavior of prompts when set to No or Show Options. If selecting a component from a palette or toolbar, the selected component prompts you if unable to derive information from the surrounding components due to the piping rules. When the rules are set to Automatic, the process is simplified for connecting components to appropriate valued objects. For instance, when inserting a flange to a pipe, if both have the same size and specification you are not prompted and the flange inserts automatically. For more information, see Apply Flange Insertion Rule (on page 48) or all other Piping Rules (on page 46). Prompts depend on the settings you have chosen for the piping rules. Also, you may be prompted in certain situations based on the components of the model. Most of the components are built to work as smart objects. They connect using the previous information of the last point of a component. If you change sizes while working with a component, you are prompted accordingly. In addition, you may not receive prompts based on the actions of connection to components. Prompts depend on the actions you take, and some prompts appear only when not connecting to a previous component.
Compass
Enables 360 degree navigation for placement of components. You can turn the compass on and off in Setup (on page 26). You are also provided with the option to change the color. When the compass is turned on the screen displays a circle around the components when they are pulled into the drawing space.
328
Toolbars
Buttweld
Plant menu: Toolbars > Buttweld The commands on the Buttweld toolbar can be used for modeling in 3D or 2D mode depending on how you define the drawing mode. For more information, see 3D Modeling versus 2D Modeling (on page 329). Command Name Pipe - Places a butt-welded pipe component. For more information, see Pipe (on page 333). Plan 90 LR Ell - Places a 90 degree long radius elbow in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Plan 90 LR Ell (on page 333). Plan 90 SR Ell - Places a 90 degree short radius elbow in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Plan 90 SR Ell (on page 334). Plan 45 Ell - Places a 45 degree elbow in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Plan 45 Ell (on page 335). Command Line PIPW 90LR
90SR
45LR
Plan 90 Reducing Ell - Places a 90 degree reducing elbow in 90RD the X-Y plane. For more information, see Plan 90 Reducing Ell (on page 335). Plan Tee - Places a straight tee in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Plan Tee (on page 336). TESW
Plan Reducing Tee - Places a straight reducing tee in the X-Y TERW plane. For more information, see Plan Reducing Tee (on page 337). Plan 180 LR Return - Places a 180 degree long radius return in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Plan 180 LR Return (on page 337). 18LR
Plan 180 SR Return - Places a 180 degree short radius return 18SR in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Plan 180 SR Return (on page 338).
329
Toolbars
Command Name Conc Reducer - Places a concentric reducer component in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Conc Reducer (on page 339). Ecc Reducer - Places an eccentric reducer component in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Ecc Reducer (on page 339). Cap - Places a pipe cap in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Cap (on page 340). Plan Cross - Places a four-way straight cross in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Plan Cross (on page 340). Plan Reducing Cross - Places a four-way reducing cross in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Plan Reducing Cross (on page 341). Command Line CONC
ECC
Plan Lateral - Places a 45 degree lateral tee in the X-Y plane. LATW For more information, see Plan Lateral (on page 341). Miters - Places a mitered pipe component in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Miters (on page 342). Rolled Pipe - Places a free-form pipe component, such as a hose or flexible connection. For more information, see Rolled Pipe (on page 343). Adjustable Bend - Places an adjustable pipe bend. For more information, see Adjustable Bend (on page 344). MPIP SPIP
BENT
90 LR Ell - Places a 90 degree long radius elbow with the end R90LR rolled at a 45 degree angle from the X-Y plane. For more information, see 90 LR Ell (on page 345). 90 SR Ell - Places a 90 degree short radius elbow with the end rolled at a 45 degree angle from the X-Y plane. For more information, see 90 SR Ell (on page 345). 45 LR Ell - Places a 45 degree elbow with the end rolled at a 45 degree angle from the X-Y plane. For more information, see 45 LR Ell (on page 346). Tee - Places a tee with the branch rolled at a 45 degree angle from the X-Y plane. For more information, see Tee (on page 346). R90SR
R45LR
RTESW
Plan 11.25 Ell - Places an 11.25 degree elbow in the X-Y 11LR plane. For more information, see Plan 11.25 Ell (on page 347). Plan 22.5 Ell - Places a 22.5 degree elbow in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Plan 22.5 Ell (on page 348). Plan Wye - Places a wye in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Plan Wye (on page 348). 22LR YB
330
Toolbars
The commands in the table below are designed for modeling in 2D. Command Name Command Line
Side 90 LR Ell - Places a 90 degree long radius elbow normal H90LR to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Side 90 LR Ell (on page 349). Side 90 SR Ell - Places a 90 degree short radius elbow normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Side 90 SR Ell (on page 350). Side 45 Ell - Places a 45 degree elbow normal to the X-Y plane when the previous or next run is horizontal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Side 45 Ell (on page 350). Vert 45 Ell - Places a 45 degree elbow normal to the X-Y plane when the previous or next run is vertical to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Vert 45 Ell (on page 351). Side 90 Reducing Ell - Places a 90 degree reducing elbow normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Side 90 Reducing Ell (on page 351). H90SR
H45LR
V45LR
H90RD
Side Tee - Places a straight tee with the branch normal to the HTESW X-Y plane. For more information, see Side Tee (on page 352). Vert Tee - Places a straight tee with the main normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Vert Tee (on page 353). Side Reducing Tee - Places a straight reducing tee with the branch normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Side Reducing Tee (on page 353). Vert Reducing Tee - Places a straight reducing tee with the main normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Vert Reducing Tee (on page 354). VTESW HTERW
VTERW
Side 180 LR Return - Places a 180 degree long radius return H18LR normal to the X-Y plane with the return ends on the X-Y plane. For more information, see Side 180 LR Return (on page 354). Vert 180 LR Return - Places a 180 degree long radius return normal to the X-Y plane with the return ends also normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Vert 180 LR Return (on page 355). V18LR
Side 180 SR Return - Places a 180 degree short radius return H18SR normal to the X-Y plane with the return ends on the X-Y plane. For more information, see Side 180 SR Return (on page 355). Vert 180 SR Return - Places a 180 degree short radius return V18SR normal to the X-Y plane with the return ends also normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Vert 180 SR Return (on page 356).
331
Toolbars
Command Name Command Line
Side Cross - Places a four-way straight cross with the branch HCRSW normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Side Cross (on page 356). Side Reducing Cross - Places a four-way reducing cross with the reducing branch normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Side Reducing Cross (on page 357). HCRRW
Vert Reducing Cross - Places a four-way reducing cross with VCRRW the main branch normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Vert Reducing Cross (on page 357). Side Lateral - Places a 45 degree lateral tee in the X-Y plane with the branch in the X-Z or Y-Z plane. For more information, see Side Lateral (on page 357). Vert Lateral - Places a 45 degree lateral tee with the main normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Vert Lateral (on page 358). Side 11.25 Ell - Places an 11.25 degree elbow normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Side 11.25 Ell (on page 358). Vert 11.25 Ell - Places an 11.25 degree elbow normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Vert 11.25 Ell (on page 359). Side 22.5 Ell - Places a 22.5 degree elbow normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Side 22.5 Ell (on page 359). Vert 22.5 Ell - Places a 22.5 degree elbow normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Vert 22.5 Ell (on page 360). Side Wye - Places a wye on the X-Y plane with the branches normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Side Wye (on page 360). Vert Wye - Places a wye normal to the X-Y plane with the branches also normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Vert Wye (on page 361). HLATW
VLATW
H11LR
V11LR
VYB
332
Toolbars
Modeling in 3D
These commands are useful for 3D modeling. All of the following commands are available in 3D and 2D modeling.
Pipe
Buttweld toolbar: Pipe Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Tubing Victaulic toolbar: Victaulic Pipe Command line: PIPW You can also now use PIPW1 for buttweld piping, PIPF1 for socket weld or threaded piping, and PIPFL1 for flanged piping, to draw singular pipe. PIPW starts the pipe router. Places a pipe component in the X-Y plane. last point - Starts the pipe at the last point of the previously-created component. Center - Places the pipe along the center of the pipe, as defined along the Z-axis. TOP - Places the pipe along the top of the pipe, as defined along the Z-axis. BOP - Places the pipe along the bottom of the pipe, as defined along the Z-axis. Right - Places the pipe along the right side of the pipe, as defined along the Z-axis Left - Places the pipe along the left side of the pipe, as defined along the Z-axis
Place a pipe
1. Click a pipe component command. 2. Click to select a starting point, or type coordinates in the command line and press ENTER. 3. Click to select an ending point, or type coordinates in the command line and press ENTER. The pipe component is drawn.
Plan 90 LR Ell
Buttweld toolbar: Plan 90 LR Ell Victaulic toolbar: Plan 90 LR Ell Command line: 90LR Places a 90 degree long radius elbow in the X-Y plane. last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component. Start - Places the component anywhere in the drawing at any chosen start point. Corner - Places the component at the corner of two pipes. otherEnd - Places the start point of the component on the other end.
333
Plan 90 SR Ell
Buttweld toolbar: Plan 90 SR Ell Victaulic toolbar: Plan 90 SR Ell Command line: 90SR Places a 90 degree short radius elbow in the X-Y plane. last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component. Start - Places the component anywhere in the drawing at any chosen start point. Corner - Places the component at the corner of two pipes. otherEnd - Places the start point of the component on the other end.
334
Toolbars
Plan 45 Ell
Buttweld toolbar: Plan 45 Ell Victaulic toolbar: Plan 45 Ell Command line: 45LR Places a 45 degree elbow in the X-Y plane. last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component. Start - Places the component anywhere in the drawing at any chosen start point. Corner - Places the component at the corner of two pipes. otherEnd - Places the start point of the component on the other end.
335
Plan Tee
Buttweld toolbar: Plan Tee Victaulic toolbar: Plan Tee Command line: TESW Places a straight tee in the X-Y plane. last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component. Branch - Places the branch of the tee at the start point. Middle - Places the tee at the centerline intersection of the branch and main of the tee.
336
Toolbars
337
338
Toolbars
Conc Reducer
Buttweld toolbar: Conc Reducer Victaulic toolbar: Conc Reducer Command line: CONC Places a concentric reducer component in the X-Y plane. last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component. Large end - Places the non-reducing end at the start point. Small end - Places the reducing end at the start point. If you are connecting to another component where the large end is the same size as the last component, press ENTER to attach to the last component drawn.
Ecc Reducer
Buttweld toolbar: Ecc Reducer Victaulic toolbar: Ecc Reducer Command line: ECC Places an eccentric reducer component in the X-Y plane. last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component. Large end - Places the non-reducing end at the start point. Small end - Places the reducing end at the start point. Up - Places the flat side of the reducer in the positive Z direction. Down - Places the flat side of the reducer in the negative Z direction.
339
Toolbars
Cap
Buttweld toolbar: Cap Victaulic toolbar: Cap Command line: CAPW Places a pipe cap in the X-Y plane. last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component. Cap end - Places the top of the cap at the start point.
Place a cap
1. Click a cap component command. 2. Click to select a starting point, such as the end of a pipe. 3. Click to select the direction of the top of the cap. The cap component is drawn.
Plan Cross
Buttweld toolbar: Plan Cross Victaulic toolbar: Plan Cross Command line: CRSW Places a four-way straight cross in the X-Y plane. last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component. Middle - Places the cross at the centerline intersection of the cross. Branch - Places the branch of the cross at the start point.
340
Toolbars
Plan Lateral
Buttweld toolbar: Plan Lateral Victaulic toolbar: Plan Lateral Command line: LATW Places a 45 degree lateral in the X-Y plane. last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component. Middle - Places the lateral at the centerline intersection of the branch and main. Branch - Places the branch of the lateral at the start point. otherEnd - Places the start point of the component on the other end.
341
Miters
Buttweld toolbar: Miters Command line: MPIP Places a mitered pipe component in the X-Y plane. The pipe is placed on a 2D polyline created with Polyline . A miter is placed on the pipe at each vertex of the polyline. For more information, see PLINE in AutoCAD Help.
This command can also be used to create pipe with bends. For more information, see CHAMFER in AutoCAD Help.
Mitered pipe cannot be placed on a 3D polyline created with 3D Polyline information, see 3DPOLY in AutoCAD Help.
. For more
342
Rolled Pipe
Buttweld toolbar: Rolled Pipe Command line: SPIP Places a free-form pipe component, such as a hose or flexible connection. The pipe is placed on a 2D polyline created with Polyline and edited with the Fit or Spline options of Edit Polyline . For more information, see PLINE and PEDIT in AutoCAD Help.
Fit Example
Spline Example
Rolled pipe cannot be placed on a 3D polyline created with 3D Polyline information, see 3DPOLY in AutoCAD Help.
. For more
343
6. Click Rolled Pipe . 7. Select the polyline. The pipe component is drawn.
Adjustable Bend
Buttweld toolbar: Adjustable Bend Command line: BENT Places a pipe bend based on the selected method: Enter radius, Trimmed elbow, or Select arc. Enter radius - Places a pipe bend by typing a radius, and then selecting the bend center, start, and end points in a counterclockwise direction. This is the most common type of adjustable bend. Degree - Defines the total angle of the bend from the start point. For example, if the start point is at 91, and the value for Degree is 180, the end point is at 271 and the total angle of the bend is 180. Angle - Defines the angle of the bend as the value minus the angle defined by the start point from the positive X-axis. For example, if the start point is at 91, and the value for Angle is 180, the end point is at 180 and the angle of the bend is 79. Tangent length - Defines straight lengths of pipe at each end of the bend. This is frequently required for machine bending. You can type a value of 0. Trimmed elbow - Places an elbow by selecting the center of the bend arc, the start point, and the end point. Short radius - Defines a short radius elbow according to the current specification. Long radius - Defines a long radius elbow according to the current specification. Select arc - Places a pipe bend on an arc created with an arc command. For more information, see Draw Arcs in AutoCAD Help. Tangent length - Defines straight lengths of pipe at each end of the bend. This is frequently required for machine bending. You can type a value of 0.
344
Toolbars
90 LR Ell
Buttweld toolbar: 90 LR Ell Command line: R90LR Places a 90 degree long radius elbow with the end rolled at a 45 degree angle from the X-Y plane. last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component. Start - Places the component anywhere in the drawing at any chosen start point. Corner - Places the component at the corner of two pipes. otherEnd - Places the start point of the component on the other end. Up - Rotates the end of the elbow 45 degrees in the positive Z direction. Down - Rotates the end of the elbow 45 degrees in the negative Z direction. This command is only available for welded fittings. The elbow centerline is out-of-plane. You must use an AutoCAD UCS command to obtain the proper plane before modifying the elbow. For more information, see UCS in AutoCAD Help.
90 SR Ell
Buttweld toolbar: 90 SR Ell Command line: R90SR Places a 90 degree short radius elbow with the end rolled at a 45 degree angle from the X-Y plane. last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component. Start - Places the component anywhere in the drawing at any chosen start point. Corner - Places the component at the corner of two pipes. otherEnd - Places the start point of the component on the other end. Up - Rotates the end of the elbow 45 degrees in the positive Z direction. Down - Rotates the end of the elbow 45 degrees in the negative Z direction. This command is only available for welded fittings. The elbow centerline is out-of-plane. You must use an AutoCAD UCS command to obtain the proper plane before modifying the elbow. For more information, see UCS in AutoCAD Help.
345
45 LR Ell
Buttweld toolbar: 45 LR Ell Command line: R45LR Places a 45 degree elbow with the end rolled at a 45 degree angle from the X-Y plane. This command is only available for welded fittings. last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component. Start - Places the component anywhere in the drawing at any chosen start point. Corner - Places the component at the corner of two pipes. otherEnd - Places the start point of the component on the other end. Up - Rotates the end of the elbow 45 degrees in the positive Z direction. Down - Rotates the end of the elbow 45 degrees in the negative Z direction. This command is only available for welded fittings. The elbow centerline is out-of-plane. You must use an AutoCAD UCS command to obtain the proper plane before modifying the elbow. For more information, see UCS in AutoCAD Help.
Tee
Buttweld toolbar: Tee Command line: RTESW Places a tee with the branch rolled at a 45 degree angle from the X-Y plane. Middle - Places the tee at the centerline intersection of the branch and main of the tee. Up - Rotates the branch of the tee 45 degrees in the positive Z direction. Down - Rotates the branch of the tee 45 degrees in the negative Z direction. This command is only available for welded fittings.
346
347
Toolbars
Plan Wye
Buttweld toolbar: Plan Wye Victaulic toolbar: Plan Wye Command line: YB Places a wye in the X-Y plane. last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component. Middle - Places the wye at the centerline intersection of the main and the branches of the wye. Branch - Places the branch of the component at the start point. otherEnd - Places the start point of the component on the other end.
348
Modeling in 2D
Commands are designed for plotting in 2D. The views in these commands appear this way only in a 2D drawing.
Side 90 LR Ell
Buttweld toolbar: Side 90 LR Ell Victaulic toolbar: Side 90 LR Ell Command line: H90LR Places a 90 degree long radius elbow normal to the X-Y plane. last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component. Up - Places the elbow bend in the positive Z direction. Down - Places the elbow bend in the negative Z direction.
349
Toolbars
Side 90 SR Ell
Buttweld toolbar: Side 90 SR Ell Victaulic toolbar: Side 90 SR Ell Command line: H90SR Places a 90 degree short radius elbow normal to the X-Y plane. last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component. Up - Places the elbow bend in the positive Z direction. Down - Places the elbow bend in the negative Z direction.
Side 45 Ell
Buttweld toolbar: Side 45 Ell Victaulic toolbar: Side 45 Ell Command line: H45LR Places a 45 degree elbow normal to the X-Y plane. Use this command when the previous or next run is horizontal to the X-Y plane. last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component. Up - Places the elbow bend in the positive Z direction. Down - Places the elbow bend in the negative Z direction.
350
Toolbars
Vert 45 Ell
Buttweld toolbar: Vert 45 Ell Victaulic toolbar: Vert 45 Ell Command line: V45LR Places a 45 degree elbow normal to the X-Y plane. Use this command when the previous or next run is vertical to the X-Y plane. last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component. Up - Places the elbow bend in the positive Z direction. Down - Places the elbow bend in the negative Z direction.
351
Side Tee
Buttweld toolbar: Side Tee Victaulic toolbar: Side Tee Command line: HTESW Places a straight tee with the branch normal to the X-Y plane. last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component. Middle - Places the tee at the centerline intersection of the branch and main of the tee. Up - Places the branch of the tee in the positive Z direction. Down - Places the branch of the tee in the negative Z direction.
352
Toolbars
Vert Tee
Buttweld toolbar: Vert Tee Victaulic toolbar: Vert Tee Command line: VTESW Places a straight tee with the main normal to the X-Y plane. The center of the tee is placed at the start point by default. last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component. Branch - Places the branch of the tee at the start point.
353
Toolbars
354
Toolbars
355
Toolbars
Side Cross
Buttweld toolbar: Side Cross Victaulic toolbar: Side Cross Command line: HCRSW Places a four-way straight cross with the branch normal to the X-Y plane. last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component. Middle - Places the cross at the centerline intersection of the cross.
356
Toolbars
Side Lateral
Buttweld toolbar: Side Lateral Victaulic toolbar: Side Lateral Command line: HLATW Places a 45 degree lateral in the X-Y plane with the branch in the X-Z or Y-Z plane. last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component. Middle - Places the lateral at the centerline intersection of the branch and main. Up - Places the branch of the lateral in the positive Z direction. Down - Places the branch of the lateral in the negative Z direction.
357
Vert Lateral
Buttweld toolbar: Vert Lateral Victaulic toolbar: Vert Lateral Command line: VLATW Places a 45 degree lateral with the main normal to the X-Y plane. The center of the lateral is placed at the start point by default. last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component. Up - Places the branch of the lateral in the positive Z direction. Down - Places the branch of the lateral in the negative Z direction.
358
359
Side Wye
Buttweld toolbar: Side Wye Victaulic toolbar: Side Wye Command line: HYB Places a wye on the X-Y plane with the branches normal to the X-Y plane. This command is typically used with pipe that is on the X-Y plane. last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component. Middle - Places the wye at the centerline intersection of the main and branches of the wye.
360
Vert Wye
Buttweld toolbar: Vert Wye Victaulic toolbar: Vert Wye Command line: VYB Places a wye normal to the X-Y plane with the branches also normal to the X-Y plane. This command is typically used with pipe that is normal to the X-Y plane. last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component. Middle - Places the wye at the centerline intersection of the main and branches of the wye.
Flanges
Plant menu: Toolbars > Flanges Command Name Weld Neck - Places a weld neck flange in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Weld Neck Flange (on page 362). Slip On - Places a slip-on flange in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Slip-On Flange (on page 364). Blind - Places a blind flange in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Blind Flange (on page 365). Command Line FLGW FLGO FLGB
Socket Weld - Places a socket type flange in the X-Y plane. FLGS For more information, see Socket Type Flange (on page 366). Threaded - Places a threaded flange in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Threaded Flange (on page 367). Lap Joint - Places a lapped-joint flange in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Lap Joint Flange (on page 369). FLGT FLGL
Stub End - Places a stub-end coupling component in the X-Y STB plane. For more information, see Stub End (on page 369).
361
Toolbars
Command Name Long Weld Neck - Places a long weld neck component in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Long Weld Neck (on page 370). Command Line LWN
Reducing Slip On - Places a reducing slip on flange in the FLRO X-Y plane. For more information, see Reducing Slip-on Flange (on page 370). Reducing Threaded - Places a reducing threaded flange in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Reducing Threaded Flange (on page 372). FLRT
Reducing Weld Neck - Places a reducing weld neck flange in FLRW the X-Y plane. For more information, see Reducing Weld Neck Flange (on page 373).
362
Toolbars
363
Toolbars
Slip-on Flange
Flanges toolbar: Slip On Victaulic toolbar: Victaulic Flange Command line: FLGO Places a slip-on flange in the X-Y plane. If Auto Gasket is turned on, then a gasket is also placed on the flange. For more information, see Auto Gasket (on page 183). last point - Starts the plain end of the flange at the last point of the previously-created component. Slip on end - Starts the flange at the slip-on end. This option appears when the previously placed component (such as another flange) would logically take the face end as the start point for the flange. Use this option to place the flange in a different location or in the opposite direction. Face end - Starts the flange at the face end. This option appears when the previously placed component (such as a pipe) would logically take the slip-on end as the start point for the flange. Use this option to place the flange in a different location or in the opposite direction.
364
Toolbars
Blind Flange
Flanges toolbar: Blind Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Blind Flange Lined toolbar: Lined Blind Flange Command line: FLGB Places a blind flange in the X-Y plane. last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Place a flange
1. Click a flange component command. 2. Click to select a starting point. This must be another flange component; otherwise, the system prompts you to add another flange. If prompted, select a flange from the list, and skip step 3. If you selected a Stub End or a Long Weld Neck the system prompts you to define the length. Type the length as needed, and skip step 3. 3. Click to select the direction of the flange. The flange component is drawn. Some of the system prompts you may receive are based on the settings you have defined in the piping rules for Apply Flange Insertion Rule (on page 48) and Default Flange Insertion Type.
365
Toolbars
366
Toolbars
Threaded Flange
Flanges toolbar: Threaded Command line: FLGT Places a threaded flange in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets using Auto Gasket . For more information, see Auto Gasket (on page 183). Gaskets can also be added to flange sets or flanges connecting to other components by setting the Apply Gasket Insertion Rule (on page 47). last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component. Thread end - Starts the flange at the threaded end. Face end - Starts the flange at the face end.
367
Toolbars
368
Toolbars
Place a flange
1. Click a flange component command. 2. Click to select a starting point. This must be another flange component; otherwise, the system prompts you to add another flange. If prompted, select a flange from the list, and skip step 3. If you selected a Stub End or a Long Weld Neck the system prompts you to define the length. Type the length as needed, and skip step 3. 3. Click to select the direction of the flange. The flange component is drawn. Some of the system prompts you may receive are based on the settings you have defined in the piping rules for Apply Flange Insertion Rule (on page 48) and Default Flange Insertion Type.
Stub End
Flanges toolbar: Stub End Command line: STB Places a stub-end coupling component in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets using Auto Gasket . For more information, see Auto Gasket (on page 183). Gaskets can also be added to flange sets or flanges connecting to other components by setting the Apply Gasket Insertion Rule (on page 47). Length - Defines the length of the stub-end. If no length is defined, the default value from the current specification is used. Plan end - Starts the stub at the plain end. Face end - Starts the stub at the face end.
369
Toolbars
370
Toolbars
371
Toolbars
372
Toolbars
373
Toolbars
374
Toolbars
Flgd/BW Valves
Plant menu: Toolbars > Flgd/BW Valves The commands on the Flgd/BW Valves toolbar can be used for modeling in 3D or 2D mode depending on how you define the drawing mode. For more information, see 3D Modeling versus 2D Modeling (on page 329). Command Name Gate - Places a gate valve component in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Gate Valve (on page 376). Ball - Places a ball valve component in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Ball Valve (on page 377) Command Line GATF BALF
Globe - Places a globe valve component in the X-Y plane. For GLBF more information, see Globe Valve (on page 378). Plug - Places a plug valve component in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Plug Valve (on page 378). Check - Places a check valve component in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Check Valve (on page 379). Butterfly - Places a butterfly valve component in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Butterfly Valve (on page 380). Diaphragm - Places a diaphragm valve and flange gasket component in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Diaphragm Valve (on page 380). Rotary - Places a rotary valve component in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Rotary Valve (on page 381). Dual Check - Places a dual check valve and flange gasket components in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Dual Check Valve (on page 382). Control - Places a control valve component in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Control Valve (on page 382). 3 Way Plan - Places a three-way valve component in the X-Y plane. For more information, see 3-Way Plan Valve (on page 383). 4 Way Plan - Places a four-way valve component in the X-Y plane. For more information, see 4-Way Plan Valve (on page 384). Relief Side - Places a 90 degree pressure relief valve in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Relief Side Valve (on page 384). PLUF CHKF BFYF
DIAF
ROTF DCHF
CNTF 3VF
4VF
RELF
Angle Top - Places a 90 degree angle valve in the X-Y plane. ANGF For more information, see Angle Top Valve (on page 385).
375
Toolbars
The commands in the table below are designed for modeling in 2D. Command Name 3 Way Side - Places a three-way valve component with the valve branch normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see 3-Way Side Valve (on page 386) 3 Way Vertical - Places a three-way valve component with the main normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see 3-Way Vertical Valve (on page 386). 4 Way Side - Places a four-way valve component with the valve branches normal to the X-Y plane. For. more information, see 4-Way Side Valve (on page 387) Relief Top - Places a 90 degree pressure relief valve with the relief end normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Relief Top Valve (on page 387) Pressure Top - Places a 90 degree pressure relief valve with the pressure end normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Pressure Top Valve (on page 388). Command Line H3VF
V3VF
H4VF
HRELF
VRELF
Angle Side - Places a 90 degree angle valve in the X-Y plane. HANGF For more information, see Angle Side Valve (on page 388).
Modeling in 3D
These commands are useful for 3D modeling. All of the following commands are available in 3D and 2D modeling.
Gate Valve
Flanged Valves toolbar: Gate Command line: GATF Places a gate valve component in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets using Auto Gasket . For more information, see Auto Gasket (on page 183). Gaskets can also be added to flange sets or flanges connecting to other components by setting the Apply Gasket Insertion Rule (on page 47). last point - Starts the plain end of the valve at the last point of the previously-created component. Middle - Places the valve at its center.
376
Ball Valve
Flanged Valves toolbar: Ball Victaulic toolbar: Victaulic Ball Valve Command line: BALF Places a ball valve component in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets using Auto Gasket . For more information, see Auto Gasket (on page 183). Gaskets can also be added to flange sets or flanges connecting to other components by setting the Apply Gasket Insertion Rule (on page 47). last point - Starts the plain end of the valve at the last point of the previously-created component. Middle - Places the valve at its center.
Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command. 2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange. Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software. The valve component is drawn.
377
Toolbars
Globe Valve
Flanged Valves toolbar: Globe Command line: GLBF Places a globe valve component in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets using Auto Gasket . For more information, see Auto Gasket (on page 183). Gaskets can also be added to flange sets or flanges connecting to other components by setting the Apply Gasket Insertion Rule (on page 47). last point - Starts the plain end of the valve at the last point of the previously-created component. Middle - Places the valve at its center.
Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command. 2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange. Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software. The valve component is drawn.
Plug Valve
Flanged Valves toolbar: Plug Victaulic toolbar: Sanitary Plug Valve Command line: PLUF Places a plug valve component in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets using Auto Gasket . For more information, see Auto Gasket (on page 183). Gaskets can also be added to flange sets or flanges connecting to other components by setting the Apply Gasket Insertion Rule (on page 47). last point - Starts the plain end of the valve at the last point of the previously-created component. Center - Places the valve at its center.
378
Check Valve
Flanged Valves toolbar: Check Sanitary toolbar: Victaulic Check Valve Command line: CHKF Places a check valve component in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets using Auto Gasket . For more information, see Auto Gasket (on page 183). Gaskets can also be added to flange sets or flanges connecting to other components by setting the Apply Gasket Insertion Rule (on page 47). last point - Starts the plain end of the valve at the last point of the previously-created component. Middle - Places the valve at its center. otherEnd - Places the start point of the component on the other end.
Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command. 2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange. Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software. The valve component is drawn.
379
Toolbars
Butterfly Valve
Flanged Valves toolbar: Butterfly Victaulic toolbar: Victaulic Butterfly Valve Command line: BFYF Places a butterfly valve component in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets using Auto Gasket . For more information, see Auto Gasket (on page 183). Gaskets can also be added to flange sets or flanges connecting to other components by setting the Apply Gasket Insertion Rule (on page 47). last point - Starts the plain end of the valve at the last point of the previously-created component. Middle - Places the valve at its center.
Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command. 2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange. Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software. The valve component is drawn.
Diaphragm Valve
Flanged Valves toolbar: Diaphragm Command line: DIAF Places a diaphragm valve component in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets using Auto Gasket . For more information, see Auto Gasket (on page 183). Gaskets can also be added to flange sets or flanges connecting to other components by setting the Apply Gasket Insertion Rule (on page 47). last point - Starts the plain end of the valve at the last point of the previously-created component. Middle - Places the valve at its center.
380
Rotary Valve
Flanged Valves toolbar: Rotary Command line: ROTF Places a rotary component in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets using Auto Gasket . For more information, see Auto Gasket (on page 183). Gaskets can also be added to flange sets or flanges connecting to other components by setting the Apply Gasket Insertion Rule (on page 47). last point - Starts the plain end of the valve at the last point of the previously-created component. Middle - Places the valve at its center.
Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command. 2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange. Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software. The valve component is drawn.
381
Toolbars
Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command. 2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange. Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software. The valve component is drawn.
Control Valve
Flanged Valves toolbar: Control Command line: CNTF Places a control valve component in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets using Auto Gasket . For more information, see Auto Gasket (on page 183). Gaskets can also be added to flange sets or flanges connecting to other components by setting the Apply Gasket Insertion Rule (on page 47). last point - Starts the plain end of the valve at the last point of the previously-created component. Length - Specifies the length of the valve. Center - Places the valve at its center.
382
383
Toolbars
384
385
Toolbars
Modeling in 2D
Commands are designed for plotting in 2D. The views in these commands appear this way only in a 2D drawing.
386
387
388
Lined
Plant menu: Toolbars > Lined The commands on the Lined toolbar can be used for modeling in 3D or 2D mode depending on how you define the drawing mode. For more information, see 3D Modeling versus 2D Modeling (on page 329). Command Name Lined Pipe - Places a flanged and lined pipe component in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Lined Pipe (on page 391). Lined 90 Ell Plan - Places a 90 degree flanged and lined elbow in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Flanged 90 Degree Elbow Plan (on page 403). Lined 45 Ell Plan - Places a 45 degree flanged and lined elbow in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Flanged 45 Degree Elbow Plan (on page 403). Lined Tee Plan - Places a flanged and lined tee in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Flanged Tee Plan (on page 404). Lined Reducing Tee Plan - Places a flanged and lined reducing tee in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Reducing Tee Plan (on page 421). Lined Concentric - Places a flanged and lined concentric reducer component in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Flanged Concentric Reducer (on page 405). Lined Eccentric - Places a flanged and lined eccentric reducer component in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Lined Eccentric Reducer (on page 392). Lined Wye Plan - Places a flanged and lined wye in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Lined Wye Plan (on page 392). Command Line PIPFL
90FL
45FL
TEFL
TERE
CNFL
ECFL
YFL
Lined Cross Plan - Places a four-way flanged and lined cross CRSE in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Cross Plan (on page 422).
389
Toolbars
Command Name Lined Reducing Cross Plan - Places a four-way flanged and lined reducing cross in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Cross Reducing Plan (on page 423). Lined Lateral Plan - Places a 45 degree flanged and lined lateral in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Lateral Plan (on page 423). Lined Spacer - Places a lined spacer in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Bleed Ring or Spacer (on page 501). Lined Reducing Flange - Places a lined reducing flange in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Reducing Slip-on Flange (on page 370). Lined Blind Flange - Places a lined blind flange in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Blind Flange (on page 365). The commands in the table below are designed for modeling in 2D. Command Name Lined 90 Ell Side - Places a 90 degree flanged and lined elbow normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Flanged 90 Degree Elbow Side (on page 410). Lined 45 Ell Side - Places a 45 degree flanged and lined elbow normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Flanged 45 Degree Elbow Side (on page 410). Lined 45 Ell Vert - Places a 45 degree flanged and lined elbow normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Flanged 45 Degree Elbow Vert (on page 411). Lined Tee Side - Places a flanged and lined tee with the branch normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Flanged Tee Side (on page 411). Lined Tee Vert - Places a flanged and lined tee with the main normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Flanged Tee Vertical (on page 412). Lined Reducing Tee Side - Places a flanged and lined reducing tee with the branch normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Reducing Tee Side (on page 438) Lined Reducing Tee Vert - Places a flanged and lined reducing tee with the main normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Reducing Tee Vertical (on page 438). Lined Wye Side - Places a flanged and lined wye on the X-Y plane with the branches normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Lined Wye Side (on page 393). Command Line H90FL Command Line CRRE
LATE
BLD FLRO
FLGB
H45FL
V45FL
HTEFL
VTEFL
HTERE
VTERE
HYFL
390
Toolbars
Command Name Lined Wye Vert - Places a flanged and lined wye normal to the X-Y plane with the branches also normal to the X-Y plane For more information, see Lined Wye Vert (on page 393). Command Line VYFL
Lined Cross Side - Places a four-way flanged and lined cross HCRSE with the branches normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Cross Side (on page 439). Lined Reducing Cross Side - Places a four-way flanged and lined reducing cross with the reducing branch normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Cross Reducing Side (on page 439). Lined Reducing Cross Vert - Places a four-way flanged and lined reducing cross with the main normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Cross Reducing Vertical (on page 440). Lined Lateral Side - Places a 45 degree flanged and lined lateral in the X-Y plane with the branch in the X-Z or Y-Z plane. For more information, see Lateral Side (on page 440). Lined Lateral Vert - Places a 45 degree flanged and lined lateral with the main normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Lateral Vertical (on page 440). HCRRE
VCRRE
HLATE
VLATE
The specification for lined pipe components is delivered in the Lined.spc file in the [Product Folder]\Plant\Spec folder. The FLGS column in the flanged component data files controls placement of flanges. A value of 1 places a flange on the first end of the component. 2 places a flange on the second end. 3 places flanges on both ends. 4 places a flange on the branch end of a tee or wye. Other combinations of flanges are based on adding these values. For example, if the flanges are needed on all ends of a tee, use 1 + 2 + 4 = 7.
Modeling in 3D
These commands are useful for 3D modeling. All of the following commands are available in 3D and 2D modeling.
Lined Pipe
Lined toolbar: Lined Pipe Command line: PIPFL Places a flanged and lined pipe component in the X-Y plane. last point - Starts the pipe at the last point of the previously-created component. Flanged end - Places the flanged end of the pipe at the start point. This option is used when the pipe has a flange on one end. Plain end - Places the plain end of the pipe at the start point. This option is used when the pipe has a flange on one end.
391
Toolbars
Length - Defines the length of the pipe. If no length is defined, the length is based on the start and end points.
Place a pipe
1. Click a pipe component command. 2. Click to select a starting point, or type coordinates in the command line and press ENTER. 3. Click to select an ending point, or type coordinates in the command line and press ENTER. The pipe component is drawn.
392
Modeling in 2D
Commands are designed for plotting in 2D. The views in these commands appear this way only in a 2D drawing.
393
Fiberglass
Plant menu: Toolbars > Fiberglass The commands on the Fiberglass toolbar can be used for modeling in 3D or 2D mode depending on how you define the drawing mode. For more information, see 3D Modeling versus 2D Modeling (on page 329). Command Name Pipe - Places a fiberglass pipe component. For more information, see Fiberglass Pipe (on page 397). Command Line PIPF
FRP Bell 90 Ell Plan - Places a 90 degree threaded/socket 90S elbow in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Plan Threaded/Socket 90 Degree Elbow (on page 397). FRP Bell 45 Ell Plan - Places a 45 degree threaded/socket 45S elbow in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Threaded/Socket 45 Degree Elbow Plan (on page 398). FRP Bell Tee Plan - Places a straight threaded/socket tee in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Threaded/Socket Straight Tee Plan (on page 399). FRP Bell Conc w/Hub - Places a threaded/socket concentric reducer component in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Threaded/Socket Concentric Reducer (on page 399). FRP Bell Ecc w/Hub - Places an eccentric threaded/socket reducer component in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Threaded/Socket Eccentric Reducer (on page 400). FRP Bell Cross Plan - Places a four-way threaded/socket straight cross in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Threaded/Socket Straight Cross Plan (on page 400). FRP Bell Lateral Plan - Places a 45 degree threaded/socket lateral in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Threaded/Socket Lateral Plan (on page 401). FRP Bell Full Clpg Plan - Places a coupling in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Coupling (on page 401). TESS
SWGCS
SWGES
CRSS
LATS
CPS
394
Toolbars
Command Name Command Line
FRP Cap - Places a threaded/socket pipe cap in the X-Y CAPS plane. For more information, see Threaded/Socket Cap (on page 402). FRP Bush/Insert - Places a bushing in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Threaded/Socket Insert/Bushing (on page 402). Saddle in Plan - Places a soc-o-let in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Saddle in Plan (on page 402). BUSS
SOL
FRP Blind Flange - Places a blind flange in the X-Y plane. FLGB For more information, see Blind Flange (on page 365). FRP Flange - Places a socket type flange in the X-Y plane. FLGS For more information, see Socket Type Flange (on page 366). FRP Flanged 90 Ell Plan - Places a 90 degree flanged elbow in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Flanged 90 Degree Elbow Plan (on page 403). FRP Flanged 45 Ell Plan - Places a 45 degree flanged elbow in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Flanged 45 Degree Elbow Plan (on page 403). FRP Flanged Tee Plan - Places a flanged tee in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Flanged Tee Plan (on page 404). 90FL
45FL
TEFL
FRP Flanged Concentric - Places a flanged concentric CNFL reducer component in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Flanged Concentric Reducer (on page 405). The commands in the table below are designed for modeling in 2D. Command Name Command Line
FRP Bell 90 Ell Side - Places a 90 degree threaded/socket H90S elbow normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Side Threaded/Socket 90 Degree Elbow (on page 405). FRP Bell 45 Ell Side - Places a 45 degree threaded/socket H45S elbow normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Threaded/Socket 45 Degree Elbow Side (on page 406). FRP Bell 45 Ell Vert - Places a 45 degree elbow normal to V45S the X-Y plane. For more information, see Threaded/Socket 45 Degree Elbow Vert (on page 406). FRP Bell Tee Side - Places a straight threaded/socket tee with the branch normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Threaded/Socket Straight Tee Side (on page 407). HTESS
395
Toolbars
Command Name FRP Bell Tee Vert - Places a straight threaded/socket tee with the main normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Threaded/Socket Straight Tee Vert (on page 407). Command Line VTESS
FRP Bell Cross Side - Places a four-way straight HCRSS threaded/socket cross with the branch normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Threaded/Socket Straight Cross Side (on page 408) FRP Bell Lateral Side - Places a 45 degree threaded/socket lateral in the X-Y plane with the branch in the X-Z or Y-Z plane. For more information, see Threaded/Socket Lateral Side (on page 408). FRP Bell Lateral Vert - Places a 45 degree threaded/socket lateral with the main normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Threaded/Socket Lateral Vert (on page 408). FRP Bell Full Clpg End - Places a full coupling end normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Full Coupling End (on page 409). Saddle in Vertical - Places a soc-o-let with the main normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Saddle in Vertical (on page 409). FRP Flanged 90 Ell Side - Places a 90 degree flanged elbow normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Flanged 90 Degree Elbow Side (on page 410). FRP Flanged 45 Ell Side - Places a 45 degree flanged elbow normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Flanged 45 Degree Elbow Side (on page 410). FRP Flanged 45 Ell Vert - Places a 45 degree elbow normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Flanged 45 Degree Elbow Vert (on page 411). FRP Flanged Tee Side - Places a flanged tee with the branch normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Flanged Tee Side (on page 411). FRP Flanged Tee Vert - Places a flanged tee with the main normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Flanged Tee Vertical (on page 412). HLATS
VLATS
VCPS
VSOL
H90FL
H45FL
V45FL
HTEFL
VTEFL
You must set the FRP.SPC default specification that is supplied with CADWorx for the icons to work on the toolbar.
396
Toolbars
Modeling in 3D
These commands are useful for 3D modeling. All of the following commands are available in 3D and 2D modeling.
Fiberglass Pipe
Fiberglass toolbar: Pipe Command line: PIPF Places a pipe component in the X-Y plane. Ends - Specifies the end options for the starting and ending of the pipe. Threaded Bevel Plain last point - Starts the pipe at the last point of the previously-created component. Center - Places the pipe along the center of the pipe, as defined along the Z-axis. TOP - Places the pipe along the top of the pipe, as defined along the Z-axis. BOP - Places the pipe along the bottom of the pipe, as defined along the Z-axis. Right - Places the pipe along the right side of the pipe, as defined along the Z-axis. Left - Places the pipe along the left side of the pipe, as defined along the Z-axis.
397
398
Toolbars
399
Toolbars
400
Toolbars
Coupling
Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Bell Full Clpg Plan Victaulic toolbar: Victaulic Coupling Command line: CPS Places a coupling in the X-Y plane.
Place a coupling
1. Click a coupling command. 2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe. 3. Click in the direction of the coupling. The coupling component is drawn.
401
Toolbars
Threaded/Socket Cap
Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Cap Command line: CAPS Places a threaded/socket pipe cap in the X-Y plane. last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component. Cap end - Places the top of the cap at the start point.
Place a cap
1. Click a cap component command. 2. Click to select a starting point, such as the end of a pipe. 3. Click to select the direction of the top of the cap. The cap component is drawn.
Threaded/Socket Insert/Bushing
Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Bush/Insert Command line: BUSS Places a bushing in the X-Y plane. last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component. Large end - Places the large end at the start point of the component. Small end - Places the small end at the start point of the component.
Place a bushing
1. Click a bushing component command. 2. Click to select a starting point, such as the end of a pipe. 3. Click to select the direction of the top of the bushing. The bushing component is drawn.
Saddle in Plan
Fiberglass toolbar: Saddle in Plan Command line: SOL Places a sock-o-let in the X-Y plane. last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
402
403
404
Toolbars
Modeling in 2D
Commands are designed for plotting in 2D. The views in these commands appear this way only in a 2D drawing.
405
Toolbars
406
Toolbars
407
Toolbars
408
Saddle in Vertical
Fiberglass toolbar: Saddle in Vertical Command line: VSOL Places a soc-o-let with the main normal to the X-Y plane. The center of the lateral is placed at the start point by default. last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component. Up - Places the top of the soc-o-let in the positive Z direction. Down - Places the top of the soc-o-let in the negative Z direction.
409
Toolbars
410
Toolbars
411
Sanitary
Plant menu: Toolbars > Sanitary The commands on the Sanitary toolbar can be used for modeling in 3D or 2D mode depending on how you define the drawing mode. For more information, see 3D Modeling versus 2D Modeling (on page 329). Command Name Sanitary Tubing - Places a butt-welded sanitary tubing component. For more information, see Pipe (on page 333). Command Line PIPW
Sanitary 90 Ell Plan - Places a 90 degree elbow in the X-Y 90EN plane. For more information, see Sanitary 90 Ell Plan (on page 419).
412
Toolbars
Command Name Command Line
Sanitary 90 Reducing Ell Plan - Places a 90 degree reducing 90RE elbow in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary 90 Reducing Ell Plan (on page 420). Sanitary 45 Ell Plan - Places a 45 degree sanitary elbow in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary 45 Ell Plan (on page 420). Sanitary Tee Plan - Places a straight sanitary tee in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary Tee Plan (on page 421). 45EN
TESE
Sanitary Reducing Tee Plan - Places a sanitary reducing tee TERE in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Reducing Tee Plan (on page 421). Sanitary Cross Plan - Places a four-way sanitary cross in the CRSE X-Y plane. For more information, see Cross Plan (on page 422). Sanitary Cross Reducing Plan - Places a four-way sanitary reducing cross in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Cross Reducing Plan (on page 423). Sanitary Lateral Plan - Places a 45 degree sanitary lateral in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Lateral Plan (on page 423). Sanitary Lateral Reducing Plan - Places a 45 degree sanitary reducing lateral in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary Lateral Reducing Plan (on page 424). Sanitary 22.5 Ell Plan - Places a 22.5 degree sanitary elbow in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary 22.5 Ell Plan (on page 424). Sanitary 11.25 Ell Plan - Places an 11.25 degree sanitary elbow in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary 11.25 Ell Plan (on page 425). Sanitary U-Bend Plan - Places a 180 degree u-bend in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary U-Bend Plan (on page 426). Sanitary Concentric - Places a sanitary concentric reducer component in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary Concentric (on page 426). Sanitary Eccentric - Places a sanitary eccentric reducer component in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary Eccentric (on page 427). CRRE
LATE
LARE
22EN
11EN
UBEN
CONCE
ECCE
Sanitary Stub - Places a sanitary stub coupling component in STUE the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary Stub (on page 427).
413
Toolbars
Command Name Sanitary Wye Plan - Places a sanitary wye in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary Wye Plan (on page 428). Sanitary Cap - Places a sanitary pipe cap in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary Cap (on page 428). YE CAPE Command Line
Sanitary Nut/Coupling - Places a sanitary nut/coupling in the NUTE X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary Nut/Coupling (on page 429). Sanitary Gate Valve - Places a sanitary ball valve component GATE in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary Gate Valve (on page 429). Sanitary Ball Valve - Places a sanitary ball valve component in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary Ball Valve (on page 430). Sanitary Globe Valve - Places a sanitary globe valve component in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary Globe Valve (on page 430). Sanitary Plug Valve - Places a sanitary plug valve component in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary Plug Valve (on page 431). Sanitary Check Valve - Places a sanitary check valve component in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary Check Valve (on page 431). Sanitary Butterfly Valve - Places a sanitary butterfly valve component in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary Butterfly Valve (on page 432). Sanitary 3-Way Valve Plan - Places a sanitary 3-way valve component in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary 3-Way Valve Plan (on page 432). Sanitary Angle Valve Plan - Places a 90 degree sanitary angle valve in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary Angle Valve Plan (on page 433). Sanitary Multi 1 Port Valve - Places a one-port pneumatic actuator air valve. For more information, see Sanitary Multi 1 Port Valve (on page 433). Sanitary Multi 2 Port Valve - Places a two-port pneumatic actuator air valve. For more information, see Sanitary Multi 2 Port Valve (on page 434). Sanitary Multi 3 Port Valve - Places a three-port pneumatic actuator air valve. For more information, see Sanitary Multi 3 Port Valve (on page 434). The commands in the table below are designed for modeling in 2D. BALE
GLBE
PLUE
CHKE
BFYE
3VE
ANGE
AIR1
AIR2
AIR3
414
Toolbars
Command Name Command Line
Sanitary 90 Reducing Ell Side - Places a 90 degree reducing H90RE elbow normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary 90 Reducing Ell Side (on page 435). Sanitary 45 Ell Side - Places a 45 degree sanitary elbow normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary 45 Ell Side (on page 436). Sanitary 45 Ell Vertical - Places a 45 degree sanitary elbow normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary 45 Ell Vertical (on page 436). Sanitary Tee Side - Places a straight sanitary tee with the branch normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary Tee Side (on page 437). Sanitary Tee Vertical - Places a straight sanitary tee with the main normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary Tee Vertical (on page 437). H45EN
V45EN
HTESE
VTESE
Sanitary Reducing Tee Side - Places a sanitary reducing tee HTERE with the branch normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Reducing Tee Side (on page 438) Sanitary Reducing Tee Vertical - Places a sanitary reducing tee with the main normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Reducing Tee Vertical (on page 438). Sanitary Cross Side - Places a four-way sanitary cross with the branches normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Cross Side (on page 439). Sanitary Reducing Cross Side - Places a four-way sanitary reducing cross with the reducing branch normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Cross Reducing Side (on page 439). VTERE
HCRSE
HCRRE
Sanitary Cross Reducing Vertical - Places a four-way VCRRE sanitary reducing cross with the main normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Cross Reducing Vertical (on page 440). Sanitary Lateral Side - Places a 45 degree sanitary lateral in the X-Y plane with the branch in the X-Z or Y-Z plane. For more information, see Lateral Side (on page 440). HLATE
Sanitary Lateral Vertical - Places a 45 degree sanitary lateral VLATE with the main normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Lateral Vertical (on page 440). Sanitary Lateral Reducing Side - Places a 45 degree sanitary reducing lateral in the X-Y plane with the branch in the X-Z or Y-Z plane. For more information, see Sanitary Lateral Reducing Side (on page 441). HLARE
415
Toolbars
Command Name Sanitary Lateral Reducing Vertical -Places a 45 degree sanitary reducing lateral with the main normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary Lateral Reducing Vertical (on page 441). Sanitary 22.5 Ell Side - Places a 22.5 degree sanitary elbow normal to the X-Y plane when the previous or next run is horizontal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary 22.5 Ell Side (on page 442). Sanitary 22.5 Ell Vertical - Places a 22.5 degree elbow normal to the X-Y plane when the previous or next run is vertical to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary 22.5 Ell Vertical (on page 442). Sanitary 11.25 Ell Side - Places an 11.25 degree sanitary elbow normal to the X-Y plane when the previous or next run is horizontal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary 11.25 Ell Side (on page 443). Sanitary 11.25 Ell Vertical - Places an 11.25 degree elbow normal to the X-Y plane when the previous or next run is vertical to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary 11.25 Ell Vertical (on page 443). Sanitary U-Bend Side - Places a 180 degree u-bend normal to the X-Y plane with the return ends on the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary U-Bend Side (on page 444). Sanitary U-Bend Vertical - Places a 180 degree u-bend normal to the X-Y plane with the return ends also normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary U-Bend Vertical (on page 444). Sanitary Wye Side - Places a sanitary wye on the X-Y plane with the branches normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary Wye Side (on page 445). Command Line VLARE
H22EN
V22EN
H11EN
V11EN
HUBEN
VUBEN
HYE
Sanitary Wye Vertical - Places a sanitary wye normal to the VYE X-Y plane with the branches also normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary Wye Vertical (on page 445). Sanitary 3-Way Valve Side - Places a 3-way valve H3VE component with the branch normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary 3-Way Valve Side (on page 446). Sanitary 3-Way Valve Vertical - Places a sanitary 3-way V3VE valve component with the main normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary 3-Way Valve Vertical (on page 446). Sanitary Angle Valve Side - Places a 90 degree sanitary angle valve component with the branch normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary Angle Valve Side (on page 446). HANGE
416
Toolbars
Sanitary fitting components can have many end types, such as butt-welded, flanged, ferrule, coupling, hub, square, bull, and a simple engagement used with threaded and socket-welded piping. The end types can also vary for each end of a fitting, as shown in the examples below.
The available end types are defined by the selected specification, and the prompts for each command reflect the end type used. Available end types are shown below.
417
Toolbars
End types are delivered in the files End1.dwg through End17.dwg in the [Product Folder]\Plant\Support folder. The multi-port valves have special port controls in the data files. Listed below are all the port types available for these valves. When all three ports are specified in the data file, all three ports are drawn on the drawing. When only one or two ports are required, place 0 in the last port entries and this supplies either a one or two port valve.
CADWorx end types are exported to ISOGEN as shown in the following table. CADWorx End Type 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ISOGEN End Type PL (Plain) BW (Butt weld) FL (Flanged) LN (Liner/Nut) LN (Liner/Nut) MP (Male Part) MP (Male Part) MP (Male Part) MP (Male Part) CL (Clamped) CL (Clamped) CL (Clamped)
418
Toolbars
12 13 14 15 CL (Clamped) CL (Clamped) SW (Socket Weld) SC (Screwed)
Modeling in 3D
These commands are useful for 3D modeling. All of the following commands are available in 3D and 2D modeling.
419
Toolbars
420
Toolbars
The elbow component is drawn.
421
Cross Plan
Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Cross Plan Lined toolbar: Lined Cross Plan Command line: CRSE Places a four-way straight cross in the X-Y plane. last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component. Center - Places the cross at the centerline intersection of the cross. otherEnd - Places the other end of the cross at the start point. Branch1 - Places the first branch of the cross at the start point. Branch2 - Places the second branch of the cross at the start point. The end type is defined by the current specification.
422
Toolbars
Lateral Plan
Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Lateral Plan Lined toolbar: Lined Lateral Plan Command line: LATE Places a 45 degree lateral in the X-Y plane. last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component. Middle - Places the lateral at the centerline intersection of the branch and main. otherEnd - Places the other end of the lateral at the start point. Branch - Places the branch end of the lateral at the start point. The end type is defined by the current specification.
423
Toolbars
424
425
Toolbars
Sanitary Concentric
Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Concentric Command line: CONCE Places a sanitary concentric reducer component in the X-Y plane. last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component. Large end - Places the large end of the reducer at the start point. Small end- Places the small end of the reducer at the start point. The end type is defined by the current specification.
426
Sanitary Eccentric
Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Eccentric Command line: ECCE Places a sanitary eccentric reducer component in the X-Y plane. last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component. Large end - Places the large end of the reducer at the start point. Small end- Places the small end of the reducer at the start point. Up - Places the flat side of the reducer in the positive Z direction. Down - Places the flat side of the reducer in the negative Z direction. The end type is defined by the current specification.
Sanitary Stub
Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Stub Command line: STUE Places a sanitary stub coupling component in the X-Y plane. last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component. Plan end - Places the plan end at the start point. Face end - Places the face end at the start point.
427
Sanitary Cap
Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Cap Command line: CAPE Places a sanitary pipe cap in the X-Y plane. last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component. Cap end - Places the top of the cap at the start point.
428
Sanitary Nut/Coupling
Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Nut/Coupling Command line: NUTE Places a sanitary nut/coupling in the X-Y plane. last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Place a coupling
1. Click a coupling component command. 2. Pick a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe. 3. Click in the direction of the end of the coupling. The coupling component is drawn.
Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command. 2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange. Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software. The valve component is drawn.
429
Toolbars
Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command. 2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange. Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software. The valve component is drawn.
Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command. 2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange. Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software. The valve component is drawn.
430
Toolbars
Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command. 2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange. Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software. The valve component is drawn.
Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command. 2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange. Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software. The valve component is drawn.
431
Toolbars
Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command. 2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange. Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software. The valve component is drawn.
432
433
434
Toolbars
Modeling in 2D
Commands are designed for plotting in 2D. The views in these commands appear this way only in a 2D drawing.
435
Toolbars
5. Select Up or Down. The elbow component is drawn.
436
437
438
Cross Side
Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Cross Side Lined toolbar: Lined Cross Side Command line: HCRSE Places a four-way straight cross with the branches normal to the X-Y plane. last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component. Middle - Places the cross at the centerline intersection of the cross. Flanged - Places the flanged end of the cross at the start point.
439
Toolbars
Lateral Side
Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Lateral Side Lined toolbar: Lined Lateral Side Command line: HLATE Places a 45 degree lateral in the X-Y plane with the branch in the X-Z or Y-Z plane. last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component. Middle - Places the lateral at the centerline intersection of the branch and main. coupLing End - Places the coupling end of the lateral at the start point. Up - Places the branch of the lateral in the positive Z direction. Down - Places the branch of the lateral in the negative Z direction.
Lateral Vertical
Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Lateral Vertical Lined toolbar: Lined Lateral Vert Command line: VLATE Places a 45 degree lateral with the main normal to the X-Y plane. The center of the lateral is placed at the start point by default. last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component. Up - Places the branch of the lateral in the positive Z direction. Down - Places the branch of the lateral in the negative Z direction.
440
441
Toolbars
442
Toolbars
443
444
445
Toolbars
446
Victaulic
Plant menu: Toolbars > Victaulic The commands on the Victaulic toolbar can be used for modeling in 3D or 2D mode depending on how you define the drawing mode. For more information, see 3D Modeling versus 2D Modeling (on page 329). Command Name Pipe - Places a victaulic pipe component. For more information, see Pipe (on page 333). Plan 90 LR Ell - Places a 90 degree long radius elbow in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Plan 90 LR Ell (on page 333). Plan 90 SR Ell - Places a 90 degree short radius elbow in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Plan 90 SR Ell (on page 334). Plan 45 Ell - Places a 45 degree elbow in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Plan 45 Ell (on page 335). Command Line PIPW 90LR
90SR
45LR
Plan 90 Reducing Ell - Places a 90 degree reducing elbow 90RD in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Plan 90 Reducing Ell (on page 335). Side 90 Reducing Ell - Places a 90 degree reducing elbow H90RD normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Side 90 Reducing Ell (on page 351). Plan 11.25 Ell - Places an 11.25 degree elbow in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Plan 11.25 Ell (on page 347). Plan 22.5 Ell - Places a 22.5 degree elbow in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Plan 22.5 Ell (on page 348). 11LR
22LR
Plan Tee - Places a straight tee in the X-Y plane. For more TESW information, see Plan Tee (on page 336). Plan Reducing Tee - Places a straight reducing tee in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Plan Reducing Tee (on page 337). TERW
447
Toolbars
Command Name Plan Cross - Places a four-way straight cross in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Plan Cross (on page 340). Plan Reducing Cross - Places a four-way reducing cross in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Plan Reducing Cross (on page 341). Plan Wye - Places a wye in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Plan Wye (on page 348). Plan Lateral - Places a 45 degree lateral in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Plan Lateral (on page 341). Plan Strainer - Places a strainer in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Flanged Tee Plan (on page 404). Command Line CRSW
CCRW
YB LATW TEFL
Conc Reducer - Places a concentric reducer component in CONC the X-Y plane. For more information, see Conc Reducer (on page 339) Ecc Reducer - Places an eccentric reducer component in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Ecc Reducer (on page 339). Victaulic Cap - Places a pipe cap in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Cap (on page 340). Victaulic Coupling - Places a coupling in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Coupling (on page 401). Victaulic Flange - Places a flange in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Slip-On Flange (on page 364). Victaulic Butterfly Valve - Places a butterfly valve component in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Butterfly Valve (on page 380). Victaulic Check Valve - Places a check valve component in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Check Valve (on page 379). ECC
CHKF
Victaulic Ball Valve - Places a ball valve component in the BALF X-Y plane. For more information, see Ball Valve (on page 377). Victaulic Plug Valve - Places a plug valve component in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Plug Valve (on page 378). PLUF
448
Toolbars
The commands in the table below are designed for modeling in 2D. Command Name Command Line
Side 90 LR Ell - Places a 90 degree long radius elbow H90LR normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Side 90 LR Ell (on page 349). Side 90 SR Ell - Places a 90 degree short radius elbow H90SR normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Side 90 SR Ell (on page 350) Side 45 Ell - Places a 45 degree elbow normal to the X-Y H45LR plane. For more information, see Plan 45 Ell (on page 335). Vert 45 Ell - Places a 45 degree elbow normal to the X-Y V45LR plane. For more information, see Vert 45 Ell (on page 351). Side 11.25 Ell - Places an 11.25 degree elbow normal to H11LR the X-Y plane. For more information, see Side 11.25 Ell (on page 358). Vert 11.25 Ell - Places an 11.25 degree elbow normal to V11LR the X-Y plane. For more information, see Vert 11.25 Ell (on page 359). Side 22.5 Ell - Places a 22.5 degree elbow normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Side 22.5 Ell (on page 359). H22LR
Vert 22.5 Ell - Places a 22.5 degree elbow normal to the V22LR X-Y plane. For more information, see Vert 22.5 Ell (on page 360). Side Tee - Places a straight tee with the branch normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Side Tee (on page 352). HTESW
Vert Tee - Places a straight tee with the main normal to the VTESW X-Y plane. For more information, see Vert Tee (on page 353). Side Reducing Tee - Places a straight reducing tee with the branch normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Side Reducing Tee (on page 353). Vert Reducing Tee - Places a straight reducing tee with the main normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Vert Reducing Tee (on page 354). Side Cross - Places a four-way straight cross with the branch normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Side Cross (on page 356). HTERW
VTERW
HCRSW
Side Reducing Cross - Places a four-way reducing cross HCCRW with the reducing branch normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Side Reducing Cross (on page 357).
449
Toolbars
Command Name Vert Reducing Cross - Places a four-way reducing cross with the main normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Vert Reducing Cross (on page 357). Side Wye - Places a wye on the X-Y plane with the branches normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Side Wye (on page 360). Vert Wye - Places a wye normal to the X-Y plane with the branches also normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Vert Wye (on page 361). Side Lateral - Places a 45 degree lateral in the X-Y plane with the branch in the X-Z or Y-Z plane. For more information, see Side Lateral (on page 357). Vert Lateral - Places a 45 degree lateral with the main normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Vert Lateral (on page 358). Command Line VCRRW
HYB
VYB
HLATW
VLATW
Side Strainer - Places a strainer with the branch normal to HTEFL the X-Y plane. For more information, see Flanged Tee Side (on page 411). Vert Strainer - Places a strainer with the main normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Flanged Tee Vertical (on page 412). VTEFL
You must use one of the Victaulic default specifications that are supplied with CADWorx for the icons to work on the toolbar. This toolbar provides components manufactured by Victaulic Corporation. The Victaulic specifications and data files have been provided by Victaulic and can be used to draw components supplied by this company. The specifications supplied are for AWWA, IPS, 304, 316, and PFCS type components.
Threaded/Socket
Plant menu: Toolbars > Thrd/SW Fittings The Command Line column in the table below shows the command for the socket weld component and the equivalent threaded component. Use the Threaded and Socket Weld commands on the Setup Size/Spec Panel (on page 25) to switch between these two modes. The commands on the Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar can be used for modeling in 3D or 2D mode depending on how you define the drawing mode. For more information, see 3D Modeling versus 2D Modeling (on page 329). Command Name Command Line
Thrd/SW Pipe - Places a threaded/socket pipe component. For PIPF more information, see Thrd/SW Pipe (on page 455).
450
Toolbars
Command Name Nipple - Places a pipe nipple in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Nipple (on page 456). Tube - Attaches tubing to any 2D or 3D polyline. For more information, see Tube (on page 457). Thrd/SW 90 Ell Plan - Places a 90 degree threaded/socket elbow in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW 90 Ell Plan (on page 457). Thrd/SW 90 Street Ell Plan - Places a 90 degree threaded/socket street elbow in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW 90 Street Ell Plan (on page 458). Thrd/SW 45 Ell Plan - Places a 45 degree threaded/socket elbow in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW 45 Ell Plan (on page 459). Thrd/SW 90 Red Ell Plan - Places a 90 degree threaded/socket reducing elbow in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW 90 Red Ell Plan (on page 459). Thrd/SW Tee Plan - Places a threaded/socket straight tee in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Tee Plan (on page 460). Thrd/SW Tee Red Plan - Places a straight threaded/socket reducing tee in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Tee Red Plan (on page 460). Thrd/SW Conc Swage - Places a concentric reducer swage in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Conc Swage (on page 461). Thrd/SW Ecc Swage - Places an eccentric reducer swage in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Ecc Swage (on page 461). Thrd/SW Conc w/Hub - Places a concentric reducer with threaded hub in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Conc w/Hub (on page 462). Thrd/SW Ecc w/Hub - Places an eccentric reducer with threaded hub in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Ecc w/Hub (on page 462). Thrd/SW Cap - Places a threaded/socket pipe cap in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Cap (on page 463). Thrd/SW Cross Plan - Places a four-way threaded/socket straight cross in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Cross Plan (on page 463). Thrd/SW Lateral Plan - Places a 45 degree threaded/socket lateral in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Lateral Plan (on page 464). Command Line NIP TUBE 90S/90T
90SS/90ST
45S/45T
90RS/90RT
TESS/TEST
TERS/TERT
SWGC
SWGE
SWGCT
SWGET
CAPS/CAPT CRSS/CRST
LATS/LATT
451
Toolbars
Command Name Thrd/SW Plug - Places a threaded/socket plug in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Plug (on page 464). Thrd/SW Bush/Insert - Places a threaded/socket bushing in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Bush/Insert (on page 464). Thrd/SW Full Clpg Plan - Places a threaded/socket full coupling in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Full Clpg Plan (on page 465). Thrd/SW Half Clpg Plan - Places a threaded/socket half coupling in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Half Clpg Plan (on page 465). Thrd/SW Reducing Clpg Plan - Places a threaded/socket reducing coupling in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Reducing Clpg Plan (on page 465). Weld in Plan - Places a weldolet fitting in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Weldolet Weld in Plan (on page 466). Thrd in Plan - Places a threadolet fitting in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Threadolet Thread in Plan (on page 466). SW in Plan - Places a sockolet fitting in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sockolet Socket Weld in Plan (on page 466). EOL-Weld in Plan - Places an elbowlet fitting in the X-Y plane on a plan elbow. For more information, see Elbowlet Weld in Plan (on page 467). EOL-Thrd in Plan - Places an elbowlet fitting in the X-Y plane on a plan elbow. For more information, see Elbowlet Thread in Plan (on page 467). EOL-SW in Plan - Places an elbowlet fitting in the X-Y plane on a plan elbow. For more information, see Elbowlet Socket Weld in Plan (on page 467). Command Line PLGT BUSS/BUST
CPS/CPT
HCPS/HCPT
CPRS/CPRT
WOL TOL
SOL
EOLW
EOLT
EOLS
LOL-Weld in Plan - Places a lateral 45 degree fitting in the X-Y LOLW plane. For more information, see Latrolet Weld in Plan (on page 468). LOL-Thrd in Plan - Places a lateral 45 degree fitting in the X-Y LOLT plane. For more information, see Latrolet Thread in Plan (on page 468). LOL- SW in Plan - Places a lateral 45 degree fitting in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Latrolet Socket Weld in Plan (on page 468). LOLS
452
Toolbars
Command Name Weld in Plan - Places a nipolet fitting in the X-Y plane. The branch end of the fitting is plain. For more information, see Nipolet Weld in Plan (on page 469). Thrd in Plan - Places a nipolet fitting in the X-Y plane. The branch end of the fitting is threaded. For more information, see Nipolet Thread in Plan (on page 469). Thrd/SW Union - Places a threaded/socket union in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Union (on page 469). The commands in the table below are designed for modeling in 2D. Command Name Thrd/SW 90 Ell Side - Places a 90 degree threaded/socket elbow normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW 90 Ell Side (on page 470). Thrd/SW 90 Street Ell Side - Places a 90 degree threaded/socket street elbow normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW 90 Street Ell Side (on page 470). Thrd/SW 45 Ell Side - Places a 45 degree threaded/socket elbow normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW 45 Ell Side (on page 471). Thrd/SW 45 Ell Vert - Places a 45 degree threaded/socket elbow normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW 45 Ell Vert (on page 471). Command Line H90S/H90T Command Line NOLP
NOLT
UNS/UNT
H90SS/H90ST
H45S/H45T
V45S/V45T
Thrd/SW 90 Red Ell Side - Places a 90 degree H90RS/H90RT threaded/socket reducing elbow normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW 90 Red Ell Side (on page 472). Thrd/SW Tee Side - Places a threaded/socket straight tee normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Tee Side (on page 472). Thrd/SW Tee Vert - Places a threaded/socket straight tee with the main normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Tee Vert (on page 473). HTESS/HTEST
VTESS/VTEST
Thrd/SW Tee Red Side - Places a straight threaded/socket HTERS/HTERT reducing tee with the branch normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Tee Red Side (on page 473). Thrd/SW Tee Red Vert - Places a threaded/socket reducing straight tee with the main normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Tee Red Vert (on page 474). VTERS/VTERT
453
Toolbars
Command Name Command Line
Thrd/SW Cross Side - Places a four-way straight HRCSS/HCRST threaded/socket cross with the branch normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Cross Side (on page 474). Thrd/SW Lateral Side - Places a 45 degree threaded/socket HLATS/HLATT lateral in the X-Y plane with the branch in the X-Z or Y-Z plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Lateral Side (on page 474). Thrd/SW Lateral Vert - Places a 45 degree threaded/socket lateral with the main normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Lateral Vert (on page 475). Thrd/SW Full Clpg End - Places a threaded/socket full coupling end normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Full Clpg End (on page 475). Thrd/SW Half Clpg End - Places a threaded/socket half coupling component end normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Half Clpg End (on page 476). Thrd/SW Reducing Clpg End - Places a threaded/socket reducing coupling end normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Reducing Clpg End (on page 476). Weld in Vertical - Places a weldolet fitting normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Weldolet Weld in Vertical (on page 476). Thrd in Vertical - Places a threadolet fitting normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Threadolet Thread in Vertical (on page 477). SW in Vertical - Places a sockolet fitting normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sockolet Socket Weld in Vertical (on page 477). EOL-Weld in Side - Places an elbowlet fitting with in the X-Y plane on a side elbow. For more information, see Elbowlet Weld in Side (on page 477). VLATS/VLATT
VCPS/VCPT
VHCPS/VHCPT
VCPRS/VCPRT
VWOL
VTOL
VSO:
HEOLW
EOL-Weld in Vert - Places an elbowlet fitting normal to the X-Y VEOLW plane on a side elbow. For more information, see Elbowlet Weld in Vertical (on page 478). EOL-Thrd in Side - Places an elbowlet fitting with in the X-Y plane on a side elbow. For more information, see Elbowlet Thread in Side (on page 478). HEOLT
EOL-Thrd in Vert - Places an elbowlet fitting normal to the X-Y VEOLT plane on a side elbow. For more information, see Elbowlet Thread in Vertical (on page 478). EOL-SW in Side - Places an elbowlet fitting with in the X-Y plane on a side elbow. For more information, see Elbowlet Socket Weld in Side (on page 479). HEOLS
454
Toolbars
Command Name EOL-SW in Vert - Places an elbowlet fitting normal to the X-Y plane on a side elbow. For more information, see Elbowlet Socket Weld in Vertical (on page 479). LOL-Weld in Side - Places a lateral fitting 45 degrees out of the X-Y plane. For more information, see Latrolet Weld in Side (on page 479). LOL-Thrd in Side - Places a lateral fitting 45 degrees out of the X-Y plane. For more information, see Latrolet Thread in Side (on page 480). Command Line VEOLS
HLOLW
HLOLT
LOL- SW in Side - Places a lateral fitting 45 degrees out of the HLOLS X-Y plane. For more information, see Latrolet Socket Weld in Side (on page 480). Weld in Vertical - Places a nipolet fitting normal to the X-Y plane. The branch end of the fitting is plain. For more information, see Nipolet Weld in Vertical (on page 480). Thrd in Vertical - Places a nipolet fitting normal to the X-Y plane. The branch end of the fitting is threaded. For more information, see Nipolet Thread in Vertical (on page 481). VNOLP
VNOLP
The arrow in the lower right corner of a command button indicates a fly-out menu with additional commands available.
Modeling in 3D
These commands are useful for 3D modeling. All of the following commands are available in 3D and 2D modeling.
Thrd/SW Pipe
Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Pipe Command line: PIPF Places a pipe component in the X-Y plane. last point - Starts the pipe at the last point of the previously-created component. If the drawing environment is set to threaded, the piping component has threaded ends. If the drawing environment is set to a socket weld, the piping component has plain ends. Ends - Specifies the end options for the starting and ending of the pipe. Threaded - Used when working with threaded pipe. The threaded default option appears when the environment is set to threaded mode. For more information, see Setup Size/Spec Panel (on page 25). Bevel - Used when working with welded components. Plain - Used when working with threaded pipe. The threaded default option appears when the environment is set to threaded mode. For more information, see Setup Size/Spec Panel (on page 25). last point - Starts the pipe at the last point of the previously-created component. TOP - Places the pipe along the top of the pipe, as defined along the Z-axis.
455
Toolbars
BOP - Places the pipe along the bottom of the pipe, as defined along the Z-axis. Right - Places the pipe along the right side of the pipe, as defined along the Z-axis. Left - Places the pipe along the left side of the pipe, as defined along the Z-axis.
Nipple
Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Nipple Command line: NIP Places a pipe nipple in the X-Y plane. last point - Starts the pipe at the last point of the previously-created component. Length - Defines the length of the fitting component. Close - Reads the close distance as specified in the data file. Ends - Specifies the end options for the starting and ending of the pipe. Threaded - Used when working with threaded pipe. The threaded default option appears when the environment is set to threaded mode. For more information, see Setup Size/Spec Panel (on page 25). Bevel - Used when working with welded components. Plain - Used when working with threaded pipe. The threaded default option appears when the environment is set to threaded mode. For more information, see Setup Size/Spec Panel (on page 25).
Place a nipple
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Click Nipple . Alternatively, type NIP on the command line and then press ENTER. Click to select a starting point. Click to select an ending point. Specify the end option for the start of the component. Specify the end option for the end of the component. The end options default depends on which options you have set. The pipe nipple is drawn.
456
Toolbars
Tube
Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Tube Command line: TUBE Attaches tubing to any 2D or 3D polyline. Different radii can be placed at each vertex of the polyline, or you can define a common radius for all corners. Use the Router command on the RT Panel (on page 189) for useful 3D polyline routing capabilities. Tubing uses the pipe component entry within the CADWorx Plant specifications. Pipe and tubing can be used concurrently. Tubing can occupy a range of 1/8 1/2, whereas regular pipe can occupy 3/4 and above. Tubing can be set up as an optional component, or the specification can be set up to only handle tubing. After tubing is placed in the drawing, other components can be inserted into it. Like normal piping, tubing also automatically breaks. Even after a component is inserted, the tubing remains as one piece. When edited with CEDIT, the tubing attached to a single polyline also acts as one piece. Grouping is controlled by the PICKSTYLE environmental variable, which must be turned on for the tubing to act as one piece. Alternatively, you can use the CADWorx GROUPTOG command to turn the AutoCAD grouping control on or off. For more information, see Group On/Off (on page 150). Enter corner radius - Defines the radius to be used at each vertex. Manual - Places individual radii at each corner of the selected polyline. The software pauses at each vertex so that the radius can be defined. A rubber-banded line back to the actual vertex is shown in the drawing. Tubing is exported to a live database, and appears in the CADWorx Bill of Material as one piece. Tubing is exported to the CADWorx ISOGEN isometric generator and appears in the ISOGEN material list. Tubing is not exported to CAESAR II.
Place tubing
1. Click Tube . Alternatively, type TUBE on the command line and then press ENTER. 2. Type the required radius. 3. Select the 2D or 3D polyline. The tubing is attached.
457
Toolbars
Corner - Places the component at the corner of two pipes. otherEnd - Places the start point of the component at the other end.
If the drawing environment is set to threaded mode, type 90ST on the command line. To optionally place the male end first, right-click and select Male. Pick a starting point, such as the end of a pipe. Click in the direction of the corner. Click in the direction of the male end of the elbow. If the male end is placed first, the system prompts you for placement of the female end.
458
Toolbars
The elbow component is drawn.
459
Toolbars
3. Pick a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe. 4. Click in the direction of the corner. 5. Click in the direction of the bend of the elbow. The elbow component is drawn.
460
461
Toolbars
Large end type - Specifies the end type connection at the large end of the swage. Small end type - Specifies the end type connection at the small end of the swage. Up - Places the flat side of the reducer in the positive Z direction. Down - Places the flat side of the reducer in the negative Z direction. This command reverses the main and reduction sizes automatically after execution.
462
Thrd/SW Cap
Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Cap Command line: CAPS/CAPT Places a threaded/socket pipe cap in the X-Y plane. last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component. Cap end - Places the top of the cap at the start point.
Place a cap
1. Click a cap component command. 2. Click to select a starting point, such as the end of a pipe. 3. Click to select the direction of the top of the cap. The cap component is drawn.
463
Toolbars
Thrd/SW Plug
Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Plug Command line: PLGT Places a plug in the X-Y plane. last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component. Cap end - Places the cap end of the component at the start point.
Place a plug
1. Click a plug component command. 2. Click to select a starting point, such as the end of a pipe. 3. Click to select the end point. The plug component is drawn.
Thrd/SW Bush/Insert
Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Bush/Insert Command line: BUSS/BUST Places a bushing in the X-Y plane. last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component. Large end - Places the non-reducing end at the start point. Small end - Places the reducing end at the start point.
464
Place a coupling
1. Click a coupling command. 2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe. 3. Click in the direction of the coupling. The coupling component is drawn.
Place a coupling
1. Click a coupling command. 2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe. 3. Click in the direction of the coupling. The coupling component is drawn.
465
466
Toolbars
467
Toolbars
468
Toolbars
Thrd/SW Union
Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Union Command line: UNT Places a threaded/socket union in the X-Y plane. last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component. Middle - Places the component at the centerline intersection of the union.
469
Toolbars
Modeling in 2D
Commands are designed for plotting in 2D. The views in these commands appear this way only in a 2D drawing.
If the drawing environment is set to threaded mode, type H90ST on the command line. To optionally place the male end first, right-click and select Male. Pick a starting point, such as the end of a pipe. Click in the direction of the corner. Select Up or Down. The elbow component is drawn.
470
Toolbars
471
Toolbars
472
Toolbars
473
Toolbars
474
475
Toolbars
476
Toolbars
477
Toolbars
478
Toolbars
479
Toolbars
480
Thrd/SW Valves
Plant menu: Toolbars > Thrd/SW Valves The Command Line column in the table below shows the command for the socket weld component and the equivalent threaded component. Use the Threaded and Socket Weld commands on the Setup Size/Spec Panel (on page 25) to switch between the two modes. The commands on the Thrd/SW Valves toolbar can be used for modeling in 3D or 2D mode depending on how you define the drawing mode. For more information, see 3D Modeling versus 2D Modeling (on page 329). Command Name Command Line
Thrd/SW Gate - Places a threaded or socket weld gate valve in GATS/GATT the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Gate (on page 484). Thrd/SW Ball - Places a threaded or socket weld ball valve in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Ball (on page 484). BALS/BALT
Thrd/SW Globe - Places a threaded or socket weld globe valve GLBS/GLBT in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Globe (on page 485).
481
Toolbars
Command Name Command Line
Thrd/SW Plug - Places a threaded or socket weld plug valve in PLUS/PLUT the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Plug (on page 485). Thrd/SW Check - Places a threaded or socket weld check valve in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Check (on page 486). Thrd/SW Needle - Places a threaded or socket weld needle valve in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Needle (on page 486). Thrd/SW Diaphragm - Places a threaded or socket weld diaphragm valve in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Diaphragm (on page 487). Thrd/SW Rotary - Places a threaded or socket weld rotary valve in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Rotary (on page 487). Thrd/SW Dual Check - Places a threaded or socket weld dual check valve in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Dual Check (on page 488). Thrd/SW Control - Places a threaded or socket weld control valve in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Control (on page 488). Thrd/SW 3 Way Plan - Places a threaded or socket weld three-way valve in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW 3 Way Plan (on page 489). Thrd/SW 4 Way Plan - Places a threaded or socket weld four-way valve in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW 4 Way Plan (on page 489). Thrd/SW Relief Top - Places a threaded or socket weld 90 degree pressure relief valve with the relief end normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Relief Top (on page 494). CHKS/CHKT
NEDS/NEDT
DIAS/DIAT
ROTS/ROTT
DCHS/DCHT
CNTS/CNTT
3VS/3VT
4VS/4VT
RELS/RELT
Thrd/SW Angle Top - Places a threaded or socket weld 90 ANGS/ANGT degree angle valve in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Angle Top (on page 490). Thrd/SW Gage - Places a threaded or socket weld gage valve in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Gage (on page 491). X-Body Gate BW - Places a butt weld X-body style gate valve in the X-Y plane. For more information, see X-Body Gate BW (on page 491). GAGS/GAGT
EGAB
X-Body Gate Thrd - Places a threaded X-body style gate valve EGAT in the X-Y plane. For more information, see X-Body Gate Thrd (on page 492).
482
Toolbars
Command Name X-Body Gate SW - Places a socket weld X-body style gate valve in the X-Y plane. For more information, see X-Body Gate SW (on page 492). The commands in the table below are designed for modeling in 2D. Command Name Command Line Command Line EGAS
Thrd/SW 3 Way Side - Places a threaded or socket weld H3VS/H3VT three-way valve with the valve branch normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW 3 Way Side (on page 493). Thrd/SW 3 Way Vertical - Places a threaded or socket weld three-way valve with the main normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW 3 Way Vertical (on page 493). Thrd/SW 4 Way Side - Places a threaded or socket weld four-way valve with the valve branches normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW 4 Way Side (on page 494). Thrd/SW Relief Side - Places a threaded or socket weld 90 degree relief valve in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Relief Side (on page 490). Thrd/SW Pressure Top - Places a threaded or socket weld 90 degree pressure relief valve with the pressure end normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Pressure Top. V3VS/V3VT
H4VS/H4VT
HRELS/HRELT
VRELS/VRELT
Thrd/SW Angle Side - Places a threaded or socket weld angle HANGS/HANGT valve in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Angle Side (on page 495). The arrow in the lower right corner of a command button indicates a fly-out menu with additional commands available.
483
Toolbars
Modeling in 3D
These commands are useful for 3D modeling. All of the following commands are available in 3D and 2D modeling.
Thrd/SW Gate
Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW Gate Command line: GATS/GATT Places a threaded or socket weld gate valve in the X-Y plane. last point - Starts the plain end of the valve at the last point of the previously-created component. Middle - Places the valve at its center.
Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command. 2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange. Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software. The valve component is drawn.
Thrd/SW Ball
Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW Ball Command line: BALS/BALT Places a threaded or socket weld ball valve in the X-Y plane. last point - Starts the plain end of the valve at the last point of the previously-created component. Middle - Places the valve at its center.
Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command. 2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange. Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software. The valve component is drawn.
484
Toolbars
Thrd/SW Globe
Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW Globe Command line: GLBS/GLBT Places a threaded or socket weld globe valve in the X-Y plane. last point - Starts the plain end of the valve at the last point of the previously-created component. Middle - Places the valve at its center.
Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command. 2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange. Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software. The valve component is drawn.
Thrd/SW Plug
Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW Plug Command line: PLUS/PLUT Places a threaded or socket weld plug valve in the X-Y plane. last point - Starts the plain end of the valve at the last point of the previously-created component. Middle - Places the valve at its center.
Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command. 2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange. Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software. The valve component is drawn.
485
Toolbars
Thrd/SW Check
Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW Check Command line: CHKS/CHKT Places a threaded or socket weld check valve in the X-Y plane. last point - Starts the plain end of the valve at the last point of the previously-created component. Start - Places the start point of the component at the default start point. Middle - Places the valve at its center. otherEnd - Places the start point of the component at the other end.
Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command. 2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange. Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software. The valve component is drawn.
Thrd/SW Needle
Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW Needle Command line: NEDS/NEDT Places a threaded or socket weld needle valve in the X-Y plane. last point - Starts the plain end of the valve at the last point of the previously-created component. Middle - Places the valve at its center.
Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command. 2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange. Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software. The valve component is drawn.
486
Toolbars
Thrd/SW Diaphragm
Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW Diaphragm Command line: DIAS/DIAT Places a threaded or socket weld diaphragm valve in the X-Y plane. last point - Starts the plain end of the valve at the last point of the previously-created component. Middle - Places the valve at its center.
Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command. 2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange. Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software. The valve component is drawn.
Thrd/SW Rotary
Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW Rotary Command line: ROTS/ROTT Places a threaded or socket weld rotary valve in the X-Y plane. last point - Starts the plain end of the valve at the last point of the previously-created component. Middle - Places the valve at its center.
Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command. 2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange. Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software. The valve component is drawn.
487
Toolbars
Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command. 2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange. Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software. The valve component is drawn.
Thrd/SW Control
Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW Control Command line: CNTS/CNTT Places a threaded or socket weld control valve in the X-Y plane. last point - Starts the plain end of the valve at the last point of the previously-created component. Length - Specifies the length of the component. Middle - Places the valve at its center.
Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command. 2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange. Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software. The valve component is drawn.
488
Toolbars
489
Toolbars
490
Toolbars
Thrd/SW Gage
Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW Gage Command line: GAGS/GAGT Places a threaded or socket weld gage valve in the X-Y plane last point - Starts the plain end of the valve at the last point of the previously-created component. Middle - Places the valve at its center. To pick the outlet locations of the gage valve, use the MIDpoint of OSnap command and then pick the sides on the outlet end. Because there is no way to accurately locate the outlets in 3D, first draw the component in 2D and then use the CONVERTSOLID command to convert the valve component to 3D solids.
Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command. 2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange. Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software. The valve component is drawn.
X-Body Gate BW
Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW X-Body Gate BW Command line: EGAB Places a butt weld X-body style gate valve in the X-Y plane. last point - Starts the plain end of the valve at the last point of the previously-created component.
Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command. 2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange. Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software. The valve component is drawn.
491
Toolbars
Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command. 2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange. Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software. The valve component is drawn.
X-Body Gate SW
Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW X-Body Gate SW Command line: EGAS Places a socket weld X-body style gate valve in the X-Y plane. last point - Starts the plain end of the valve at the last point of the previously-created component.
Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command. 2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange. Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software. The valve component is drawn.
492
Toolbars
Modeling in 2D
Commands are designed for plotting in 2D. The views in these commands appear this way only in a 2D drawing.
493
Toolbars
494
Toolbars
Gaskets, Etc.
Plant menu: Toolbars > Gaskets, Etc. Command Name Tick Mark - Creates a dimension tick mark. For more information, see Tick Mark (on page 201). Standard - Places standard stud bolts at the selected location. For more information, see Standard (on page 187). Command Line TICK STDBOLT
Non Standard - Places non standard stud bolts at the NONSTDBOLT selected location. For more information, see Non Standard (on page 187). Automatic - Sizes and places stud bolts automatically at each AUTOBOLT gasket. For more information, see Automatic (on page 184). Gasket - Places a gasket. For more information, see Gasket (on page 496). Weld Gap - Creates weld gaps For more information, see Weld Gap (on page 497). GAS WELD
The arrow in the lower right corner of a command button indicates a fly-out menu with additional commands available.
495
Toolbars
Gasket
Gaskets, Etc. toolbar: Gasket Command line: GAS Places a gasket. The gasket is composed of two different entities. First is an inserted block that is located at the insert point. Another inserted block is placed on the other side of the gasket. The GASR contains Xdata information for Bill of Materials extraction. GASL is a plain insert without information. When you use mode conversion to convert components to another mode in a Z-plane position, the GASL insert is destroyed. When you convert the single GASR insert in the proper X and Y planes, both sides of the gasket are created again. The shape of the gasket allows for other uses, as explained below. The half circle on the outer portion of both inserts allow for easy picking for dimensioning. For example, when dimensioning, select Osnap, CENter of, and pick the center of circle which is the exact corner of the face of flange). You should find that it is relatively easy to select the center of the circle from a zoomed out view. For placing a flange face against the gasket, you can select Osnap, ENDpoint of, and select the side of the gasket to place the flange perfectly in position. This provides a method of placing the flange when the last point option is no longer available. This routine is also used for ring type joints. The data files for rings have an extra column indicating the ring number. The gasket routine senses this additional column and adds this ring number to the bill of materials description. The distance between the faces of adjoining flanges (under compression) are used in this file instead of the actual depth of the ring.
Insert a gasket
1. Click Gasket . 2. Click to select a starting point, such as the end of a pipe. Alternatively, press ENTER to select the last point of the previously-placed component. 3. Click in the required direction. The software inserts a gasket at the selected location. The same procedure can be used to place ring type joints. The data files for rings have an extra column, which indicates the ring number. The gasket routine senses this additional column, and adds this ring number to the Bill of Materials description. The distance between the faces of adjoining flanges (under compression) is used in this file instead of the actual depth of the ring. You can set the software to automatically add Gaskets when needed by changing the Apply Gasket Insertion Rule (on page 47) in Piping Rules under Setup .
496
Toolbars
Weld Gap
Gaskets, Etc. toolbar: Weld Gap Command line: WELD Creates weld gaps for detailed pipe fabrication. Weld gaps are controlled by the currently defined specification and are placed according to size and/or schedule. last point - Places the weld gap at the last point of the previously-created component. Each specification has data files that provide different thicknesses.
Restraints
Plant menu: > Toolbars > Restraints The types of restraints used with CADWorx Plant are listed in the table below. Command Name Translational - Creates a translational-type restraint. For more information, see Translational (on page 223). Anchor - Creates an anchor-type restraint. For more information, see Anchor (on page 224). Spring Hanger - Creates a spring hanger-type restraint. For more information, see Spring Hanger (on page 224). Rotational - Creates a rotational-type restraint. For more information, see Rotational (on page 225). Snubber - Creates a Snubber-type restraint. For more information, see Snubber (on page 226). Command Line TRANSLATIONAL ANCHOR SPRING ROTATIONAL SNUBBER
Guide - Creates a Guide-type restraint. For more information, GUIDE see Guide (on page 226). The restraint is used in the bi-directional link with CAESAR II. The position of the restraint is important for the evaluation of the stress model within CAESAR II. For example, you can position a rotational restraint at any vector.
497
Toolbars
Restraints appear on the drawing in a symbolic format. You can modify the symbol shape that appears on the output drawing by editing the restraint drawing file. These drawing files are delivered to the [Product Folder]\Support folder. If necessary, a restraint symbol can be re-drawn as a three-dimensional shape. In these instances, you must maintain the base of the restraint at 0,0,0 and the direction of the restraint at 0 degrees. The CAESARTolerance (on page 33) variable is useful when the bi-directional process encounters a problem locating a restraint along a pipe line, especially if the pipe line is sloped. All supports drawn using the Restraint commands in CADWorx Plant are exported as guides to ISOGEN. To export a different symbol to ISOGEN, use the ISOGEN Data dialog box (on page 64) to change the SKEY. Acceptable SKEY values are ANCH, DUCK, GUID, SKID, SPRG, and HANG. For information about the sample ISOGEN shapes used with these SKEYS, see the ISOGEN Symbol Keys Reference Guide, which is delivered as a PDF file to the [Product Folder]\ISOGEN\Isogen_Utils folder. You can also use the ISOGEN Data dialog box to change the support direction.
Misc
Plant menu: Toolbars > Misc Use the Threaded and Socket Weld commands on the Setup Size/Spec Panel (on page 25) to switch between these two modes for SW/Thrd Plan and SW/Thrd Side. The commands on the Misc toolbar can be used for modeling in 3D or 2D mode depending on how you define the drawing mode. For more information, see 3D Modeling versus 2D Modeling (on page 329). Command Name Command Line
Flanged Plan - Places a flanged pipe component in the X-Y STRF plane. For more information, see Flanged Plan (on page 500). SW/Thrd Plan - Places a socket weld/ threaded strainer component in the X-Y plane. For more information, see SW/Thrd Plan (on page 500). Create - Creates symmetrical or nonsymmetrical user shape components. For more information, see User Shapes (on page 153). STRT
USERCREATE
User Shape 1 - Places user created shape 1 in the X-Y plane. USE1 For more information, see User Shapes (on page 153). User Shape 2 - Places user created shape 2 in the X-Y plane. USE2 For more information, see User Shapes (on page 153). User Shape 3 - Places user created shape 3 in the X-Y plane. USE3 For more information, see User Shapes (on page 153). User Shape 4 - Places user created shape 4 in the X-Y plane. USE4 For more information, see User Shapes (on page 153). User Shape 5 - Places user created shape 5 in the X-Y plane. USE5 For more information, see User Shapes (on page 153).
498
Toolbars
Command Name Bleed Ring - Places a bleed ring in the drawing in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Bleed Ring or Spacer (on page 501). Spec Bld Side - Places a blind spectacle in the drawing normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Spectacle Blind Side (on page 501). Command Line BLD
SPCT
Reinforcing Pad - Inserts information indicating a REINFPAD reinforcement pad. For more information, see Reinforcing Pad (on page 222). Reinforcing Saddle - Inserts information indicating a reinforcement saddle. For more information, see Reinforcing Saddle (on page 222). REINFSAD
Expansion Joint - Places an expansion joint in the drawing in EXPF the X-Y plane. For more information, see Expansion Joint (on page 502). Rigid Element - Places a CAESAR II element in the drawing. For more information, see Rigid Element (on page 502). Generic Attach - Attaches information to any generic AutoCAD object in the drawing. For more information, see Generic Attach (on page 173). Stop Sign - Places ISOGEN stop sign symbols in the drawing. For more information, see Stop Sign (on page 108). The commands in the table below are designed for modeling in 2D. Command Name Flanged Side - Places a flanged pipe component normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Flanged Side (on page 503). SW/Thrd Side - Places a socket weld/ threaded strainer component normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see SW/Thrd Side (on page 503). Command Line HSTRF ELEMENT GENERIC
STOPSIGN
HSTRT
Spec Bld Vert - Places a blind spectacle with the main normal VSPCT to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Spectacle Blind Vertical (on page 504). The arrow in the lower right corner of the button indicates a flyout for more options.
499
Toolbars
Modeling in 3D
These commands are useful for 3D modeling. All of the following commands are available in 3D and 2D modeling.
Flanged Plan
Misc toolbar: Flanged Plan Command line: STRF Places a flanged pipe component in the X-Y plane. last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component. Length - Specifies the length of the component. Length of basket side - Specifies the length of the basket side of the component. otherEnd - Places the start point of the component at the other end. Main end - Specifies the direction of the second point. Branch end - Specifies the direction of the branch end of the pipe.
SW/Thrd Plan
Misc toolbar: SW/Thrd Plan Command line: STRT Places a socket weld/threaded strainer component in the X-Y plane. last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component. Length - Specifies the length of the component. Length of basket side - Specifies the length of the basket side of the component. otherEnd - Place the start point of the component at the other end. Main end - Specifies the direction of the second point. Branch end - Specifies the direction of the branch end of the pipe.
500
501
Toolbars
Reinforcing Saddle
Miscellaneous toolbar: Reinforcing Saddle Command line: REINFSAD Attaches a reinforcement saddle to a branch connection. On the drawing, the reinforcement saddle is represented by the alpha-identifier S. This symbolic letter has Xdata attached to it that is used in Bill of Material generation and with the CAESAR II bi-directional link. For more information, see Insert a reinforcement saddle (on page 223).
Expansion Joint
Misc toolbar: Expansion Joint Command line: EXPF Places an expansion joint in the X-Y plane. last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component. Length - Specifies the length of the expansion joint.
Rigid Element
Misc toolbar: Rigid Element Command line: ELEMENT Places a CAESAR II element in the drawing. Used with CAESAR II (pipe stress analysis software) when a rigid component is required. This is convenient when using a rigid from the base of a pump to the pump discharge piping, or placing a rigid as a structural member that might be supporting the pipe. When using the CAESAR II bi-directional link or importing a stress input file, rigids can be automatically placed. These rigids are used by the bi-directional link and should not be modified in any manner. They can be moved with a piping system, but they need to remain in their relative location. They are often used when the length of a CAESAR II component does not match the components contained within CADWorx. These elements are represented with a polyline that has pointed ends. Specify where rigid elements display from the LayerByLineNumber (on page 35) configuration setting.
502
Toolbars
Modeling in 2D
Commands are designed for plotting in 2D. The views in these commands appear this way only in a 2D drawing.
Flanged Side
Misc toolbar: Flanged Side Command line: HSTRF Places a pipe component normal to the X-Y plane. last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component. Length - Specifies the length of the component. Length of basket side - Specifies the length of the basket side of the component. otherEnd - Places the start point of the component at the other end. Up - Places the branch in the positive Z direction. Down - Places the branch direction in the negative the Z direction.
SW/Thrd Side
Misc toolbar: SW/Thrd Side Command line: HSTRT Places a socket weld/threaded strainer component normal to the X-Y plane. last point - Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component. Length - Specifies the length of the component. Length of basket side - Specifies the length of the basket side of the component. otherEnd - Places the start point of the component at the other end. Up - Places the branch in the positive Z direction. Down - Places the branch in the negative Z direction.
503
Toolbars
Operators
Plant menu: Toolbars > Operators Command Name Top Works Add - Adds top works to a valve already drawn in the model. For more information, see Top Works Add (on page 151). Top Works Change - Changes the orientation of or deletes top works already associated with a valve. For more information, see Top Works Change (on page 151). Command Line TOPWORKSADD
TOPWORKSCHANGE
Line Numbers
Plant menu: Toolbars > Line Numbers Command Name Command Line
Line Number Setup - Modifies any line number configuration. NUMBERSETUP For more information, see Setup (on page 124). Line Number Assign - Assigns new or different line numbers to existing components. For more information, see Assign (on page 127). Line Number Annotate - Labels components with existing line numbers. For more information, see Annotate (on page 128). NUMBERASSIGN
NUMBERANNOTATE
504
Toolbars
Command Name Line Number By - Sets the line number from one of three sources: a P&ID project, the current drawing, or a selected component. For more information, see Set (on page 125). Line Number Count - Sets the present line number count value. For more information, see Count (on page 126). Line Number Increment - Increases the line number count value. For more information, see Increment (on page 127). Line Number Decrement - Decreases the line number count value. For more information, see Decrement (on page 127). Command Line NUMBERSET
UCS
Plant menu: Toolbars > UCS Command Name Flat - Places the current user coordinate system in the flat position. For more information, see Flat (on page 229). Command Line VIEWFLAT
North - Places the current user coordinate system in the north VIEWNORTH position. For more information, see North (on page 230). South - Places the current user coordinate system in the south position. For more information, see South (on page 231). East - Places the current user coordinate system in the east position. For more information, see East (on page 232). West - Places the current user coordinate system in the west position. For more information, see West (on page 231). VIEWSOUTH
VIEWEAST VIEWWEST
Next - Toggles through each of the Point and Shoot UCS UCSNEXT positions. For more information, see UCS Next (on page 230). UCS Object - Orients the UCS according to an object you select. For more information, see UCS Object (on page 232). Compass - Displays a compass-type symbol that indicates the Point and Shoot orientation. For more information, see Compass (on page 230). UCS COMPASS
Steel
Plant menu: Toolbars > Steel Command Name Wide Flange - Places a wide flange shape. For more information, see Wide Flange Shapes (on page 236). Command Line WSHAPE
505
Toolbars
Command Name Command Line
Channel - Places a channel shape. For more information, see CSHAPE Channel Shapes (on page 237). Angle - Places an angle shape. For more information, see Angle Shapes (on page 238). Double Angle - Places a double angle shape. For more information, see Angle Double Shape (on page 247). Tee - Places a tee shape. For more information, see Tee Shapes (on page 239). Flat Bar - Places a flat bar shape. For more information, see Flat Bar Shapes (on page 242). LSHAPE 2LSHAPE TSHAPE FBSHAPE
Round Bar - Places a round bar shape. For more information, RBSHAPE see Round Bar Shapes (on page 243). Structural Pipe - Places a pipe shape. For more information, see Pipe Shapes (on page 240). Structural Tubing - Places a rectangular tube shape. For more information, see Tube Shapes (on page 241). Z Shape - Places a zee shape. For more information, see Z Shapes (on page 246). Channel Lip - Places a channel shape with a lip. For more information, see Channel Shape with Lip (on page 244). Angle Lip - Places an angle shape with a lip. For more information, see Angle Shape with Lip (on page 245). Plate - Places plates in the drawing. For more information, see Plate (on page 250). Base Plate - Places base plates in free space or at the end of a member. For more information, see Base Plate (on page 252). Cope - Cuts a member back to other members. For more information, see Cope (on page 280). Cut - Cuts members by a plane that you define. For more information, see Cut (on page 281). Miter - Cuts two coplanar members back to one another. For more information, see Miter (on page 280). Union - Joins two members. For more information, see Union (on page 282). Local Edit - Edits a selected member. For more information, see Edit (on page 282). Set Size by Component - Sets the steel size by selecting an existing component in the model. For more information, see Set Size by Component (on page 257). PSHAPE TSSHAPE ZSHAPE CLIPSHAPE LLIPSHAPE SPLATE SBPLATE
506
Toolbars
Command Name C.G. Generator - Calculates the center of gravity for selected steel members. For more information, see CG Generator (on page 304). Auto Cope - Turns on or off the automatic coping of members. For more information, see Auto Cope (on page 290). Command Line SCG
SAUTOCOPE
Frame Creation - Creates intelligent frames that they can use SFRAME to build structural steel models. For more information, see Steel - Frame Creation (on page 268). Ladder - Places ladders, with or without cages, in the drawing. For more information, see Ladder (on page 271). Stair - Places stairs in the drawing. For more information, see Stair (on page 275). Hand Rail - Places hand rails in the drawing. For more information, see Handrail (on page 273). SLADDER SSTAIR SHRAIL
Settings
Plant menu: Toolbars > Settings Command Name Setup - Defines all CADWorx settings within the current drawings. For more information, see Setup (on page 26). Specification - Specifies a drawing specification file. For more information, see Set Specification and Size (on page 43). Main Size - Specifies main and reduction sizes. For more information, see Set Specification and Size (on page 43). Size - Specifies the main and reduction size by selecting a component. For more information, see Size (on page 56). Spec - Specifies the current specification by selecting a component. For more information, see Spec (on page 56). Size-Spec - Specifies the main size, reduction size, and specification by selecting a component. For more information, see Size-Spec (on page 57). Command Line SETUP SETSPEC
Line - Sets the current line number to match that of a COMP2LINE component that you select. For more information, see Line (on page 129). All - Specifies the main size, reduction size, specification, and COMP2ALL line number by selecting a component with the needed values. For more information, see All (on page 57).
507
Toolbars
Command Name Settings - Displays the current drawing settings. For more information, see Settings (on page 73). 2D Double Line - Converts selected components to 2D double line mode. For more information, see Mode Convert (on page 70) and 2D Double Line (on page 71). 2D Single Line - Converts selected components to 2D single line mode. For more information, see Mode Convert (on page 70) and 2D Single Line (on page 71). Command Line CURRENT CONVERTDOUBLE
CONVERTSINGLE
3D Solids - Converts selected components to 3D solid mode. CONVERTSOLID For more information, see Mode Convert (on page 70) and 3D Solids (on page 71). Convert Isometric - Converts selected components to isometric mode. For more information, see Mode Convert (on page 70) and Convert Isometric (on page 71). Threaded - Specifies the threaded fitting mode for hub-based components. For more information, see Threaded (on page 73). Socket Weld - Specifies the socket welded fitting mode for hub-based components. For more information, see Socket Weld (on page 73). CONVERTISO
Local Edit - Modifies the properties of an existing component. CEDIT For more information, see Local Edit (on page 62). Xref Component Edit - Views sizes or information within the component.XREF. For more information, see Xref Edit (on page 73) Global Edit - Modifies the properties of multiple components. For more information, see Global Edit (on page 68). Auto Connect - Turns automatic connection on or off. For more information, see Auto Connect (on page 150). Zoom Lock - Allows zooming in paper space only. For more information, see Zoom Lock (on page 181). Optional Items - Places a component when the component type in the specification has an optional component. For more information, see Optional Items (on page 55). Group On/Off - Turns on or off the grouping of the centerline of the component with the accompanying graphics. For more information, see Group On/Off (on page 150). Selection Control - Toggles the display of grips on and off. For more information, Select Control (on page 290). Defines all CADWorx settings within the current drawings XCEDIT
GROUPTOG
SELECTCONTROL
508
Toolbars
Palettes
Plant menu: Toolbars > Misc Command Name Spec View - Filters the available components based on the size and specification settings. For more information, see Spec View Palette (on page 76). Command Line SPECVIEW
Line View -Isolates components based on their line number or LINEVIEW their specification. For more information, see Line View Palette (on page 79). Insulation View - Creates a data file in which you can add, modify and remove insulation configurations that can be applied to CADWorx components. For more information, see Insulation View Palette (on page 88). INSULATIONVIEW
Clash View - Runs interactive clash detection on AutoCAD 3D CLASHVIEW solids in the current drawing as well as any attached XREF drawings. For more information, see Clash View Palette (on page 97). Pipe Support Modeler Report - Generates a report of all pipe PIPESUPPORTREPORT supports found in the selection or in the entire model. For more information, see Pipe Support Report (on page 93). Discontinuity View - Checks for different types of modeling issues. For more information, see Discontinuity View Palette (on page 92). DISCONTINUITYVIEW
P&ID View - Links data between the Plant and P&ID table in a PIDVIEW project database. For more information, see P&ID View Palette (on page 94).
509
Toolbars
510
APPENDIX A
511
512
APPENDIX B
The acad.rx file is in the support folder. AutoCAD uses acad.rx to load the Plant menus, toolbars, and panels. 3. Select the folder name and type the new folder path. 4. Manually create the new support folder and copy the acad.rx file to this folder. 5. On the Files tab, expand Template Settings > Drawing Template File Location.
513
6. Select the folder name and type the new folder path. 7. Click OK. To set up a profile for another user login on the same computer, run Start > All Programs > CADWorx > Plant > Setup Profile - Plant.
514
4. Close CADWorx Plant. 5. Start Windows Explorer and browse to the CADWorx Plant support directory (for example, C:\CADWorx Version\ Plant\Support). 6. Locate the file acad.rx file, and open it using a text editor. 7. Type CADWorxEquipment.arx into this file below the entry for CADWorxPlant.arx.
515
Copy Commands
These commands add new graphic entities to the model. COPY BREAK ARRAY GRIP_COPY GRIP_MIRROR EXPLODE MIRROR PASTECLIP PASTEORIG DROPGEOM
Move Commands
These commands move the graphic entities in the model. MOVE GRIP_STRETCH STRETCH DROPGEOM
516
Index
2
2D Double Line 71 2D Panel 179 2D Representation 179 2D Representation Hidden 180 2D Single Line 71 Apply Bolt Hole Orientation Rule 48 Apply Bolt Insertion Rule 47 Apply Branch Table Rule 48 Apply Change Data Rule 51 Apply Change Data Rule Dialog Box 51 Apply End Type Rule 47 Apply Flange Insertion Rule 48 Apply Gasket Insertion Rule 47 Apply Line Number Rule 50 Apply Pipe End Prep Rule 49 Apply Pipe Healing Rule 48 Apply Pipe Length Rule 47 Apply Size Rule 46 Apply Specification Rule 46 Apply Tab (CADWorx Insulation View Palette) 90 Apply Trimmed Elbow Rule 48 Apply Weld Insertion Rule 47 Arrow 210 Assembly View Palette 99 Assign 127 Assign line numbers 128 Audit HVAC Database 324 Audit Pipe Database 145 Audit Steel Database 302 Audit the HVAC database 324 AuditDataOnStartup 30 Auto Connect 150 Auto Cope 290 Auto Gasket 183 Auto Route 189 Auto Weld 185 AutoCAD Workflows Used With Plant 513 AutoDimensionBox 31 Automatic 184, 196
3
3D Modeling versus 2D Modeling 329 3D Solids 71 3-Way Plan Valve 383 3-Way Side Valve 386 3-Way Vertical Valve 386
4
45 LR Ell 346 4-Way Plan Valve 384 4-Way Side Valve 387
9
90 LR Ell 345 90 SR Ell 345
A
Accessing and Docking the Toolbars 327 Add a user shape to a specification 171 Add an HVAC shape to the drawing 308 Add or remove properties from BOM 133, 293, 317 Adjust a dimension to match a pipe 176 Adjust a pipe length to match a dimension 176 Adjustable Bend 344 Aliases and Command Names 328 All 57 AlphaSizeControl 30 Anchor 224 Angle Double Shape 247 Angle Shape with Lip 245 Angle Shapes 238 Angle Side Valve 388 Angle Top Valve 385 Annotate 128 Annotate Component 289 Apply Auto Coupling Rule 49
B
Ball Valve 377 Base Plate 252 Bill of Material Setup 132 Bleed Ring or Spacer 501 Blind Flange 365 Bolt 183 BoltRoundControl 33 BOM Sort Order / Accumulation Dialog Box 134 BomBoltControl 31 BomScheduleDirection 32 BomScheduleSpacing 32
517
Index
BomTagGridFactor 32 BomTagOptimize 32 BomTagRadiusFactor 32 BomTagSpacingFactor 32 Box 180 Butterfly Valve 380 Buttweld 329 Buttweld LR 192 Buttweld SR 193 Buttweld Valves 375 Compass 230, 328 Component 199 Conc Reducer 339 Configuration Layers 44 Configuration Settings 28 Connecting to components 328 Continue Routing 191 Control Valve 382 Conventions 15 Convert a component to a different mode 71 Convert Existing 72 Convert from project data 72 Convert Isometric 71 Convert Legacy Drawing 51 Convert Solid 289 Convert to 3D enhanced 72 Coordinates 200 Cope 280 Count 126 Count weld gaps automatically 186 Coupling 401 Create a 2D representation 180 Create a 2D representation with hidden lines 180 Create a 2D single line user shape 170 Create a 2D user shape 168 Create a 3D user shape 167 Create a new frame configuration 269 Create a user shape file 157 Create a user shape from a block 165 Create a user shape from a polyline 164 Create a user shape from points 162 Create an assembly 100 Creating a Base Profile 514 Cross Plan 422 Cross Reducing Plan 423 Cross Reducing Side 439 Cross Reducing Vertical 440 Cross Side 439 Cut 281 Cut BOM using Automatic placement 135, 295, 319 Cut BOM using Manual placement 136, 295, 319 Cut HVAC Bill of Material 318 Cut members by line 281 Cut members by three-point plane 281 Cut Pipe Bill of Material 134 Cut Steel Bill of Material 294 CWexplode 72
C
C.G. Generator 147 CADWorx Legacy Drawing - Match Specifications Dialog Box 52 CADWorxMaterial 33 CAESARMaterial 33 CAESARMemory 33 CAESARTolerance 33 CAESARVersion 34 Cap 340 Center Line 49 CG Generator 304 Change 199 Change Layer 218 Change Size 57 Change Specification 60 Change text alignment in columns 133, 293, 317 Change the BOM sorting and accumulation 134, 293, 317 Change the column order 133, 293, 317 Change the Elevation 199 Change the layer associated with an object 218 Change the layers associated with HVAC components 323 Change the size automatically 58 Change the size manually 58 Change the size of a model with branch connections automatically 60 Change the size of a reducer and the pipes automatically 59 Change the size of a reducer and the pipes manually 59 Change the specification automatically 61 Change the specification manually 61 Change the specification of a model with branches automatically 61 Channel Shape with Lip 244 Channel Shapes 237 Check Valve 379 Clash View Palette 97
518
Index
D
Data Remove 322 DataBaseCodesISOGEN 34 Decrement 127 Define a weld gap 497 Delete a layer 219 Delete an assembly from the Assembly Manager 101 Delete Bill of Material 141 Delete Layer 218 Detail 207 Diaphragm Valve 380 Dim Adjustment 175 Dimension Panel 195 DimensionsExcludedSlope 34 DimensionsExistingISOGEN 34 Discontinuity View Palette 92 Display only the layer associated with an object 220 Dots 215 Draw non-pipe components 77 Draw pipe components 77 Drawing Prototype 30 Dual Check Valve 382
Export HVAC 323 Export Pipe 143 Export Pipe Bill of Material 139 Export Steel 301 Export Steel Bill of Material 299 Export Steel Model 303 Extract batch ISOGEN files 106 Extract ISOGEN files 105 Extract piping component files 112
F
Fiberglass 394 Fiberglass Pipe 397 Find Legacy Components Dialog Box 54 Find Tab (CADWorx Line View Palette) 80 FittingWidth 35 Flanged 45 Degree Elbow Plan 403 Flanged 45 Degree Elbow Side 410 Flanged 45 Degree Elbow Vert 411 Flanged 90 Degree Elbow Plan 403 Flanged 90 Degree Elbow Side 410 Flanged Concentric Reducer 405 Flanged Plan 500 Flanged Side 503 Flanged Tee Plan 404 Flanged Tee Side 411 Flanged Tee Vertical 412 Flanges 361 Flat 229 Flat Bar Shapes 242 Flgd/BW Valves 375 Frame Annotation 270 Frame Creation 268 Full Coupling End 409
E
East 232 Ecc Reducer 339 Edit 181, 282, 314 Edit a frame configuration 270 Edit an assembly 100 Edit an assembly path 101 Edit an existing user shape 158 Edit by redefining connection points 159 Edit HVAC components globally 315 Editing Component Data Files 511 Editor 57 Elbow Centerline 175 ElbowCenterLine 34 Elbowlet Socket Weld in Plan 467 Elbowlet Socket Weld in Side 479 Elbowlet Socket Weld in Vertical 479 Elbowlet Thread in Plan 467 Elbowlet Thread in Side 478 Elbowlet Thread in Vertical 478 Elbowlet Weld in Plan 467 Elbowlet Weld in Side 477 Elbowlet Weld in Vertical 478 Elevation 200, 209 End Type Information 121 Expansion Joint 502 Export CADWorx HVAC data 323
G
Gasket 496 Gaskets, Etc. 495 Gate Valve 376 GC Edit 315 Generate a CAESAR II input file 152 Generic Attach 173, 313 Generic Attachment 257 Global Edit 68, 286 Global Edit All 287 Globe Valve 378 Graphics / Pipe Ends 203 Group On/Off 150 Guide 226
519
Index
H
Handrail 273 Height 202 Horizontal 196 Horizontal with Tail 198 HVAC 306 HVAC BOM Setup 315 HVAC Draw / BOM / DB Panel 305 HVAC Shapes Catalog 308 HVACLibraryDirectory 35
I
Import CADWorx HVAC data 324 Import HVAC 324 Import Pipe 145 Import Pipe Bill of Material 141 Import Steel 301 Import Steel Model 303 Increment 127 Insert a drawing into the project 97 Insert a gasket 496 Insert a pipe support 83 Insert a reinforcement pad 222 Insert a reinforcement saddle 223 Insert an assembly into the drawing 101 Insert an elbow support 84 Insert multiple pipe supports 84 Insert Tag 142 Instrument 214 Insulation View Palette 88 ISO 211 ISO Flag 175 ISO Text 202 ISOGEN Batch 106 ISOGEN Data Dialog Box 64 ISOGEN Export Options 159 ISOGEN Information 113 ISOGEN Out 104 ISOGEN Panel 103 ISOGEN Project Manager / I-Configure 113 ISOGEN Start Point 108 ISOGEN Supplemental 107 ISOGENDefaultStyle 35 Isolate Layer 220
Lateral Plan 423 Lateral Side 440 Lateral Vertical 440 Latrolet Socket Weld in Plan 468 Latrolet Socket Weld in Side 480 Latrolet Thread in Plan 468 Latrolet Thread in Side 480 Latrolet Weld in Plan 468 Latrolet Weld in Side 479 Layer Change 290, 322 Layer Off 219 Layer On 219 LayerByLineNumber 35 Layers Dialog Box 99 Layers Panel 217 LibraryDirectory 37 Line 129 Line Isolate 129 Line Isolate Tab (CADWorx Line View Palette) 79 Line Numbering System Dialog Box 124 Line Numbering System Dropdown Setup Dialog Box 78 Line Numbers 504 Line View Palette 79 Lined 389 Lined Eccentric Reducer 392 Lined Pipe 391 Lined Wye Plan 392 Lined Wye Side 393 Lined Wye Vert 393 LineNumberSystem 37 Link components 96 LNum Panel 123 Local Edit 62 Loft 260 Long Weld Neck 370
M
Match an object's layer 220 Match Layer 219 Matched Tab (CADWorx P&ID View Palette) 94 Material List Definition 113 Misc 213, 498 Misc Panel 149 Miter 280 Miters 342 Mode Convert 70 Modeling in 2D 349, 386, 393, 405, 435, 470, 493, 503 Modeling in 3D 333, 376, 391, 397, 419, 455, 484, 500
L
Label components with line numbers 128 Ladder 271 LanguageFile 35 Lap Joint Flange 369
520
Index
Modify a component 63 Modify a generic attachment 314 Modify a user-defined HVAC shape 313 Modify an HVAC shape 308 Modify an HVAC shape from the catalog 310 Modify multiple components 69 Modifying a User Profile 513 MVSetup 24 Place a 4-way side valve 387, 494 Place a 90 degree plan elbow 334, 398, 403, 419, 458 Place a 90 degree reducing plan elbow 336, 420, 459 Place a 90 degree rolled elbow 345, 346 Place a 90 degree side street elbow 470 Place a 90 degree street plan elbow 458 Place a base plate 254 Place a base plate with holes 254 Place a bleed ring 501 Place a bushing 402, 465 Place a cap 340, 402, 429, 463 Place a concentric reducer 339, 399, 405, 427, 462 Place a concentric reducer swage 461 Place a coupling 401, 428, 429, 465, 466 Place a coupling end 409, 475, 476 Place a detail graphic 207 Place a fiberglass pipe 397 Place a flange 365, 369 Place a flange on a pipe 363, 364, 366, 368, 371, 372, 374 Place a flange that mates with another flange 363, 365, 367, 368, 371, 373, 374 Place a frame in the drawing 270 Place a gasket automatically 183 Place a gasket manually 184 Place a generic attachment in the drawing 173, 314 Place a guide 226 Place a ladder interactively 272 Place a ladder using key-ins 273 Place a ladder with a cage 273 Place a miscellaneous graphic 214 Place a mitered pipe 343 Place a multi-port valve 434 Place a nipple 456 Place a nonsymmetrical user shape in the drawing 172 Place a pipe 333, 392 Place a plan cross 340, 400, 422, 463 Place a plan elbow 335, 347, 348, 398, 404, 420, 425, 459 Place a plan elbowlet fitting 467 Place a plan fitting 466, 469 Place a plan flange pipe 500 Place a plan flanged tee 404 Place a plan graphic 208 Place a plan lateral 342, 401, 423, 424, 464 Place a plan latrolet fitting 468
N
Nipolet Thread in Plan 469 Nipolet Thread in Vertical 481 Nipolet Weld in Plan 469 Nipolet Weld in Vertical 480 Nipple 456 Non Standard 187 North 230
O
Obsolete Commands 20 Offset Tap 108 Online Help 21 Operators 504 Optional Component Dialog Box 55 Optional Items 55 Options Dialog Box 98
P
P&ID View Palette 94 Palette Panel 75 Palettes 509 PCF In 112 PCF Out 112 Pipe 333 Pipe BOM / DB Panel 131 Pipe Shapes 240 Pipe Support Report 93 PipeDescriptionCat 38 PipeSupportDirectory 38 PipeSupportSetting 38 Piping Rules 46 Place a 180 degree plan return 338 Place a 180 degree side return 354, 355 Place a 180 degree vertical return 355, 356 Place a 3-way plan valve 383, 433, 489 Place a 3-way side valve 386, 446, 493 Place a 3-way vertical valve 387, 446, 493 Place a 45 degree rolled elbow 346 Place a 4-way plan valve 384, 489
521
Index
Place a plan reducing cross 341 Place a plan soc-o-let 403 Place a plan tee 336, 337, 399, 421, 422, 460, 461 Place a plan wye 349, 393, 428 Place a plug 464 Place a relief side valve 490 Place a relief top valve 494 Place a rigid element 502 Place a rolled pipe 344 Place a rolled tee 347 Place a rotational restraint 225 Place a sanitary plan reducing cross 423 Place a sanitary side or vertical u-bend 444, 445 Place a sanitary side reducing cross 439 Place a sanitary u-bend 426 Place a section graphic 206 Place a side blind spectacle 501 Place a side cross 356, 408, 439, 474 Place a side elbowlet fitting 477, 478, 479 Place a side flange pipe 503 Place a side flanged tee 412 Place a side lateral 358, 408, 440, 441, 475 Place a side latrolet fitting 479, 480 Place a side or vertical elbow 349, 350, 351, 359, 360, 405, 406, 410, 411, 435, 436, 437, 442, 443, 444, 470, 471 Place a side reducing cross 357 Place a side reducing elbow 352, 435, 472 Place a side socket weld threaded pipe 501 Place a side socket weld/threaded pipe 503 Place a side tee 352, 353, 407, 437, 438, 472, 473 Place a side wye 361, 393, 445 Place a snubber 226 Place a spring hanger 225 Place a stub or weld neck 369, 370 Place a symmetrical user shape in the drawing 172 Place a tap 113 Place a threaded/socket pipe 456 Place a translational restraint 223 Place a user-defined HVAC shape 313 Place a valve 377, 378, 379, 380, 381, 382, 383, 429, 430, 431, 432, 484, 485, 486, 487, 488, 491, 492 Place a vertical blind spectacle 504 Place a vertical elbowlet fitting 478, 479 Place a vertical fitting 476, 477, 481 Place a vertical lateral 358, 409, 441, 475 Place a vertical reducing cross 357, 440 Place a vertical soc-o-let 409 Place a vertical strainer 412 Place a vertical tee 353, 354, 407, 438, 439, 473, 474 Place a vertical wye 361, 394, 445 Place a weld dot graphic 216 Place a weld symbol graphic 211 Place an anchor 224 Place an angle side valve 388, 389, 447, 495 Place an angle top valve 490 Place an angle valve 385, 433 Place an arrow head graphic 210 Place an eccentric reducer 339, 392, 400, 427, 463 Place an eccentric reducer swage 462 Place an elevation graphic 209 Place an expansion joint 502 Place an HVAC shape from the catalog 310 Place an instrument graphic 215 Place an isometric symbol graphic 213 Place an offset tap 111 Place automatic dimensions 196 Place component annotation 200 Place component elevation annotation 200 Place coordinates 201 Place hand rail by points 274 Place hand rail by polyline 275 Place horizontal dimensions 196 Place horizontal tailed dimensions 198 Place nonstandard stud bolts 187 Place plate by closed polyline 251 Place plate by curves 252 Place plate by points 251 Place rotated dimensions 198 Place standard stud bolts 187 Place stud bolts automatically 184 Place stud bolts manually 184 Place tick marks 202 Place tubing 457 Place vertical dimensions 197 Place vertical tailed dimensions 199 Place weld gaps automatically 185 Place weld gaps manually 186 Plan 208 Plan 11.25 Ell 347 Plan 180 LR Return 337 Plan 180 SR Return 338 Plan 22.5 Ell 348 Plan 45 Ell 335
522
Index
Plan 90 LR Ell 333 Plan 90 Reducing Ell 335 Plan 90 SR Ell 334 Plan Cross 340 Plan Lateral 341 Plan Reducing Cross 341 Plan Reducing Tee 337 Plan Tee 336 Plan Threaded/Socket 90 Degree Elbow 397 Plan Wye 348 Plane versus Isometrics view modes 328 Plate 250 Plug Valve 378 Point and Shoot UCS 227 Preface 15 Pressure Top Valve 388 Previous 220 Saddle in Vertical 409 Sanitary 412 Sanitary 11.25 Ell Plan 425 Sanitary 11.25 Ell Side 443 Sanitary 11.25 Ell Vertical 443 Sanitary 22.5 Ell Plan 424 Sanitary 22.5 Ell Side 442 Sanitary 22.5 Ell Vertical 442 Sanitary 3-Way Valve Plan 432 Sanitary 3-Way Valve Side 446 Sanitary 3-Way Valve Vertical 446 Sanitary 45 Ell Plan 420 Sanitary 45 Ell Side 436 Sanitary 45 Ell Vertical 436 Sanitary 90 Ell Plan 419 Sanitary 90 Ell Side 435 Sanitary 90 Reducing Ell Plan 420 Sanitary 90 Reducing Ell Side 435 Sanitary Angle Valve Plan 433 Sanitary Angle Valve Side 446 Sanitary Ball Valve 430 Sanitary Butterfly Valve 432 Sanitary Cap 428 Sanitary Check Valve 431 Sanitary Concentric 426 Sanitary Eccentric 427 Sanitary Gate Valve 429 Sanitary Globe Valve 430 Sanitary Lateral Reducing Plan 424 Sanitary Lateral Reducing Side 441 Sanitary Lateral Reducing Vertical 441 Sanitary Multi 1 Port Valve 433 Sanitary Multi 2 Port Valve 434 Sanitary Multi 3 Port Valve 434 Sanitary Nut/Coupling 429 Sanitary Plug Valve 431 Sanitary Stub 427 Sanitary Tee Plan 421 Sanitary Tee Side 437 Sanitary Tee Vertical 437 Sanitary U-Bend Plan 426 Sanitary U-Bend Side 444 Sanitary U-Bend Vertical 444 Sanitary Wye Plan 428 Sanitary Wye Side 445 Sanitary Wye Vertical 445 SaveLastProfileUsed 39 Section 206 Select Control 290 Select Item Dialog Box 144 Set 125, 197 Set Layer 218
R
Read a CAESAR II input file 175 Redisplay a layer turned off by the Layer Off command 219 Reducing Slip-on Flange 370 Reducing Tee Plan 421 Reducing Tee Side 438 Reducing Tee Vertical 438 Reducing Threaded Flange 372 Reducing Weld Neck Flange 373 Reinforcing Pad 222 Reinforcing Saddle 222, 502 Relief Side Valve 384 Relief Top Valve 387 Remove CADWorx data from components 322 Restore XDATA 31 Restraints 497 Restraints Panel 221 Rigid Element 502 Rolled Pipe 343 Rotary Valve 381 Rotated 198 Rotational 225 Round Bar Shapes 243 Router 191 Router commands 192 RT Panel 189 Running CADWorx Equipment or PV Fabricator with CADWorx Plant 514
S
Saddle in Plan 402
523
Index
Set line numbers based on a component 126 Set line numbers based on a P&ID project 126 Set line numbers based on the current drawing 126 Set Size by Component 257 Set Specification & Size Dialog Box 43 Set Specification and Size 43 Set the active layer 218 Set the current line number to that of a component 129 Set the Elevation 197 Set the line count value 127 Settings 73, 507 Settings Tab (CADWorx Insulation View Palette) 89 Settings Tab (CADWorx Spec View Palette) 78 Setup 23, 26, 124 Setup Live Database 142 Setup Live Database Steel 300 Setup Size/Spec Panel 25 Shapes 233 Show Removed XDATA 30 Side 11.25 Ell 358 Side 180 LR Return 354 Side 180 SR Return 355 Side 22.5 Ell 359 Side 45 Ell 350 Side 90 LR Ell 349 Side 90 Reducing Ell 351 Side 90 SR Ell 350 Side Cross 356 Side Lateral 357 Side Reducing Cross 357 Side Reducing Tee 353 Side Tee 352 Side Threaded/Socket 90 Degree Elbow 405 Side Wye 360 Single BOM using Automatic placement 139, 299, 322 Single BOM using Manual placement 139, 299, 322 Single HVAC Bill of Material 321 Single Line Steel 261 Single Pipe Bill of Material 138 Single Steel Bill of Material 297 SingleLineWidth 39 Size 56 Size-Spec 57 SKEY Information 114 Slip-on Flange 364 Snubber 226 Socket Type Flange 366 Socket Weld 73, 194 Sockolet Socket Weld in Plan 466 Sockolet Socket Weld in Vertical 477 South 231 Spec 56 Spec Editor 77 Spec View Palette 76 Spec View Tab (CADWorx Spec View Palette) 76 Special Monitored Commands Used With a Live Database 516 Specification and Data Files 511 Specification and Size 55 SpecificationDefaultProject 39 SpecificationDirectory 39 Specify the weld dot size for a single line pipe 151 SpecSizeOverride 39 Spectacle Blind 501 Spectacle Blind Vertical 504 Spring Hanger 224 Stair 275 Standard 187 Start a new route 190 Startup Defaults 23 Startup Variables 28 Steel 505 Steel Bolts 255 Steel BOM / DB Panel 291 Steel BOM Setup 292 Steel BOM Sort Order / Accumulation Dialog Box 294 Steel Draw Panel 249 Steel Edit Panel 279 Steel Shapes Panel 233 SteelCopeBoltDistance 39 SteelCopeWeldDistance 40 SteelLibraryDirectory 40 SteelNeutralAxis 40 SteelPartNumberFile 40 SteelRoundControl 40 SteelRoundUnit 41 SteelToolTipSetting 41 Stop Sign 108 Stub End 369 Support Directory 23 Support Modeler Palette 81 Support Parametric Data Files (*.SUP) 84 SW/Thrd Plan 500 SW/Thrd Side 503
524
Index
Synchronize HVAC Database 325 Synchronize Pipe Database 146 Synchronize Steel Database 302 Synchronize the HVAC database 325 SyncOnStartUp 41 System In 174 System Out 152 System Prompts 204 System Visibility 177 SystemMeasure 41 Thrd/SW Half Clpg End 476 Thrd/SW Half Clpg Plan 465 Thrd/SW Lateral Plan 464 Thrd/SW Lateral Side 474 Thrd/SW Lateral Vert 475 Thrd/SW Needle 486 Thrd/SW Pipe 455 Thrd/SW Plug 464, 485 Thrd/SW Reducing Clpg End 476 Thrd/SW Reducing Clpg Plan 465 Thrd/SW Relief Side 490 Thrd/SW Relief Top 494 Thrd/SW Rotary 487 Thrd/SW Tee Plan 460 Thrd/SW Tee Red Plan 460 Thrd/SW Tee Red Side 473 Thrd/SW Tee Red Vert 474 Thrd/SW Tee Side 472 Thrd/SW Tee Vert 473 Thrd/SW Union 469 Thrd/SW Valves 481 Threaded 73, 193 Threaded Flange 367 Threaded/Socket 450 Threaded/Socket 45 Degree Elbow Plan 398 Threaded/Socket 45 Degree Elbow Side 406 Threaded/Socket 45 Degree Elbow Vert 406 Threaded/Socket Cap 402 Threaded/Socket Concentric Reducer 399 Threaded/Socket Eccentric Reducer 400 Threaded/Socket Insert/Bushing 402 Threaded/Socket Lateral Plan 401 Threaded/Socket Lateral Side 408 Threaded/Socket Lateral Vert 408 Threaded/Socket Straight Cross Plan 400 Threaded/Socket Straight Cross Side 408 Threaded/Socket Straight Tee Plan 399 Threaded/Socket Straight Tee Side 407 Threaded/Socket Straight Tee Vert 407 Threadolet Thread in Plan 466 Threadolet Thread in Vertical 477 Tick Mark 201 Toolbars 327 ToolTipSetting 41 Top Works Add 151 Top Works Change 151 TopWorksSetting 42 Total BOM using Automatic placement 137, 297, 320
T
Tag Location 141 Tag Toggle Bill of Material 141 Tap 112 Technical Support 16 Tee 346 Tee Shapes 239 TemplateDatabaseFile 41 Thrd/SW 3 Way Plan 489 Thrd/SW 3 Way Side 493 Thrd/SW 3 Way Vertical 493 Thrd/SW 4 Way Plan 489 Thrd/SW 4 Way Side 494 Thrd/SW 45 Ell Plan 459 Thrd/SW 45 Ell Side 471 Thrd/SW 45 Ell Vert 471 Thrd/SW 90 Ell Plan 457 Thrd/SW 90 Ell Side 470 Thrd/SW 90 Red Ell Plan 459 Thrd/SW 90 Red Ell Side 472 Thrd/SW 90 Street Ell Plan 458 Thrd/SW 90 Street Ell Side 470 Thrd/SW Angle Side 495 Thrd/SW Angle Top 490 Thrd/SW Ball 484 Thrd/SW Bush/Insert 464 Thrd/SW Cap 463 Thrd/SW Check 486 Thrd/SW Conc Swage 461 Thrd/SW Conc w/Hub 462 Thrd/SW Control 488 Thrd/SW Cross Plan 463 Thrd/SW Cross Side 474 Thrd/SW Diaphragm 487 Thrd/SW Dual Check 488 Thrd/SW Ecc Swage 461 Thrd/SW Ecc w/Hub 462 Thrd/SW Full Clpg End 475 Thrd/SW Full Clpg Plan 465 Thrd/SW Gage 491 Thrd/SW Gate 484 Thrd/SW Globe 485
525
Index
Total BOM using Manual placement 137, 297, 320 Total HVAC Bill of Material 319 Total Pipe Bill of Material 136 Total Steel Bill of Material 296 Translational 223 Tube 457 Tube Shapes 241 Turn off a layer 219 Turn off the zoom lock 182 Turn on all layers 220 Turn on the zoom lock 182 Weldolet Weld in Plan 466 Weldolet Weld in Vertical 476 West 231 What's New in Plant 18 Wide Flange Shapes 236
X
X-Body Gate BW 491 X-Body Gate SW 492 X-Body Gate Thrd 492 XREF Edit 73
U
UCS 505 UCS Next 230 UCS Object 232 UCS Panel 227 Union 282 Un-Isolate Layer 220 Unlink components 96 Unmatched Tab (CADWorx P&ID View Palette) 96 UseObjectsFromXrefs 42 User Shape 258, 310 User Shapes 153
Z
Z Shapes 246 Zoom Factors 182 Zoom Lock 181
V
Vert 11.25 Ell 359 Vert 180 LR Return 355 Vert 180 SR Return 356 Vert 22.5 Ell 360 Vert 45 Ell 351 Vert Lateral 358 Vert Reducing Cross 357 Vert Reducing Tee 354 Vert Tee 353 Vert Wye 361 Vertical 197 Vertical with Tail 198 Victaulic 447 View Clip 227
W
Weld 211 Weld Gap 497 Weld Neck Flange 362 Weld Size 151 Weld Total 186 WeldDotSize 42 WeldGapToDB 42
526